TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1: Lighting System

TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TECHNICAL MANUAL
GENERAL SYSTEM
ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE
LIGHTING SYSTEM
USAF SERIES
ALL C-130
AIRCRAFT
ATOS/DLDSS
BASIC AND ALL CHANGES HAVE BEEN MERGED TO MAKE THIS A COMPLETE PUBLICATION
This change supports systems/equipment modified by TO 1C-130(M)H-596.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT - Distribution authorized to the Department of Defense and US DoD contrac-
tors only (Administrative or Operational Use) (31 August 1998). Questions concerning technical content
should be directed to WR-ALC/LBR. Other requests for this document shall be referred to WR-ALC/LUTD,
Robins AFB, GA 31098.
WARNING - This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export
Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751 et seq.) or the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended (Title
50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et seq.). Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties.
HANDLING AND DESTRUCTION NOTICE - Comply with distribution statement and destroy by any
method that will prevent disclosure of the contents or reconstruction of the document.
Published under authority of the Secretary of the Air Force
2 NOVEMBER 1992
CHANGE 12 - 15 APRIL 2003
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES NOTE: The portion of the text affected by the changes is indicated by a vertical line in the
outer margins of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by miniature
pointing hands.
Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:

Original...................................... 0.................... 2 November 1992
Change....................................... 1........................... 26 April 1994
Change....................................... 2..................18 September 1995
Change....................................... 3.................... 28 February 1996
Change....................................... 4.........................12 March 1996
Change....................................... 5........................ 8 October 1996
Change....................................... 6....................... 31 August 1998
Change....................................... 7............................ 31 July 1999
Change....................................... 8......................... 1 August 2000
Change....................................... 9...........................1 March 2001
Change......................................10..................15 September 2002
Change......................................11.........................15 March 2003
Change......................................12........................... 15 April 2003
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 434, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page *Change Page *Change Page *Change

No. No. No. No. No. No.
Title...................................12 2-20.2 Blank Added ........ 10 2A-25 - 2A-26 .................... 8

A - C..................................12 2-21 - 2-22 ........................10 2A-26.1 - 2A-26.2 Added ...8
VS-1 Deleted ..................... 6 2-23 - 2-30 Added.............. 6 2A-27 - 2A-28 .................... 8
VS-2 Blank Deleted .......... 6 2-31 - 2-35 Added............ 10 2A-28.1 - 2A-28.2 Added ...8
i .......................................... 8 2-36 Blank Added ............10 2A-29 - 2A-31 .................... 8
ii ....................................... 10 2A-1.................................... 8 2A-32.................................. 9
iii ...................................... 11 2A-2 - 2A-6 ........................ 1 2B-1 - 2B-2 ........................ 6
iv - ix.................................10 2A-6.1 - 2A-6.2 Added ...... 8 2B-2.1 Added ..................... 6
x - xi ..................................11 2A-7.................................... 1 2B-2.2 Blank ..................... 6
xii ..................................... 12 2A-8.................................... 8 2B-3 - 2B-4 ........................ 4
xii.1 .................................. 12 2A-8.1 - 2A-8.4 Added ...... 8 2B-5 - 2B-6 ........................ 5
xii.2 Blank Added ............10 2A-9 - 2A-10 ...................... 8 2B-6.1 Added ..................... 6
xiii .....................................10 2A-10.1 Deleted..................8 2B-6.2 Blank ..................... 6
xiv..................................... 12 2A-10.2 Blank Deleted ..... 8 2B-7.................................... 6
1-1 - 1-3 ........................... 10 2A-11 - 2A-12 .................... 8 2B-8 - 2B-10 ...................... 5
1-4 Blank ............................6 2A-12.1 - 2A-12.2 Added ...8 2B-11 - 2B-12 .................... 6
1A-1 - 1A-2 Added .............7 2A-13 - 2A-14 .................... 8 2B-12.1 Added ................... 6
2-1 - 2-2 ........................... 10 2A-14.1 - 2A-14.2 Added ...8 2B-12.2 Blank ................... 6
2-3 ...................................... 6 2A-15.................................. 8 2B-13.................................. 3
2-4 - 2-12 ......................... 10 2A-16 - 2A-17 .................... 1 2B-14.................................. 5
2-12.1 Added.................... 10 2A-18.................................. 8 2B-15 - 2B-16 .................... 3
2-12.2 Blank Added ........ 10 2A-18.1 - 2A-18.4 Added ...8 2B-17.................................. 6
2-13 .................................. 10 2A-19.................................. 1 2B-18.................................. 4
2-14 .................................... 6 2A-20.................................. 8 2B-19.................................. 6
2-15 - 2-18 ........................10 2A-21 - 2A-22 .................... 1 2B-20 - 2B-23 .................... 3
2-19 .................................. 11 2A-23 - 2A-24 .................... 8 2B-24 - 2B-26 .................... 6
2-20 .................................. 10 2A-24.1 Added ................... 8 2B-26.1............................... 5
2-20.1 Added.................... 10 2A-24.2 Blank Added........ 8 2B-26.2 Blank ................... 5
*Zero in this column indicates an original page
A Change 12 USAF
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (CONT)

2B-27.................................. 4 2C-16 - 2C-18 Added ........ 7 4-4.1 ................................. 10

2B-28.................................. 3 2C-18.1 Blank Added...... 11 4-4.2 ................................... 8
2B-29 - 2B-32 .................... 6 2C-18.2 Added ................. 11 4-5 ...................................... 6
2B-32.1............................... 6 2C-19................................ 11 4-6 ...................................... 8
2B-32.2 Blank ................... 4 2C-20................................ 12 4-7 ...................................... 6
2B-33 - 2B-34 .................... 7 2C-21 - 2C-23 Added ........ 7 4-8 - 4-10 ........................... 8
2B-34.1............................... 6 2C-24................................ 11 4-10.1 - 4-10.2 ................... 8
2B-34.2 Blank ................... 4 2C-25 - 2C-28 .................. 12 4-11 .................................... 7
2B-35.................................. 3 2C-28.1 - 2C-28.6 Added .12 4-12 .................................. 10
2B-36.................................. 4 2C-29................................ 12 4-13 .................................... 8
2B-36.1 Added ................... 4 2C-30 - 2C-32 Added ........ 7 4-14 .................................... 3
2B-36.2 Blank ................... 4 3-1 ...................................... 6 4-15 - 4-16 ........................10
2B-37 - 2B-40 .................... 6 3-2 ...................................... 4 4-16.1 Added...................... 8
2B-40.1............................... 6 3-2.1 - 3-2.2 Added............ 6 4-16.2 Blank Added .......... 8
2B-40.2 Blank ................... 4 3-3 - 3-4 ............................. 6 4-17 .................................. 10
2B-41.................................. 5 3-5 ...................................... 4 4-18 .................................... 6
2B-42.................................. 6 3-6 ...................................... 6 4-18.1 Added...................... 6
2B-43.................................. 4 3-6.1 Added........................ 6 4-18.2 Blank ...................... 6
2B-44.................................. 6 3-6.2 ................................... 8 4-19 - 4-20 ......................... 8
2B-44.1 Added ................... 4 3-7 - 3-10 ........................... 6 4A-1 - 4A-4 Added .............6
2B-44.2 Blank ................... 4 3-11 .................................... 5 4B-1 - 4B-17 Added .......... 7
2B-45.................................. 6 3-12 .................................... 4 4B-18 Blank Added........... 7
2B-46 - 2B-47 .................... 3 3-12.1 - 3-12.2 ................... 6 4C-1 - 4C-6 Added .............7
2B-48.................................. 5 3-13 Added......................... 3 5-1 - 5-3 ............................. 6
2B-49 - 2B-50 .................... 3 3-14 .................................... 6 5-4 ...................................... 8
2B-51.................................. 5 3-14.1 Added...................... 6 5-5 Added........................... 4
2B-52.................................. 4 3-14.2 Blank ...................... 6 5-6 Blank ............................4
2B-53 - 2B-56 Added ........ 3 3-15 .................................... 4 5A-1 - 5A-5 Added .............7
2B-57.................................. 5 3-16 .................................... 6 5A-6 Blank Added............. 7
2B-58.................................. 6 3-17 - 3-19 Added.............. 6 FP-1.................................... 8
2B-59.................................. 4 3-20 Blank ......................... 6 FP-2 Blank .........................4
2B-60 - 2B-61 Added ........ 3 3A-1 - 3A-8 Added .............6 FP-2.1 Added..................... 8
2B-62 - 2B-63 .................... 4 3B-1 - 3B-15 Added .......... 7 FP-2.2 Blank Added ......... 8
2B-64 - 2B-65 Added ........ 3 3B-16 Blank Added........... 7 FP-2.3 Added................... 12
2B-66 - 2B-67 .................... 6 3C-1.................................... 9 FP-2.4 Blank Added ....... 12
2B-68 - 2B-69 Added ........ 3 3C-2 Added .........................7 FP-3.................................... 8
2B-70.................................. 6 3C-3 - 3C-8 ........................ 9 FP-4 Blank .........................4
2B-71 Added ...................... 3 3C-9 Added .........................9 FP-4.1 Added..................... 4
2B-72 Blank .......................3 3C-10 - 3C-11 .................. 12 FP-4.2 Blank ..................... 4
2C-1 - 2C-2 ...................... 11 3C-12 Blank Added........... 9 FP-5.................................... 8
2C-2.1 Blank Added.........11 4-1 - 4-2 ............................. 8 FP-6 Blank .........................4
2C-2.2 Added ................... 11 4-2.1 ................................... 8 FP-7.................................... 8
2C-3 Added .........................7 4-2.2 ................................. 10 FP-8 Blank .........................4
2C-4 - 2C-5 ...................... 11 4-2.3 - 4-2.4 Added............ 8 FP-9.................................... 8
2C-6 - 2C-14 Added .......... 7 4-3 Blank ............................8 FP-10 Blank ...................... 4
2C-15................................ 11 4-4 ...................................... 8 FP-11 Added...................... 4
Change 12 B
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (CONT)

FP-12 Blank ...................... 4

FP-13 Added...................... 7
FP-14 Blank Added ...........7
FP-15 Added...................... 7
FP-17 Added...................... 7
FP-19 Added...................... 7
FP-21 Added...................... 7
FP-23 Added...................... 7
FP-25 Added...................... 7
FP-27 Added...................... 7
FP-29 Added...................... 7
FP-31 Added...................... 7
FP-33 Added...................... 7
FP-35 Added...................... 7
FP-37 Added...................... 7
C Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section/Paragraph Page
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................ xiii
I LIGHTING SYSTEM...................................................................................................... 1-1
1-1 General......................................................................................................... 1-1
1-2 Flight Station Lighting (Airplanes Prior to AF92-0547 and
AF92-3021 Through AF92-3024, Except HC-130(H)N Air-
planes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) (33-10-00) .............................. 1-1
1-2A Flight Station NVIS Compatible Lighting (HC-130(H)N Air-
planes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103, Airplanes AF92-0547
Through AF92-1538, and AF92-3281 Through AF94-6702
Not Modified by TO 1C-130-1488, Except HC-130(H)N and
LC-130H Airplanes) (33-15-00) ............................................................... 1-1
1-2B Advanced Lighting Control System (C-130H Airplanes Modi-
fied by TO 1C-130-1488, AF94-6703 and Up, HC-130(H)N
Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up, and LC-130H Airplanes
AF92-1094 and Up) (33-16-00)................................................................ 1-1
1-3 Cargo Compartment Lighting (33-30-00) .................................................. 1-2
1-3A Booth Lighting (AC-130H Airplanes) (33-31-00) ...................................... 1-2
1-3B Cargo Compartment Lighting (MC-130P Airplanes Modified by
TO 1C-130-1312) ...................................................................................... 1-2
1-4 Exterior Lighting (33-40-00)....................................................................... 1-2
1-4A UARRSI Lighting (AC-130H Airplanes) (33-41-00).................................. 1-3
1-5 Emergency Exit Lights (33-50-00) ............................................................. 1-3
1-6 Galley Power System (25-30-00) ................................................................ 1-3
IA LIGHTING SYSTEM (MC-130E AND MC-130H AIRPLANES) ..............................1A-1
1A-1 General.......................................................................................................1A-1
1A-2 Flight Station Lighting (33-10-00)...........................................................1A-1
1A-3 Cargo Compartment Lighting (33-30-00) ................................................1A-1
1A-4 Exterior Lighting (33-40-00).....................................................................1A-1
1A-5 Universal Aerial Refueling Receptacle Slipway Installation
and Auxiliary Refuel Control System Lighting (33-41-00)................ 1A-1
1A-6 Emergency Exit Lights (33-50-00) ...........................................................1A-2
II FLIGHT STATION LIGHTING (AIRPLANES PRIOR TO AF92-0547 AND
AF92-3021 THROUGH AF92-3024, EXCEPT HC-130(H)N AIRPLANES
AF88-2101 THROUGH AF90-2103) .............................................................................. 2-1
2-1 General......................................................................................................... 2-1
2-2 Flight Station Dome and Thunderstorm Lights....................................... 2-1
2-2A Flight Station Dome and Thunderstorm Lights NVIS (Air-
planes Modified by TO 1C-130-1269) ..................................................... 2-4
2-3 Flight Station Utility Lights ...................................................................... 2-4
2-4 Flight Station Instrument Lights .............................................................. 2-5
2-5 Flight Station Instrument Panel Floodlights ......................................... 2-20
2-6 Flight Station Circuit Breaker Panel Lights .......................................... 2-25
2-7 Letdown Chartholder Lights .................................................................... 2-26
Change 8 i
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
2-8 Scroll Checklist Lights.............................................................................. 2-26

2-9 Sextant Lights ........................................................................................... 2-26
2-10 Flight Station Underdeck Light............................................................... 2-26
2-11 Crew Entrance Light ................................................................................ 2-26
2-12 Oxygen Regulator Lights (AC-130H Airplanes) ..................................... 2-26
2-13 Special Operations Forces Improvements (SOFI) Panel Edge
Lighting Operation................................................................................. 2-26
2-14 Special Maintenance Requirements ........................................................ 2-31
IIA FLIGHT STATION NVIS COMPATIBLE LIGHTING (HC-130(H)N AIR-
PLANES AF88-2101 THROUGH AF90-2103, AIRPLANES AF92-0547
THROUGH AF92-1538, AND AF92-3281 THROUGH AF94-6702 NOT
MODIFIED BY TO 1C-130-1488, EXCEPT HC-130(H)N AND LC-130H
AIRPLANES).................................................................................................................2A-1
2A-1 General.......................................................................................................2A-1
2A-2 Flight Station Thunderstorm Lights .......................................................2A-1
2A-3 Flight Station Dome and Bunk Lights....................................................2A-1
2A-4 Flight Station Utility Lights ....................................................................2A-8
2A-5 Flight Station Instrument Lights .........................................................2A-8.1
2A-6 Mode Advisory Caution and Warning System
(MACAWS)........................................................................................ 2A-18.4
2A-7 Flight Station Instrument Panel Floodlights .......................................2A-25
2A-8 Flight Station Circuit Breaker Panel Lights .....................................2A-28.1
2A-9 Flight Station Floor Lights ....................................................................2A-29
2A-10 Letdown Chartholder Lights ..................................................................2A-31
2A-11 Sextant Lights .........................................................................................2A-31
2A-12 Flight Station Underdeck Light.............................................................2A-31
2A-13 Crew Entrance Light ..............................................................................2A-31
2A-14 LH Circuit Breaker Cabinet Lights.......................................................2A-32
IIB ADVANCED LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM (C-130H AIRPLANES
MODIFIED BY TO 1C-130-1488, AF94-6703 AND UP, HC-130(H)N AIR-
PLANES AF92-2104 AND UP, AND LC-130H AIRPLANES AF92-1094
AND UP)........................................................................................................................2B-1
2B-1 General.......................................................................................................2B-1
2B-2 Advanced Lighting Control System .........................................................2B-1
2B-3 Flight Station Thunderstorm Lights .....................................................2B-20
2B-4 Flight Station Dome/Bunk Lights .........................................................2B-20
2B-5 Flight Station Utility Lights ..................................................................2B-20
2B-5A Radio Operator’s Station Utility Light..................................................2B-20
2B-6 Flight Station Instrument Lights ..........................................................2B-20
2B-7 Mode Advisory Caution and Warning System
(MACAWS)........................................................................................... 2B-41
2B-8 Flight Station Instrument Panel Floodlights .......................................2B-63
2B-9 Flight Station Circuit Breaker Panel Lights ........................................2B-65
2B-10 Flight Station Floor Lights ....................................................................2B-68
ii Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-11 Letdown Chartholders Lights ................................................................2B-68

2B-12 Sextant Lights .........................................................................................2B-68
2B-13 Flight Station Underdeck Light.............................................................2B-71
2B-14 Crew Entrance Light ..............................................................................2B-71
2B-15 LH Circuit Breaker Cabinet Lights.......................................................2B-71
IIC FLIGHT STATION LIGHTING (MC-130E AND MC-130H AIRPLANES) .............2C-1
2C-1 General.......................................................................................................2C-1
2C-2 Flight Station Dome and Thunderstorm Lights.....................................2C-1
2C-3 Flight Station Primary Instrument Panel Lighting...............................2C-1
2C-4 Flight Station Instrument Panel Floodlights .......................................2C-13
2C-5 Flight Station Circuit Breaker Panels ..................................................2C-14
2C-6 Dual Navigator Console Lighting (MC-130E).......................................2C-14
2C-7 EWO Console Lighting (MC-130E) ........................................................2C-14
2C-8 NAV/EWO and COMM Console Lighting (MC-130H) .........................2C-15
2C-9 Flight Station NVG Lighting .................................................................2C-20
2C-10 Warning, Caution, and Advisory (WCA) System .................................2C-30
2C-11 Utility Lights ...........................................................................................2C-30
2C-12 Flight Station Underdeck Light.............................................................2C-32
2C-13 Crew Entrance Light ..............................................................................2C-32
2C-14 Special Maintenance Requirements ......................................................2C-32
2C-15 Consumable Materials List ....................................................................2C-32
2C-16 Support Equipment List .........................................................................2C-32
III CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING ........................................................................ 3-1
3-1 General......................................................................................................... 3-1
3-2 Cargo Area Dome Lights ............................................................................ 3-1
3-3 Cargo Area Floor Lights ............................................................................. 3-8
3-4 Ramp Loading Lights ................................................................................. 3-8
3-5 Forward Cargo Door Loading Lights......................................................... 3-8
3-6 Jump Platform Lights................................................................................. 3-8
3-7 Scanner’s Control Panel Lights.................................................................. 3-9
3-8 Plotter’s Worktable Floodlights.................................................................. 3-9
3-9 Scanner Stations Utility Lights ............................................................ 3-12.1
3-10 Cargo Area Utility Lights...................................................................... 3-12.1
3-11 Cargo Compartment Interphone and Oxygen Regulators Lights
Circuits................................................................................................. 3-12.2
3-12 Cargo Compartment Panel Lights ........................................................ 3-12.2
3-13 Cargo Area Electroluminescent Lighting............................................. 3-12.2
3-14 Radio Operator/Right Scanner Station Control Panel Edge
Lighting (MC-130P Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1312) ......... 3-12.2
IIIA BOOTH LIGHTING (AC-130H AIRPLANES) ...........................................................3A-1
3A-1 General.......................................................................................................3A-1
3A-2 Booth Ceiling Lights .................................................................................3A-1
3A-3 Booth Utility Lights ..................................................................................3A-1
Change 11 iii
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
3A-4 Booth Panel Lights....................................................................................3A-1

3A-5 Booth Console and Work Lights ..............................................................3A-2
3A-6 Oxygen Regulator Lights..........................................................................3A-3
IIIB CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING (MC-130E AIRPLANES)............................3B-1
3B-1 General.......................................................................................................3B-1
3B-2 Cargo Area Dome Lights ..........................................................................3B-1
3B-3 Cargo Area Floor Lights ...........................................................................3B-7
3B-4 Cargo Area NVG Compatible Lighting ...................................................3B-7
3B-5 Maintenance Lighting.............................................................................3B-13
3B-6 Skyanchor Lighting.................................................................................3B-14
3B-7 Oxygen Regulator Lighting ....................................................................3B-14
3B-8 Miscellaneous Lighting ...........................................................................3B-14
3B-9 Special Maintenance Requirements ......................................................3B-14
3B-10 Consumable Materials List ....................................................................3B-14
3B-11 Support Equipment List .........................................................................3B-14
IIIC CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING (MC-130H AIRPLANES) ...........................3C-1
3C-1 General.......................................................................................................3C-1
3C-2 Cargo Area Dome Lights ..........................................................................3C-1
3C-3 Cargo Area Floor Lights ...........................................................................3C-7
3C-4 Jump Platform Illumination Lights ........................................................3C-7
3C-5 Jump Signal Lights...................................................................................3C-7
3C-6 ICS/Oxygen Regulator Lights ................................................................3C-10
3C-7 Cargo Compartment NVG Lighting.......................................................3C-10
3C-8 Ramp Loading Lights .............................................................................3C-10
3C-9 Special Maintenance Requirements ......................................................3C-11
3C-10 Consumable Materials List ....................................................................3C-11
3C-11 Support Equipment List .........................................................................3C-11
IVD EXTERIOR LIGHTING.................................................................................................. 4-1
4-1 General......................................................................................................... 4-1
4-2 Navigation Lights ...................................................................................... 4-1
4-3 Formation Lights......................................................................................... 4-2
4-3A Combat Beacon (AC-130H Airplanes) .................................................... 4-2.1
4-4 Landing Lights ............................................................................................ 4-6
4-5 Refueling Pod and Hose Lights.................................................................. 4-9
4-6 Leading Edge Lights ................................................................................... 4-9
4-7 Taxi Lights.............................................................................................. 4-10.1
4-8 Anti-Collision and Strobe Lights .......................................................... 4-10.2
4-9 Landing Gear Wheel Well Lights ............................................................ 4-18
IVA UNIVERSAL AERIAL REFUELING RECEPTACLE SLIPWAY INSTAL-
LATION (UARRSI) LIGHTING (AC-130H AIRPLANES) ........................................4A-1
4A-1 General.......................................................................................................4A-1
4A-2 Aerial Refueling Area Lights ...................................................................4A-1
4A-3 Aerial Refueling Slipway Lights ..............................................................4A-1
iv Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
4A-4 Aerial Refueling Fuselage Lights ............................................................4A-1

4A-5 Leading Edge Lights .................................................................................4A-1
IVB EXTERIOR LIGHTING (MC-130E AND MC-130H AIRPLANES) ..........................4B-1
4B-1 General.......................................................................................................4B-1
4B-2 Navigation Lights......................................................................................4B-1
4B-3 Formation Lights.......................................................................................4B-1
4B-4 Landing Lights ........................................................................................4B-12
4B-5 Leading Edge Lights ...............................................................................4B-12
4B-6 Taxi Lights...............................................................................................4B-12
4B-7 Anti-Collision Lights ...............................................................................4B-13
4B-8 Landing Gear Wheelwell Lights ............................................................4B-13
4B-9 Auxiliary Exterior Lights .......................................................................4B-14
4B-10 Special Maintenance Requirements ......................................................4B-14
4B-11 Consumable Materials List ....................................................................4B-14
4B-12 Support Equipment List .........................................................................4B-14
IVC UNIVERSAL AERIAL REFUELING RECEPTACLE SLIPWAY INSTAL-
LATION AND AUXILIARY REFUEL CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHTING
(MC-130E AND MC-130H AIRPLANES) ...................................................................4C-1
4C-1 General.......................................................................................................4C-1
4C-2 Aerial Refueling Area Lights ...................................................................4C-1
4C-3 Aerial Refueling Slipway Lights ..............................................................4C-1
4C-4 Aerial Refueling Fuselage Lights ............................................................4C-1
4C-5 Leading Edge Lights .................................................................................4C-1
4C-6 Auxiliary Refuel Control Panel Lights (MC-130E) ................................4C-1
4C-7 Special Maintenance Requirements ........................................................4C-6
4C-8 Consumable Materials List ......................................................................4C-6
4C-9 Support Equipment List ...........................................................................4C-6
V EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS ....................................................................................... 5-1
5-1 General......................................................................................................... 5-1
5-2 Emergency Exit Lights ............................................................................... 5-1
VA EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS (MC-130E AND MC-130H AIRPLANES)................5A-1
5A-1 General.......................................................................................................5A-1
5A-2 Emergency Exit Lights .............................................................................5A-1
5A-3 Operation of Emergency Exit Lights.......................................................5A-1
5A-4 Special Maintenance Requirements ........................................................5A-5
5A-5 Consumable Materials List ......................................................................5A-5
5A-6 Support Equipment List ...........................................................................5A-5
Change 10 v
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure Title Page
2-1 Flight Station Dome, Thunderstorm, Bunk, and Crew Entrance Lights
Electrical Schematic Diagram ............................................................................. 2-1
2-2 Location of Flight Station Lights and Controls .................................................... 2-2
2-3 Utility, Sextant, and Underdeck Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram............. 2-6
2-4 Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights and Dimmer Circuit Electrical Sche-
matic Diagram ...................................................................................................... 2-7
2-5 Angle of Attack Indicator Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram ........................ 2-7
2-6 Copilot’s and Engine Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram................................................................................................................. 2-8
2-7 Overhead Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram.................. 2-10
2-8 Flight Control Pedestal and Pilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights
Electrical Schematic Diagram ........................................................................... 2-11
2-9 Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panels and Side Shelf Instrument Lights
Electrical Schematic Diagram ........................................................................... 2-12
2-10 Location of Navigator’s Station Lights and Controls ......................................... 2-13
2-11 Navigator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram.......................... 2-16
2-12 Radio Operator’s Control Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(HC-130(H)N, HC-130N, HC-130P, and MC-130P (Not Modified by
TO 1C-130-1312 Airplanes) ............................................................................... 2-18
2-13 Location of Radio Operator’s Control Panel Lights and Controls
(HC-130(H)N, HC-130N, HC-130P, and MC-130P Airplanes (Not
Modified by TO 1C-130-1312)............................................................................ 2-19
2-14 Location of FCO’s Station Lights and Controls (AC-130H Airplanes).............. 2-20
2-15 FCO’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H
Airplanes) ............................................................................................................ 2-21
2-16 Location of Main Instrument Panel Floodlights and Circuit Breaker
Panel Lights and Controls ................................................................................. 2-22
2-17 Flight Station Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic
Diagram............................................................................................................... 2-24
2-18 Pilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram ................ 2-25
2-19 NVG Trimmer Box Lighting Schematic Diagram (MC-130P Airplanes
Modified by TO 1C-130-1269 and TO 1C-130-1312)........................................ 2-29
2-20 SOFI Control and Edge Lighing Potentiometers (MC-130P Airplanes
Modified by TO 1C-130-1269 and TO 1C-130-1312)........................................ 2-30
2-21 Copilot’s Hook Fastener Tape Locations for Portable NVLS Set (Air-
planes Modified by TO 1C-130-1806)................................................................ 2-32
2-22 Engine Instrument Panel (C-130E/H) Hook Fastener Tape Locations
for Portable NVLS Set (Airplanes Modified by TO 1c-130-1806)................... 2-33
2-23 Engine Instrument Panel (C-130E AWADS) Hook Fastener Tape Lo-
cations for Portable NVLS Set (Airplanes Modified by TO
1C-130-1806) ....................................................................................................... 2-34
2-24 Pilot’s Hook Fastener Tape Locations for Portable NVLS Set (Air-
planes Modified by TO 1C-130-1806)................................................................ 2-35
2A-1 Location of Flight Station Lights and Controls ..................................................2A-2
vi Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued
Figure Title Page
2A-2 Flight Station Dome, Thunderstorm, Bunk, Crew Entrance, and LH

Circuit Breaker Cabinet Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram .................... 2A-7
2A-3 Utility, Sextant, and Underdeck Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram.............................................................................................................. 2A-8
2A-3.1 Utility, Sextant, and Underdeck Lights Electrical Schematic Dia-
gram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) ................ 2A-8.1
2A-4 Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram.....................2A-8.2
2A-4.1 Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic (HC-130(H)N
Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103).................................................. 2A-8.2
2A-5 Copilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram.................2A-8.4
2A-5.1 Copilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic
(HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) .......................... 2A-8.4
2A-6 Engine Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram ....................2A-10
2A-6.1 Engine Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic (HC-130(H)N
Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)...................................................... 2-10
2A-7 Overhead Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram................2A-11
2A-7.1 Overhead Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) ........................... 2A-12
2A-8 Fuel Quantity Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram .........................2A-12.1
2A-8.1 Fuel Quantity Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) ........................ 2A-12.2
2A-9 Pilot’s Side Shelf and Side Panel, Center Console, and Flight In-
structor’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram....................... 2A-13
2A-9.1 Pilot’s Side Shelf and Side Panel, Center Console, and Flight In-
structor’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
2A-10 Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram......................................................................................................... 2A-14.1
2A-10.1 Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Dia-
gram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) .............. 2A-14.2
2A-11 Pilot’s and Copilot’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram............................................................................................................ 2A-15
2A-11.1 Pilot’s and Copilot’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Dia-
gram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) ................. 2A-15
2A-12 Location of Navigator’s Station Lights and Controls .......................................2A-16
2A-13 Navigator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram........................2A-17
2A-13.1 Navigator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
2A-14 Navigator’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram ...................2A-18.1
2A-14.1 Navigator’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
2A-14.2 Location of Radio Operator’s Station Lights and Controls
Change 10 vii
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure Title Page
2A-14.3 Radio Operator’s Instrument and Control Panel Lights Electrical

Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101
Through AF90-2103) .................................................................................... 2A-18.3
2A-14.4 Radio Operator’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Dia-
gram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) .............. 2A-18.3
2A-15 Systems Caution/Advisory Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram ....................2A-19
2A-16 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Mode Advisory Panels Electrical Schematic
Diagram............................................................................................................ 2A-21
2A-17 Navigator’s Mode Advisory Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram...................2A-23
2A-18 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Master Caution and Warning Panels Electri-
cal Schematic Diagram ................................................................................ 2A-24.1
2A-19 Location of Floodlights, Floor Lights, Circuit Breaker Panels, and
Letdown Chartholders..................................................................................... 2A-25
2A-20 Pilot’s Instrument Panel, Engine Instrument Panel, and Pilot’s Side
Shelf Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram .......................................... 2A-26
2A-20.1 Pilot’s Instrument Panel, Engine Instrument Panel, and Pilot’s Side
Shelf Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Air-
planes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) ........................................................ 2A-26
2A-21 Copilot’s Instrument Panel and Side Shelf Floodlights Electrical
Schematic Diagram ......................................................................................... 2A-26
2A-21.1 Copilot’s Instrument Panel and Side Shelf Floodlights Electrical
Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101
Through AF90-2103) .................................................................................... 2A-26.1
2A-22 Overhead Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic
Diagram......................................................................................................... 2A-26.2
2A-22.1 Overhead Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Dia-
2A-23 Navigator’s Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic
Diagram............................................................................................................ 2A-28
2A-23.1 Navigator’s Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Dia-
2A-23.2 Radio Operator’s Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Sche-
matic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through
AF90-2103) .................................................................................................... 2A-28.1
2A-24 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights Electrical Sche-
matic Diagram .............................................................................................. 2A-28.2
2A-24.1 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights Electrical Sche-
matic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through
AF90-2103) ....................................................................................................... 2A-29
2A-25 Flight Station Floor Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram .............................2A-30
2A-26 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Letdown Chartholder Lights Electrical Sche-
matic Diagram ................................................................................................. 2A-31
2B-1 Advanced Lighting Control System ...................................................................2B-17
2B-2 Location of Flight Station Lights and Controls ................................................2B-21
viii Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure Title Page
2B-3 FS Dome, Thunderstorm, and Crew Entrance Lights Electrical

Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up) .............. 2B-25
2B-3.1 FS Dome, Thunderstorm, Bunk, and Crew Entrance Lights Electri-
cal Schematic Diagram ................................................................................... 2B-26
2B-4 Utility, Sextant, and Underdeck Lights Electrical Schematic Dia-
gram (LC-130H Airplanes AF92-1094 and Up, and C-130H Air-
planes AF92-0547 Through AF92-1538 and AF92-3281 and Up) ............... 2B-27
2B-5 Utility, Sextant, Radio Operators, Scanners, and Underdeck Lights
Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104
and Up)............................................................................................................. 2B-28
2B-6 Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram......................2B-29
2B-7 Copilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram...............2B-32.1
2B-8 Engine Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram ....................2B-36
2B-9 Overhead Instrument and Fuel Quantity Panel Lights Electrical
Schematic Diagram ......................................................................................... 2B-37
2B-10 Pilot’s Side Shelf & Panel, Center Console, and Flight Instructor’s
Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram........................................ 2B-42
2B-11 Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram............................................................................................................ 2B-47
2B-12 Pilot’s and Copilot’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram............................................................................................................ 2B-49
2B-13 Location of Navigator’s Station Lights and Controls .......................................2B-50
2B-14 Navigator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram........................2B-51
2B-15 Navigator’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram ......................2B-57
2B-16 Radio Operator’s Station Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram .....................2B-58
2B-17 Systems Caution/Advisory Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram ....................2B-59
2B-18 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Mode Advisory Panels Electrical Schematic
Diagram............................................................................................................ 2B-61
2B-19 Navigator’s Mode Advisory Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram...................2B-63
2B-20 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Master Caution and Warning Panels Electrical
2B-21 Location of Floodlights, Floor Lights, Circuit Breaker Panels, and
Letdown Chartholders..................................................................................... 2B-66
2B-22 Pilot’s Instrument Panel, Engine Instrument Panel, and Pilot’s Side
Shelf Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram .......................................... 2B-66
2B-23 Copilot’s Instrument Panel and Side Shelf Floodlights Electrical
2B-24 Overhead Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic
Diagram............................................................................................................ 2B-67
2B-25 Navigator’s Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic
Diagram............................................................................................................ 2B-68
2B-26 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights Electrical Sche-
matic Diagram ................................................................................................. 2B-69
2B-27 Flight Station Floor Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram .............................2B-70
Change 10 ix
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure Title Page
2B-28 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Letdown Chartholder Lights Electrical Sche-

matic Diagram ................................................................................................. 2B-70
2C-1 Location of Flight Station Lights (MC-130E Airplanes) .................................2C-2.2
2C-2 Location of Flight Station Lights (MC-130H Airplanes)....................................2C-4
2C-3 Flight Station Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130E Airplanes)......................2C-6
2C-4 Flight Station Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130H Airplanes) ...................2C-10
2C-5 Dual Navigator Console (MC-130E Airplanes) .................................................2C-16
2C-6 EWO Console (MC-130E Airplanes)...................................................................2C-17
2C-7 NAV/EWO Console (MC-130H Airplanes) .........................................................2C-18
2C-8 NAV/EWO and COMM Console Lights Schematic Diagram
(MC-130H Airplanes) .................................................................................. 2C-18.2
2C-9 NVIS Lights Controls (MC-130E Airplanes) .....................................................2C-21
2C-10 NVIS Lights Controls (MC-130H Airplanes).....................................................2C-22
2C-11 NVIS Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130H Airplanes)..................................2C-25
2C-12 WCA Lights Controls and Schematic Diagram (MC-130H Airplanes) ...........2C-31
3-1 Forward and Center Cargo Area Dome Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram................................................................................................................. 3-1
3-1.1 Forward, Center, Aft Cargo, and Ramp Dome Lights Electrical Sche-
matic Diagram (AC-130H Airplanes)............................................................... 3-2.1
3-2 Location of Cargo Area Lights................................................................................ 3-3
3-3 Location of Controls for Forward Cargo Area Lights and Cargo Floor
Lights..................................................................................................................... 3-4
3-4 Aft Cargo and Ramp Area Dome Lights Electrical Schematic Dia-
gram (All Airplanes Except HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and
Up and C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up) .............................................. 3-6.1
3-5 Location of Controls for Aft Cargo Area Lights .................................................... 3-7
3-6 Floor, Ramp Loading, and Jump Platform Lights Electrical Schemat-
ic Diagram........................................................................................................... 3-10
3-7 Scanner’s Panel and Plotter’s Worktable Lights Electrical Schemat-
ic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes Prior to AF92-2104) ............................ 3-12.1
3-8 Scanner’s Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Air-
planes AF92-2104 and Up) ................................................................................ 3-13
3-9 Plotter’s Workable Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up) ................................................... 3-14
3-10 Scanner’s Utility Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N
Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up)........................................................................... 3-14
3-10.1 Cargo Area Utility Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H
Airplanes) ......................................................................................................... 3-14.1
3-11 Cargo Compartment Interphone and Oxygen Control Panel Lights
Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104
and Up)................................................................................................................ 3-15
3-12 Cargo Compartment Panel Lights (C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and
Up) ....................................................................................................................... 3-16
3-13 Cargo Area Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H
Airplanes) ............................................................................................................ 3-17
x Change 11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure Title Page
3-14 Cargo Compartment NVIS Light Control Locations .......................................... 3-18

3-15 Radio Operator/Right Scanner Station Control Panel Potentiometer
Adjustment.......................................................................................................... 3-19
3A-1 Location of Booth Ceiling Lights (AC-130H Airplanes) .....................................3A-4
3A-2 Location of IR Operator’s and EWO’s Lights and Controls (AC-130H
Airplanes) ........................................................................................................... 3A-5
3A-3 IR Operator’s and EWO’s Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(AC-130H Airplanes) ......................................................................................... 3A-6
3A-4 Location of TV Operator’s Instrument Station Lights and Controls
(AC-130H Airplanes) ......................................................................................... 3A-7
3A-5 TV Operator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(AC-130H Airplanes) ......................................................................................... 3A-8
3B-1 Cargo Compartment Lights and Controls Locations ..........................................3B-2
3B-2 Cargo Compartment Lights Schematic Diagram................................................3B-5
3B-3 Forward Underdeck Equipment Rack Maintenance Lights...............................3B-8
3B-4 RH Forward Equipment Rack Maintenance Lights ...........................................3B-9
3B-5 Horizontal Stabilizer Equipment Maintenance Lights.....................................3B-10
3B-6 Maintenance Lights Schematic Diagram...........................................................3B-11
3B-7 Miscellaneous Maintenance Lights ....................................................................3B-15
3C-1 Cargo Compartment Lights and Controls Locations ..........................................3C-2
3C-2 Cargo Compartment Lights Schematic Diagram................................................3C-4
3C-3 Cargo Compartment Jump Platform Lights and NVG Control Panel..............3C-8
4-1 Navigation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (All Airplanes Except
HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 and Up and C-130H Airplanes
AF95-1001 and Up) .............................................................................................. 4-2
4-2 Location of Exterior Lights .................................................................................. 4-2.2
4-2.1 NVIS Exterior Light Locations and Controls........................................................ 4-4
4-3 Location of Controls for Exterior Lights............................................................. 4-4.1
4-4 Formation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (All Airplanes Except
HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 and Up and C-130H Airplanes
AF95-1001 and Up) .............................................................................................. 4-6
4-5 Landing Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram ..................................................... 4-7
4-6 Refueling Pod and Hose and Leading Edge Lights Electrical Sche-
matic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes Prior to AF88-2101) ........................ 4-10
4-7 Refueling Pod and Hose Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 and Up) ................................................ 4-10.2
4-8 Taxi Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (All Airplanes Except
HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up, and C-130H Airplanes
AF95-1001 and Up) ............................................................................................ 4-11
4-9 Anti-Collision Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram .......................................... 4-13
4-10 Anti-Collision Strobe Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Airplanes
AF79-0473 Through AF80-0326 Not Modified by TO 1C-130-1167) .............. 4-14
4-11 Anti-Collision and Strobe Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(Airplanes AF90-1057 Through AF90-9108 Not Modified by TO
1C-130-1167, Except HC-130(H)N Airplane AF90-2103) ............................. 4-16.1
Change 11 xi
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure Title Page
4-12 Strobe Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Airplanes AF91-1231

and up and Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1167 and/or TO
1C-130-1653) ....................................................................................................... 4-17
4-13 Location of Landing Gear Wheel Well Lights and Controls........................... 4-18.1
4-14 Landing Gear Wheel Well Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram ..................... 4-19
4A-1 Location of UARRSI Lights (AC-130H Airplanes)..............................................4A-2
4A-2 Location of UARRSI Lighting Controls (AC-130H Airplanes)...........................4A-3
4A-3 UARRSI Lighting Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H
Airplanes) ........................................................................................................... 4A-4
4B-1 Exterior Lights Locations (MC-130E Airplanes).................................................4B-2
4B-2 Exterior Lights Locations (MC-130H Airplanes) ................................................4B-4
4B-3 Exterior Lights Controls Locations (MC-130E Airplanes) .................................4B-6
4B-4 Exterior Lights Controls Locations (MC-130H Airplanes).................................4B-8
4B-5 Exterior Lights Schematic Diagrams...................................................................4B-9
4B-6 Nose Wheelwell Light, Control, and Schematic Diagram................................4B-15
4B-7 Auxiliary Landing Light Schematic Diagram ...................................................4B-16
4B-8 Auxiliary Taxi Light Schematic Diagram..........................................................4B-17
4C-1 Location of UARRSI and Pod and Hose Illumination Lights ............................4C-2
4C-2 Location of UARRSI and Auxiliary Refuel Control System Controls ...............4C-3
4C-3 UARRSI Lights Schematic Diagram....................................................................4C-4
4C-4 Pod and Hose Illumination Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130E
Airplanes) ........................................................................................................... 4C-5
5-1 Location of Emergency Exit Lights........................................................................ 5-2
5-2 Location of Controls for Emergency Exit Lights................................................... 5-3
5-3 Emergency Exit Light Electrical Schematic Diagram.......................................... 5-4
5A-1 Location of Emergency Exit Lights......................................................................5A-2
5A-2 Emergency Exit Lights Controls ..........................................................................5A-3
5A-3 Emergency Exit Lights Schematic Diagram .......................................................5A-4
FO-1 Flight Station Dome, and Thunderstorm, Bunk, and Crew Entrance
Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103) ...................................................................... FP-1
FO-1.1 Aft Cargo and Ramp Area Dome Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram........................................................................................................... FP-2.1
FO-2 Navigation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram...............................................FP-3
FO-3 Formation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram ...............................................FP-5
FO-4 Leading Edge and Taxi Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram..........................FP-9
FO-5 Dual Navigator Console Lighting Electrical Schematic Diagram
(MC-130E) ........................................................................................................ FP-13
FO-6 EWO Console Lighting Electrical Schematic Diagram (MC-130E).................FP-19
FO-7 Cargo Panel Lights/Take Control Electrical Schematic Diagram
(MC-130E) ........................................................................................................ FP-29
FO-8 Cargo Area Electroluminescent Lights Electrical Schematic Dia-
gram (MC-130E) .............................................................................................. FP-31
FO-9 Formation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (MC-130E
Airplanes) ......................................................................................................... FP-35
xii Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure Title Page
FO-10 Vertical Stabilizer Auxiliary Anti-Collision Lights Electrical Sche-

matic Diagram (MC-130E Airplanes) ............................................................ FP-37
Change 12 xii.1/(xii.2 blank)

TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
INTRODUCTION
COVERAGE. ALCS Advanced Lighting Control
System
This publication covers the C-130 Lighting
System (33-00-00). EWO Electronic Warfare Officer
SCOPE. FCO Fire Control Officer
This publication contains descriptive informa- IDCU Integrated Display Computer
tion on the C-130 lighting system. Thorough Unit
coverage is provided for each of the various IR Infrared
subsystems. The individual components of
each subsystem and their functional relation- LCU Lighting Control Unit
ships are covered in detail. The appropriate NVG Night Vision Goggle
System/Subsystem/Subject Number (S/S/SN)
is furnished for reference purposes following NVLS Night Vision Lighting Sys-
each subsystem title in Section I. tem
SCNS Self-Contained Navigation
ARRANGEMENT.
System
This publication is divided into nine sections.
S/S/SN System/Subsystem/Subject
The first section provides an overview of the
Number
entire lighting system. Sections II through V
deal with individual subsystems. Illustra- TSP Trim and Status Panel
tions show each of the major components and
TV Television
their locations. Schematic diagrams are inte-
grated throughout each section. UARRSI Universal Aerial Refueling
Receptacle Slipway Installa-
USE. tion
General Systems manuals serve as introduc-
IMPROVEMENT REPORTS.
tions to the various airplane systems for less
experienced maintenance personnel. They Recommendations for improvements to this
can also provide a quick review of system technical order shall be submitted on AFTO
operation and component location for more Form 22, Technical Order Improvement
experienced mechanics. This publication is Report and Reply. The form shall be com-
purely descriptive, however, and is not to be pleted in accordance with TO 00-5-1.
used as a guide in performing maintenance
functions.
NONSTANDARD ABBREVIATIONS.
The following non-military standard abbrevia-
tions are used in this publication:
Change 10 xiii
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
RECORD OF APPLICABLE TIME COMPLI- a. The equipment configuration to which

ANCE TECHNICAL ORDERS. the TCTO is applicable is no longer cov-
ered in the manual.
The record of applicable time compliance
technical orders is a list of all Time Compli- b. The TCTO is superseded or replaced.
ance Technical Orders (TCTO) that affect the
c. The TCTO is rescinded.
technical content (text or illustration) of any
of the fuel system manuals. Current TCTO
only are listed. A TCTO is deleted from the
list when any of the following occurs:
TCTO No. Title TCTO Date

1C-130(A)H-601 Install Night Vision Capability in the Forward 1 Aug 2002
Flight Deck (Pilot’s, Copilot’s and Flight Engineer)
Position on the AC-130H
1C-130(M)H-596 Modification of EL Lighting Control Units on MC-
130H Aircraft
1C-130-1167 Installation of Anti-Collision Strobe Light, C-130 15 February 1992
Aircraft
1C-130-1339 Electrical System Upgrade on all C-130 Aircraft 15 February 1998
Except A/B Models
1C-130-1551 Modification of Lighting Control System on Select
C-130 Aircraft
1C-130-1653 LC-130R (USN) Conversion to LC-130H (USAF) 30 September 2001
1C-130-1806 Installation of Provisions for Portable Night Vi- 1 June 2002
sion Lighting Systems (NVLD) Set on Selected C-
130E/H Aircraft
33-17-00
xiv Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section I. LIGHTING SYSTEM
1-1. GENERAL. the Pilot, Copilot, Navigator, and Fire Control

Officer stations. All instrument and panel
The lighting provisions on this airplane
lights are switched to green or yellow when
include flight station lighting, cargo compart-
the NVIS is turned on.
ment lighting, booth lighting (AC-130H air-
planes), exterior lighting, Universal Aerial 1-2A. FLIGHT STATION NVIS COMPATIBLE
Refueling Receptacle Slipway Installation LIGHTING (HC-130(H)N AIRPLANES AF88-
(UARRSI) (AC-130H airplanes), and emer- 2101 THROUGH AF90-2103, AIRPLANES
gency exit lights. Flight station lighting pro- AF92-0547 THROUGH AF92-1538, AND AF92-
vides general illumination of flight station 3281 THROUGH AF94-6702 NOT MODIFIED
areas, as well as supplementary lighting of BY TO 1C-130-1488, EXCEPT HC-130(H)N
instrument and circuit breaker panels. Cargo AND LC-130H AIRPLANES) (33-15-00).
compartment lighting provides general illumi-
nation of the cargo compartment. On AC- The flight station lighting is Night Vision
130H airplanes, booth lighting provides gen- Imaging System (NVIS) compatible and con-
eral illumination of the Infrared (IR)/Elec- sists of overhead and electroluminescent floor
tronic Warfare Officer (EWO) and Television lights for general lighting and electrolumines-
(TV) console work areas. Exterior lighting cent floodlights to illuminate the instrument
provides light for landing, takeoff, formation panels. All instrument and panel lights are
flying, and recognition purposes as well as green or are switched to green when the
lighting for the landing gear wheel wells. On NVIS is turned on. Portable utility lights,
AC-130H airplanes, the UARRSI lighting pro- which provide either green or white light, are
vides illumination of the refueling area; this mounted in the flight station at places where
enables airborne refueling of the airplanes, they are readily available to each
increasing their range and airborne time. crewmember. Circuit breaker panels are
Emergency exit lights are located near each equipped with green edge lights to illuminate
exit and maybe removed and used as porta- panel nomenclature. NVIS wiring diagrams
ble, battery operated lights. are included in TO 1C-130(H)H-2-13, figures
2L36 through 2L59. Additional wiring dia-
1-2. FLIGHT STATION LIGHTING (AIR- grams are included in other chapters.
PLANES PRIOR TO AF92-0547 AND AF92-
3021 THROUGH AF92-3024, EXCEPT HC- 1-2B. ADVANCED LIGHTING CONTROL
130(H)N AIRPLANES AF88-2101 THROUGH SYSTEM (C-130H AIRPLANES MODIFIED BY
AF90-2103) (33-10-00). TO 1C-130-1488, AF94-6703 AND UP, HC-
130(H)N AIRPLANES AF92-2104 AND UP,
The flight station lighting consists of white
AND LC-130H AIRPLANES AF92-1094 AND
dome lights for general lighting with addi-
UP) (33-16-00).
tional spotlights and floodlights for instru-
ment panel lighting. All control and circuit The flight station lighting is Night Vision
breaker panels are equipped with white edge Imaging System (NVIS) compatible and con-
lights to illuminate panel nomenclature. sists of overhead and electroluminescent
Portable utility lights, which provide either floodlights to illuminate the instrument
red or white light, are mounted in the flight panels. All instrument and panel lights are
station at places where they are readily avail- green or are switched to green when the
able to each crewmember. On AC-130H air- NVIS is turned on. Portable utility lights,
planes, work lights and 5-volt lighting pro- that provide either green or white light, are
vides additional illumination of the Navigator mounted in the flight station at places where
and Fire Control Officer (FCO) console work they are readily available to each
areas. On AC-130H airplanes modified by TO crewmember. Circuit breaker panels are
1C-130(A)H-601, Night Vision Imaging Sys- equipped with green edge lights to illuminate
tem (NVIS) compatible lighting is provided at panel nomenclature. Most of the dimmers
33-00-00
Change 10 1-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
have been removed, and lighting is now con- loading lights consist of normal and infrared
trolled through the advanced lighting control lights and are operated from controls on the
system (ALCS). The ALCS consists of two aft fuselage junction box. Operation of the
lighting control units and a trim and status NVIS mode and the ramp loading lights cov-
panel on all airplanes other than HC- ert mode is controlled by the cargo area lights
130(H)N, and three lighting control units and MSTR switch on the cargo area lights panel.
a trim and status panel on HC-130(H)N On AC-130H airplanes, the gunners, aft scan-
airplanes. ner, and forward scanner panel lights are all
controlled by the CARGO AREA - PANEL
1-3. CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
LIGHTS knob on the LH and RH DC lower
(33-30-00).
distribution box. The ramp dome and ramp
The cargo compartment is provided with loading lights are controlled from the aft fuse-
dome and floor lights for general operations lage junction box panel.
and ramp lights that provide additional light-
1-3A. BOOTH LIGHTING (AC-130H AIR-
ing in the ramp area. On airplanes other
PLANES) (33-31-00).
than HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104,
AF93-2105, AF93-2106, C-130H airplanes Booth lighting provides general illumination
AF95-1001 and up, and AC-130H airplanes, of the IR/EWO and TV console work areas.
the lights in the forward area of the cargo The IR/EWO console work area lighting con-
compartment are controlled from the forward sists of panel, console, ceiling, utility, and 5-
cargo compartment interphone control panel. volt lighting. The TV console work area
The lights in the aft area are controlled from lighting consists of panel, console, ceiling,
the aft fuselage junction box panel. On AC- work, and recorder work lighting.
130H airplanes, floor lights are not opera-
1-3B. CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
tional. The lights in the forward and center
(MC-130P AIRPLANES MODIFIED BY TO 1C-
areas of the cargo compartment are controlled
130-1312).
from the forward cargo compartment lighting
control panel. The lights in the aft area of In addition to existing cargo compartment
the cargo compartment are controlled from lighting, electroluminescent lighting is
the aft fuselage junction box panel. On HC- installed for use during NVIS operations.
130(H)N airplanes, three floodlights are pro- The system incorporates electroluminescent
vided for the plotter’s worktable located in (EL) panels in the ceiling to provide NVIS
the cargo compartment. On HC-130(H)N air- compatible green lighting with controls
planes AF92-2104, AF93-2105, and AF93- located in the aft and forward sections of the
2106, the cargo area lights are NVIS-compati- cargo compartment.
ble. The cargo area dome lights, floor lights,
1-4. EXTERIOR LIGHTING (33-40-00).
and ramp door uplock/inspection lights are
operated from the cargo area lights panel at The exterior lighting includes navigation, for-
the left scanner station. The ramp loading mation, landing, leading edge, taxi, wheel
lights consist of normal lights and infrared well, anti-collision, and strobe lights. On AC-
lights. The ON/OFF switch for the ramp 130H airplanes, a combat beacon has been
loading lights is located on the aft fuselage added to provide visual aid to the fighters
junction box panel. The position of the escorting the gunship. For HC-130(H)N air-
NORM/NVIS switch on the LH scanner’s sta- planes, floodlights for illumination of the
tion directs power to either the normal or the refueling hose and pods are provided. The
infrared ramp loading lights. Infrared sensi- navigation, formation, leading edge, anti-colli-
tive goggles must be worn during infrared sion, and strobe lights are controlled from the
operation. On C-130H airplanes AF95-1001 exterior lights panel which is part of the over-
and up, the cargo area lights are NVIS-com- head electrical panel. On AC-130H airplanes,
patible. The forward and center dome lights, and airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-1653,
floor lights, and ramp door uplock inspection the navigation, formation, leading edge, anti-
lights are operated from the cargo area lights collision strobe light and combat beacon are
panel at the loadmaster’s station. The ramp controlled from the exterior lights panel,
33-00-00
1-2 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
located on the overhead exterior lights electri- 1-4B. EXTERIOR LIGHTING (HC-130(H)N
cal control panel. The landing and taxi lights AIRPLANES AF88-2101 THROUGH AF90-
are controlled from the LANDING LIGHTS/ 2103) (33-40-00).
LDG LTS control panel located on the
In normal mode, exterior lighting, for selected
copilot’s instrument panel. On airplanes
airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-1467, oper-
AF83-0486 through AF85-0213, the LAND-
ates as stated in paragraph 1-4 above. In
ING LIGHTS control panel is on the flight
NVIS mode, the exterior NVIS lighting sys-
control pedestal. On AC-130H airplanes, the
tem is limited to NVG compatible lights for
landing and taxi lights are controlled from
formation and refueling purposes. NVG com-
the LANDING LIGHTS control panel, located
patible, dual fixture, pod illumination lights
on the center pedestal. On HC-130(H)N air-
are located on the tips of the horizontal stabi-
planes, the hose and pod floodlights are oper-
lizer. One light is non-filtered white for nor-
ated from the auxiliary fuel control panel.
mal operation, the other is NVG compatible
On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF88-2101 through
green for NVIS operation.
AF93-2106 and C-130H airplanes AF95-1001
and up, infrared lights have been added at all 1-5. EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS (33-50-00).
exterior lights positions except at the strobe
Emergency exit lights are located near each
lights. The infrared lights are controlled
normal and emergency exit and maybe
through the NORM/COVT switch located on
removed and operated as portable battery
the exterior lights control panel.
operated lights. On AC-130H airplanes, all
1-4A. UARRSI LIGHTING (AC-130H AIR- emergency exits lights have been modified by
PLANES) (33-41-00). TO 1C-130(A)H-552 to be Night Vision Goggle
(NVG) compatible.
On AC-130H airplanes, the fuel system has
been modified by the addition of the UARRSI. 1-6. GALLEY POWER SYSTEM (25-30-00).
The UARRSI enables airborne refueling of
Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-25GS-00-1 for a com-
the airplane, which increases its range and
plete description of the Galley Power System.
time the airplane remains airborne. The
slipway lights, aerial refueling area lights
and aerial refueling fuselage lights provide
illumination of the refueling area. These
lights are controlled by the AERIAL REFUEL
panel, located on the overhead electrical
panel.
33-00-00
Change 10 1-3/(1-4 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IA. LIGHTING SYSTEMS MC-130E AND MC-130H AIRPLANES
1A-1. GENERAL. panel. The normal lights in the aft and ramp
area are controlled from the aft fuselage junc-
Lighting provisions on the MC-130E and MC-
tion box panel. The cargo compartment NVG
130H airplanes include flight station lighting,
lighting system is controlled from two control
cargo compartment lighting, exterior lighting,
panels, one just aft of the crew entrance door
Universal Aerial Refueling Receptacle
and one aft of the aft LH paratroop door.
Slipway Installation (UARRSI) lighting, and
Two aft cargo loading lights (clear) are con-
emergency exit lighting. Flight station light-
trolled from the aft fuselage junction box.
ing provides general illumination of flight sta-
NVG goggles must be worn during NVG light-
tion areas, as well as supplementary lighting
ing system operation.
of instrument and circuit breaker panels.
Cargo compartment lighting provides general
illumination of the cargo compartment. Exte- 1A-4. EXTERIOR LIGHTING (33-40-00).
rior lighting provides light for landing, take- Exterior lighting includes navigation, forma-
off, formation flying, recognition purposes and tion, landing, leading edge, taxi, wing-tip taxi
the landing gear nose wheel well. UARRSI (MC-130H), anti-collision strobe, landing gear
lighting provides illumination of the refueling illumination, refueling pod and hose (MC-
area, enabling airborne refueling of the air- 130E), and NVG compatible auxiliary lights.
planes and increasing their range and air The navigation, formation, leading edge, and
time. Emergency exit lights are located near anti-collision lights are controlled from the
each exit and may be removed and used as exterior lights control panel. The landing,
portable, battery operated lights. The Night taxi, and wing-tip taxi lights are controlled
Vision Goggle (NVG) lighting system provides from the landing lights control panel, located
interior lighting when the flight crew is utiliz- on the overhead panel. Auxiliary exterior
ing night vision goggles. lighting consists of auxiliary landing, taxi and
1A-2. FLIGHT STATION LIGHTING (33-10- anti-collision lights equipped with NVG com-
00). patible filters. These lights are controlled
from the auxiliary landing lights control
Flight station lighting consists of a normal panel.
lighting subsystem (white lights) and a NVG
compatible lighting system. For normal night
1A-5. UNIVERSAL AERIAL REFUELING
flight, the white lighting system is used. For
RECEPTACLE SLIPWAY INSTALLATION
covert night flight, the NVG lighting system
AND AUXILIARY REFUEL CONTROL SYS-
is used and the white system is turned off.
TEM LIGHTING (33-41-00).
The aircraft warning, caution, and advisory
(WCA) lights system, modified with filters The fuel system has been modified to include
and extended dimming, is common to the nor- UARRSI lighting. UARRSI lighting illumi-
mal and NVG lighting systems. All control nates the refueling area, enabling airborne
and circuit breaker panels are equipped with refueling of the airplane, increasing the range
white edge lights to illuminate panel and airborne time. UARRSI lighting system
nomenclature. includes aerial refueling area, aerial refueling
slipway, aerial refueling fuselage, and leading
1A-3. CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
edge lights. On MC-130E airplanes, the aux-
(33-30-00).
iliary fuel control system lights consist of pod
The cargo compartment is provided with and hose illumination lights, tanker ready
dome, floor, and ramp lights to provide nor- lights, stowed and locked lights and hydraulic
mal and NVG compatible lighting. The nor- pressure off lights. All of the UARRSI and
mal lights in the forward and center areas of auxiliary fuel control system lights are con-
the cargo compartment are controlled from trolled from the aerial refuel panel, located on
the forward cargo compartment interphone the overhead panel.
33-00-00.1
Change 7 1A-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
1A-6. EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS (33-50-00). filters. Stowage for the filters is located on
the light assemblies. The NVG filters on
Emergency exit lights are located near each
emergency exit lights located at the crew
normal and emergency exit, and may be
entrance door and the forward overhead
removed and operated as portable, battery
hatch normally remain attached at all times.
operated lights. On MC-130H airplanes, all
emergency exit lights have removable NVG
33-00-00.1
1A-2 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section II. FLIGHT STATION LIGHTING

(AIRPLANES PRIOR TO AF92-0547 AND AF92-3021 THROUGH AF92-3024,
EXCEPT HC-130(H)N AIRPLANES AF88-2101 THROUGH AF90-2103)
2-1. GENERAL. provided at the Pilot, Copilot, Navigator, and

Fire Control Officer stations. All instrument
The flight station lighting consists of white
and panel lights are switched to green or yel-
dome lights for general area lighting with
low when the NVIS is turned on.
additional spotlights and floodlights for
instrument panel lighting. All control panels
and circuit breaker panels are equipped with
2-2. FLIGHT STATION DOME AND THUN-
white edge lights to illuminate panel nomen-
DERSTORM LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 2-1 AND
clature. Portable utility lights, which provide
2-2).
either red or white lights, are mounted in
strategic locations about the flight station for The two thunderstorm lights are mounted on
use by the crew members. On AC-130H air- the overhead fuselage structure about a foot
planes, work lights and 5-Volt lighting is pro- outboard of the aft corners of the overhead
vided to illuminate the Navigator’s and FCO’s instrument panel and are directed toward the
console work areas. On AC-130H airplanes main instrument panel. Two of the dome
modified by TO 1C-130(A)H-601, Night Vision lights are located about a foot and a half aft
Imaging System (NVIS) compatible lighting is of the thunderstorm lights, there is one over
Figure 2-1. Flight Station Dome, Thunderstorm, Bunk, and Crew Entrance Lights
Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-10-00
Change 10 2-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-2. Location of Flight Station Lights and Controls (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-10-00
2-2 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-2. Location of Flight Station Lights and Controls (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-10-00
Change 6 2-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
the navigator’s seat, and another is just for- airplanes there is an additional utility light
ward of the overhead escape hatch. The above the radio operator’s control panel and
fourdome and two thunderstorm lights are the copilot’s utility light is mounted on the
controlled by the FLIGHT DECK DOME knob side of the flare launch control panel. The
on the pilot’s side shelf. On the AC-130H air- utility lights all have coiled cords which allow
planes, there are no bunk lights. The upper them to be removed from their mounting and
bunk dome light is now the flight deck dome used as a hand light. Utility lights may be
light. Rotating the FLIGHT DECK DOME operated as either a spotlight or floodlight
knob clockwise out of the OFF position, turns and are equipped with a rheostat to permit
the dome and thunderstorm lights on. The variable light intensity from off to full bright.
brightness increases as the knob is rotated The utility lights have a momentary switch
toward BRIGHT. When the THUNDER- which permits the operator to instantly turn
STORM LIGHTS switch located on the pilot’s the light on to full bright and each light is
side shelf is placed to ON, the FLIGHT also provided with an optional red filter. The
DECK DOME rheostat is bypassed causing underdeck utility light, which illuminates the
the dome and thunderstorm lights to come on equipment racks, is mounted on a bracket
with full brightness. When the THUNDER- near the centerline of the airplane and is con-
STORM LIGHTS switch is placed to ON, the trolled by an ON/OFF toggle switch adjacent
pilot’s and copilot’s instrument panel flood- to the light. Power to the pilot’s and copilot’s
lights (see paragraphs titled Pilot’s Instru- lights is supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus
ment Panel Floodlights and Copilot’s Instru- and is available when the INTERIOR
ment Panel Floodlights) and the lights LIGHTS - PILOT and COPILOT UTILITY
affected by the CAUTION LIGHTS switch circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit
(see paragraph titled Navigator’s Instrument breaker panel is closed. Power to the flight
and Control Panel Lights) will also come on engineer’s, navigator’s, and underdeck utility
with full brightness. The upper bunk and lights is supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus
lower bunk dome lights are controlled by tog- and is available when the INTERIOR
gle switches located beside each light. The LIGHTS - FLT MECH NAVIGATOR UTIL-
bunk dome lights cannot be dimmed. Dome ITY circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower cir-
and thunderstorm lights receive power from cuit breaker panel is closed. On HC-130(H)N,
the 28-volt main DC bus through the INTE- HC-130N, HC-130P, and MC-130P (not modi-
RIOR LIGHTS - THUNDERSTORM & fied by TO 1C-130-1312) airplanes, power to
FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker on the the radio operator’s utility light is supplied by
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. the 28-volt main DC bus through the RADIO
OPER INST PANEL/LIGHTS circuit breaker
2-2A. FLIGHT STATION DOME AND THUN-
on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
DERSTORM LIGHTS, NVIS (AIRPLANES
On MC-130P airplanes modified by TO 1C-
MODIFIED BY TO 1C-130-1269)
130-1269, the existing utility lights through-
The thunderstorm light control is equipped out the flight stations are equipped with fil-
with a lever-lock switch to prevent inadver- ters to produce NVIS compatible green light.
tent activation during NVIS operations. NVIS compatible green gooseneck lamps are
installed as necessary to provide additional
2-3. FLIGHT STATION UTILITY LIGHTS
illumination. Gooseneck light operation is
(SEE FIGURES 2-2, 2-3, AND 2-10).
controlled by integral intensity/ON/OFF con-
Utility lights are mounted to the left (pilot’s) trols. On MC-130P airplanes modified by TO
and right (copilot’s) of the overhead panel, 1C-130-1312, the radio operator station is
just aft of the overhead panel (flight engi- moved to the right scanner’s position and the
neer’s), at the navigator’s station, and navigator’s station is modified to provide a
beneath the flight station floor (underdeck). LH navigator and the RH navigators EWO
On HC-130(H)N, HC-130N, HC-130P, and position. Refer to SOFI LIGHTING for
MC-130P (not modified by TO 1C-130-1312) description.
33-10-00
2-4 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2-4. FLIGHT STATION INSTRUMENT lights and edge lighting. Power is supplied
LIGHTS. by the 115-volt essential AC bus, phase A
through a one amp fuse on the upper AC dis-
Lighting is provided for instruments, controls,
tribution panel which is located on the bulk-
and panel lettering on the pilot’s and copilot’s
head above the upper crew bunk. The
panels, the engine instrument panel, the
PILOTS INST LT CB circuit breaker on the
overhead panel (flight engineer’s), the flight
pilot’s side shelf isolates the INSTRUMENT
control pedestal, the pilot’s and copilot’s side
knob transformer from the instrument panel
shelves, the circuit breaker panels, and the
lights.
navigator’s panels. On HC130(H)N, HC-
130N, HC-130P, and MC-130P airplanes (not 2-4.1.1 On airplanes prior to AF78-0806,
modified by TO 1C-130-1312),the radio opera- except for AC-130H, HC-130N, HC-130P, MC-
tor’s control panel has instrument lighting. 130P, and WC-130H airplanes, and airplanes
On AC-130H airplanes, flight station instru- modified by TO 1C-130-1653, the pilot has an
ment lighting is provided for the FCO. The angle of attack transducer (AOAT) indicator
lights on each panel are connected to a com- dimmer control on the left edge of his main
mon light circuit which is controlled by a instrument panel. The ANGLE OF ATTACK
transformer or rheostat. On AC-130H air- INDICATOR LIGHTING CONTROL knob
planes modified by TO 1C-130(A)H-601 and controls both pilot’s and copilot’s AOAT indi-
on MC-130P airplanes modified by TO 1C- cator lights. Turning the knob clockwise
130-1269, postlights, instrument bezels, eye- toward BRIGHT brightens the AOAT indica-
brow lights, and edge lit panels are filtered or tor lights and rotating it counterclockwise
replaced to produce NVIS compatible green toward OFF dims the lights. Rotating the
light. Turbine, fire, and nacelle overheat knob full counterclockwise turns both AOAT
master lights, and anti-icing overheat lights indicators lights off. Power for the AOAT
are NVIS compatible red. Gear handle and indicator lights is supplied by the 28-volt
fire handle lights are NVIS compatible green. essential DC bus through the ANGLE OF
All remaining red caution, warning and advi- ATTACK IND LIGHT circuit breaker on the
sory lights are NVIS compatible yellow. copilot’s side circuit breaker panel.
On airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-1806, 2-4.2 Pilot’s Caution Lights Dimmer Control
provisions are made to the glare shield and (See Figures 2-2 and 2-4). When the PILOTS
the pilot’s, copilot’s, and engine instrument INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTS - INSTRU-
panels to affix the portable night vision light- MENT knob on the pilot’s side shelf is rotated
ing system (NVLS) set. The portable NVLS out of the OFF position, 28 VDC is switched
set provides illumination for the engine to the CAUTION LIGHTS switch located just
instrument panel and primary flight instru- above the knob on the pilot’s side shelf. This
ments during missions employing NVG. enables the CAUTION LIGHTS switch to be
Information for these provisions is in the Spe- used to dim or brighten indicator lights
cial Maintenance Requirements paragraph of located on various panels in the flight station.
this chapter. When the CAUTION LIGHTS switch is set to
DIM, a fixed resistance is switched into the
2-4.1 Pilot’s Main Instrument Panel Lights
input circuit of each light and causes the light
(See Figures 2-2, 2-4, and 2-5). The pilot’s
to become dim. When the CAUTION
main instrument panel lights are controlled
LIGHTS switch is set to BRIGHT, the resis-
by the PILOTS INSTRUMENT PANEL
tance is removed, allowing the light to come
LIGHTS -INSTRUMENT knob on the pilot’s
on bright. On HC-130(H)N airplanes, sepa-
side shelf. Rotating the PILOTS INSTRU-
rate switches are provided at the scanner’s
MENT PANEL LIGHTS - INSTRUMENT
station for dimming their lights. The dimmer
knob out of the OFF position turns the pilot’s
circuit is powered from the 28-volt main DC
instrument panel lights on dim and continu-
bus by way of the IND LIGHT DIMMER cir-
ing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens the
cuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit
lights to maximum brightness at the BRIGHT
breaker panel. Power from the circuit
position. This knob controls both instrument
breaker is routed through the OFF position
33-10-00
Change 10 2-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-3. Utility, Sextant, and Underdeck Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
of the THUNDERSTORM LIGHTS switch so dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock-
that when the THUNDERSTORM LIGHTS wise brightens the lights to maximum bright-
switch is set to ON, there is no power for ness at the BRIGHT position. This knob con-
dimming and lights are on bright. trols both instrument lights and edge
lighting. Power is supplied by the 115-volt
On MC-130P airplanes modified by TO 1C-
essential AC bus, phase A through a one amp
130-1269, the CAUTION LIGHTS is a three
fuse on the upper AC distribution panel
position switch: DIM/NVIS/BRIGHT posi-
which is located on the bulkhead above the
tions. Power is routed through solid state
upper crew bunk. The COPILOTS INST LT
dimmers and trimming resistors to produce
CB/INSTR PNL LIGHTS CB circuit breaker
light levels compatible with NVIS operations.
on the copilot’s side shelf isolates the
DIM and BRIGHT operations are the same as
INSTRUMENT knob transformer from the
described above.
instrument panel lights.
2-4.3 Copilot’s Main Instrument Panel
2-4.4 Engine Instrument Panel Lights (See
Lights (See Figures 2-2 and 2-6). The
Figures 2-2 and 2-6). The engine instrument
copilot’s main instrument panel lights are
panel lights are controlled by the LIGHTS -
controlled by the COPILOTS INSTRUMENT
ENGINE INST knob on the pilot’s side shelf.
PANEL LIGHTS - INSTRUMENT knob on
Rotating the LIGHTS - ENGINE INST knob
the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating the COPI-
out of the OFF position turns the engine
LOTS INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTS -
instrument panel lights on dim and continu-
INSTRUMENT knob out of the OFF position
turns the copilot’s instrument panel lights on
33-10-00
2-6 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-4. Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights and Dimmer Circuit Electrical Schematic Diagram
Figure 2-5. Angle of Attack Indicator Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-10-00
Change 10 2-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-6. Copilot’s and Engine Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
position. Power is supplied by the 115-volt and cabin air pressure gage. They are con-
essential AC bus, phase A through a one amp trolled by the EDGE OVERHEAD LIGHTS
fuse on the upper AC distribution panel control on the copilot’s side shelf.
which is located on the bulkhead above the
2-4.5.1 On airplanes AF84-0204 and up,
upper crew bunk. The ENG INST LT CB cir-
the fuel quantity indicator lights on the fuel
cuit breaker on the pilot’s side shelf isolates
control panel are controlled by the FUEL
the ENGINE INST knob transformer from
QTY IND LIGHT knob located above the
the instrument panel lights.
copilot’s side circuit breaker panel. Rotating
2-4.5 Overhead Instrument Panel Lights the FUEL QTY IND LIGHT knob out of the
(See Figures 2-2 and 2-7). The overhead OFF position turns the fuel quantity indicator
instrument panel lights are controlled by the lights on dim and continuing to rotate the
EDGE OVERHEAD PANEL LIGHTS knob on knob clockwise brightens the lights to maxi-
the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating the EDGE mum brightness at the BRIGHT position.
OVERHEAD PANEL LIGHTS knob out of the Power is supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus
OFF position turns the overhead instrument through the INTERIOR LIGHTS - OVER-
panel lights on dim and continuing to rotate HEAD PRIMARY circuit breaker on the
the knob clockwise brightens the lights to copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
maximum brightness at the BRIGHT posi-
2-4.5.2 On HC-130(H)N, HC-130N, HC-
tion. Power is supplied by the 28-volt main
130P, and MC-130P airplanes, the auxiliary
DC bus through the INTERIOR LIGHTS -
fuel system control panel instrument and
OVERHEAD PRIMARY circuit breaker on the
edge lights are controlled by the PANEL
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. On air-
LIGHTS knob located on the overhead panel
planes modified by TO 1C-130-1312, five pairs
to the right of the aerial refueling checklist
of instrument lights are relocated to the
panel. Rotating the PANEL LIGHTS knob
pilot’s and copilot’s overhead for oil quantity
out of the OFF position turns the panel lights
indicators, oil cooler flap position indicators
on dim and continuing to rotate the knob
clockwise brightens the lights to maximum
33-10-00
2-8 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
brightness at the BRIGHT position. Power is the OFF position turns the pilot’s side shelf
supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus through lights on dim and continuing to rotate the
the FLT MECH INST PANEL circuit breaker knob clockwise brightens the lights to maxi-
on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. mum brightness at the BRIGHT position.
Power for the pilot’s side shelf lights is sup-
2-4.5A AC Avionics Bus Off Indicators (Air-
plied by the 28-volt main DC bus through the
planes Modified by TO 1C-130-1339) (See Fig-
INTERIOR LIGHTS - CTR STD & PILOT
ure 2-7). On airplanes modified by TO 1C-
SIDE PNL circuit breaker on the copilot’s
130-1339, an additional dimmer module has
lower circuit breaker panel.
also been installed to control the avionics AC
bus indicators. Dimming is adjusted by the 2-4.8 Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights
existing OVERHEAD PANEL LIGHTS con- (See Figures 2-2 and 2-9). The copilot’s side
trol, located on the copilot’s side shelf. shelf lights are controlled by the COPILOTS
SIDE PANEL LIGHTS knob on the copilot’s
2-4.6 Flight Control Pedestal Instrument
side shelf. Rotating the COPILOTS SIDE
Lights (See Figures 2-2 and 2-8). The flight
PANEL LIGHTS knob out of the OFF posi-
control pedestal instrument lights are con-
tion turns the copilot’s side shelf lights on
trolled by the CENTER STAND & PILOTS
dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock-
SIDE PANEL knob on the pilot’s side shelf.
wise brightens the lights to maximum bright-
Rotating the CENTER STAND & PILOTS
ness at the BRIGHT position. Power for the
SIDE PANEL knob out of the OFF position
copilot’s side shelf lights is supplied by the
turns the flight control pedestal instrument
28-volt main DC bus through the INTERIOR
lights on dim and continuing to rotate the
LIGHTS - COPILOT CKT BKR & SIDE
knob clockwise brightens the lights to maxi-
PANEL/INTERIOR LIGHTS - COPILOTS
mum brightness at the BRIGHT position.
CKT BKR & SIDE PANEL circuit breaker on
Power for the flight control pedestal instru-
the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
ment lights is supplied by the 28-volt main
DC bus through the INTERIOR LIGHTS - 2-4.8.1 On airplanes AF91-1231 and up,
CTR STD & PILOT SIDE PNL circuit the copilot’s IDCU lighting is controlled by
breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker the IDCU LIGHTING CONTROL knob on the
panel. copilot’s side shelf. Rotating the IDCU
LIGHTING CONTROL knob out of the OFF
position turns the copilot’s IDCU panel lights
the pilot’s IDCU lighting is controlled by the
IDCU LIGHTING CONTROL knob on the
pilot’s side shelf. Rotating the IDCU LIGHT-
brightness at the BRIGHT position. Power
ING CONTROL knob out of the OFF position
for the copilot’s IDCU lighting is provided by
turns the pilot’s IDCU panel lights on dim
the 115-volt essential AC bus, phase A
and continuing to rotate the knob clockwise
through a one amp fuse located on the upper
brightens the lights to maximum brightness
AC distribution panel which is located on the
at the BRIGHT position. Power for the pilot’s
bulkhead above the upper crew bunk. The
IDCU lighting is provided by the 115-volt
IDCU LT CB circuit breaker on the copilot’s
essential AC bus, phase A through a one amp
side shelf isolates the lights from the
fuse located on the upper AC distribution
transformer.
panel which is on the bulkhead above the
upper crew bunk. The IDCU LT CB circuit 2-4.9 Navigator’s Instrument and Control
breaker on the pilot’s side shelf isolates the Panel Lights (See Figures 2-10 and 2-11).
lights from the transformer. The navigator’s instrument and control panel
lights are controlled by the INSTRUMENT &
2-4.7 Pilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights
CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS - PANEL/
(See Figures 2-2 and 2-8). The pilot’s side
LIGHTING CONTROL - PANEL knob on the
shelf lights are controlled by the CENTER
navigators’s panel lights control panel located
STAND & PILOTS SIDE PANEL knob on the
on the navigator’s console. Rotating the
pilot’s side shelf. Rotating the CENTER
INSTRUMENT & CONTROL PANEL
STAND & PILOTS SIDE PANEL knob out of
33-10-00
Change 10 2-9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-7. Overhead Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-10-00
2-10 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-8. Flight Control Pedestal and Pilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram
LIGHTS - PANEL/LIGHTING CONTROL - lights is from the 115-volt essential AC bus

PANEL knob out of the OFF position turns through a one amp fuse located on the upper
the instrument and edge lights on to dim and AC distribution panel which is located on the
continuing to rotate the knob clockwise bulkhead above the upper crew bunk. The
brightens the lights to maximum brightness NAVIGATORS INST LIGHTS CONTROL
at the BRIGHT position. Power is supplied panel also contains a 15 amp PWR circuit
by the 28-volt main DC bus through the NAV breaker which isolates the lights from the
INST LTS - PRI/NAV INST LIGHTS - PRI transformer.
circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit
2-4.9.2 On airplanes prior to AF83-0486
breaker panel.
which have been modified by TO 1C-130-1173
2-4.9.1 On airplanes AF83-0486 and up, and/or TO 1C-130-1653, a SCNS lighting con-
and airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-1653, trol panel has been provided to control the
an additional lighting circuit has been added navigator’s and radio operator’s SCNS panel
to provide instrument light control for lights. These lights are controlled by the
selected instruments and panels. These LIGHTING 0-5 VAC variable transformer
lights are controlled by a variable trans- knob on the SCNS lighting control panel.
former on the NAVIGATORS INST LIGHTS Rotating the LIGHTING 0-5 VAC knob out of
CONTROL panel. Rotating the NAVIGA- the OFF position turns the SCNS panel lights
TORS INST LIGHTS CONTROL knob out of on dim and continuing to rotate the knob
the OFF position turns the lights on dim and clockwise brightens the lights to maximum
continuing to rotate the knob clockwise brightness at the BRIGHT position. Power
brightens the lights to maximum brightness for these lights is from the 115-volt main AC
at the BRIGHT position. Power for these bus through the NAV LTG XFMR circuit
33-10-00
Change 10 2-11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-9. Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panels and Side Shelf Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram
breaker located on the copilot’s upper circuit IDCU LIGHTING CONTROL knob out of the
breaker panel. The SCNS lighting control OFF position turns the IDCU panel lights on
panel also contains a 5 amp circuit breaker dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock-
which isolates the lights from the wise brightens the lights to maximum bright-
transformer. ness at the BRIGHT position. Power is sup-
plied from the 115-volt essential AC bus
through a one amp fuse located on the upper
the IDCU LIGHTING CONTROL panel has
AC distribution panel which is located on the
been added to provide instrument light con-
bulkhead above the upper crew bunk. The
trol for the navigator’s IDCU. The IDCU
navigator’s IDCU LIGHTING CONTROL
lights are controlled by a variable trans-
panel also contains a 5 amp PWR circuit
former on the navigator’s IDCU LIGHTING
breaker which isolates the lights from the
CONTROL panel. Rotating the navigator’s
transformer.
33-10-00
2-12 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2-4.9A Navigator’s 5-Volt Lighting (AC- VOLT LIGHTING CONTROL knob counter-
130H Airplanes) (See Figures 2-10 and 2-11). clockwise out of the OFF position varies the
The Navigator’s 5-Volt lighting provides dim- intensity of the edge lighting on the com-
ming control of the ac voltage to the edge puters. Power is supplied by the 5-volt main
lighting of the computers. The 5-Volt lighting AC bus NAV 5V LIGHTING and NAV
is controlled by the 5 VOLT LIGHTING CON- LIGHTING circuit breakers on the copilot’s
TROL knob on the Navigator’s 5 VOLT upper circuit breaker panel.
LIGHTING control panel. Rotating the 5
33-10-00
Change 10 2-12.1/(2-12.2 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
All Airplanes Except AC-130H
Figure 2-10. Location of Navigator’s Station Lights and Controls (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-10-00
Change 10 2-13
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-10-00
2-14 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
AC-130H Airplanes
33-10-00
Change 10 2-15
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-11. Navigator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-10-00
2-16 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-11. Navigator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-10-00
Change 10 2-17
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-12. Radio Operator’s Control Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N, HC-
130N, HC-130P, and MC-130P (not modified by TO 1C-130-1312) Airplanes))
2-4.9B Navigator’s Work Light (AC-130H knob clockwise out of the OFF position turns
Airplanes) (See Figures 2-10 And 2-11). the work light on the dim. Continuing to
Additional illumination of the Navigator’s rotate the knob brightens the light to maxi-
console area is provided by the work light mum brightness. Power is supplied by the
mounted on the console. The work light is 28-volt main DC bus FLT MECH - NAVIGA-
controlled by the LIGHTING CONTROL - TOR UTILITY circuit breaker on the copilot’s
WORK knob. Rotating the LIGHTING CON- lower circuit breaker panel.
TROL - WORK knob clockwise out of the OFF
2-4.10 Radio Operator’s Control Panel
position turns the work light on to dim. Con-
Lights (See Figures 2-12 and 2-13). On HC-
tinuing to rotate the knob brightens the
130(H)N, HC-130N, HC-130P, and MC-130P
(not modified by TO 1C-130-1312) airplanes,
position. Power is supplied by the 28-volt
the radio operator’s control panel lights are
main DC bus NAV INST LIGHTS - PRI cir-
controlled by the CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS
knob on the radio operator’s lights control
breaker panel.
panel. Rotating the CONTROL PANEL
2-4.9C Navigator’s Flexible NVIS Work LIGHTS knob out of the OFF position turns
Lights (AC-130H Airplanes modified by TO the radio operator’s control panel lights on
1C-130(A)H-601) (See Figures 2-10 and 2-11). dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock-
NVIS compatible illumination of the Naviga- wise brightens the lights to maximum bright-
tor’s console area is provided by two flexible ness at the BRIGHT position. Power for the
NVIS work lights mounted on the console. radio operator’s control panel lights is sup-
The work lights are controlled by a rheostat plied by the 28-volt main DC bus through the
knob on each light. Rotating the rheostat INTERIOR LIGHTS - RADIO OPER INST
33-10-00
2-18 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-13. Location of Radio Operator’s Control Panel Lights and Controls (HC-130(H)N, HC-130N,
HC-130P, and MC-130P Airplanes (Not Modified by TO 1C-130-1312))
PANEL/RADIO OP INST circuit breaker on 2-4.10.2 FCO’s 5-Volt Lighting (AC-130H

the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. Airplanes) (See Figures 2-14 and 2-15). The
FCO’s 5-Volt lighting provides dimming con-
2-4.10.1 FCO’s Control Panel Lights (AC-
trol of the ac voltage to the edge lighting of
130H Airplanes) (See Figures 2-14 and 2-15).
the computers and fire control panels. The 5-
The FCO’s control panel lights are controlled
Volt lighting is controlled by the 5 VOLT
by the LIGHTING CONTROL - PANEL knob
LIGHTING CONTROL knob on the FCO’s 5
on the FCO’s lighting control panel, located
VOLT LIGHTING control panel. Rotating
on the FCO overhead panel. Rotating the
the 5 VOLT LIGHTING CONTROL knob
LIGHTING CONTROL - PANEL knob clock-
counterclockwise out of the OFF position var-
wise out of the OFF position turns the panel
ies the intensity of the lighting. Power is
lights on to dim.
supplied by the 5-volt main AC bus FCO 5V
Continuing to rotate the knob brightens the LIGHTING and FCO LIGHTING circuit
lights to maximum brightness at the BRIGHT breakers on the copilot’s upper circuit breaker
position. Power is supplied by the 28-volt panel.
essential DC bus FCO PANEL - PANEL
2-4.10.3 FCO’s Work Light (AC-130H Air-
LIGHTS circuit breaker on the copilot’s side
planes) (See Figures 2-14 and 2-15). Addi-
circuit breaker panel.
tional illumination of the FCO’s console area
is provided by the work light mounted on the
console. The work light is controlled
33-10-00
Change 11 2-19
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-14. Location of FCO’s Station Lights and Controls (AC-130H Airplanes)
by the LIGHTING CONTROL - WORK knob. 2-5. FLIGHT STATION INSTRUMENT PANEL
Rotating the LIGHTING CONTROL - WORK FLOODLIGHTS.
knob clockwise out of the OFF position turns
Floodlights are provided to illuminate the
the work light on to dim. Continuing to
instrument panels at the pilot’s, copilot’s,
rotate the knob brightens the lights to maxi-
overhead’s, navigator’s, and radio operator’s
(HC-130(H)N, HC-130N, HC-130P, and MC-
Power is supplied by the 28-volt essential DC
130P (not modified by TO 1C-130-1312) air-
bus FCO PANEL - WORK LIGHTS circuit
planes) stations. Nine white (three white and
breaker on the copilot’s side circuit breaker
six red on C-130B airplanes) floodlights are
panel.
mounted on the glareshield over the main
2-4.10.4 FCO’s Flexible NVIS Work Light instrument panel. Four white (two white and
(AC-130H Airplanes modified by TO 1C- two red on C-130B airplanes) floodlights are
130(A)H-601) (See Figures 2-14 and 2-15). mounted on the hood over the navigator’s
NVIS compatible illumination of the FCO’s instrument panel. On HC-130(H)N airplanes,
console area is provided by the flexible NVIS two floodlights are mounted over the workta-
work light mounted on the console. The work ble at the radio operator’s station. On AC-
light is controlled by a rheostat knob on the 130H airplanes, six white floodlights are
light. Rotating the rheostat knob clockwise mounted on the overhead instrument panel.
out of the OFF position turns the work light
2-5.1 Pilot’s Instrument Panel Floodlights
on to dim. Continuing to rotate the knob
(See Figures 2-2, 2-16, and 2-17). The five
brightens the light to maximum brightness.
pilot’s floodlights are controlled by the
Power is supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus
PILOTS INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTS -
FLT MECH-NAVIGATOR UTILITY circuit
FLOOD knob on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotat-
breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
ing the PILOTS INSTRUMENT PANEL
panel.
33-10-00
2-20 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
LIGHTS - FLOOD knob out of the OFF posi- to ON causing the pilot’s floodlights to come
tion turns the pilot’s instrument panel flood- on full bright.
2-5.2 Copilot’s Instrument Panel Floodlights
(See Figures 2-2, 2-16, and 2-17). The four
copilot’s floodlights are controlled by the
Power for the pilot’s instrument panel flood-
COPILOTS INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTS
lights is supplied by the 28-volt essential DC
- FLOOD knob on the copilot’s side shelf.
bus through the PILOT & ENG SEC INST
Rotating the COPILOTS INSTRUMENT
LIGHTS circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower
PANEL LIGHTS - FLOOD knob out of the
circuit breaker panel. The rheostat operated
OFF position turns the copilot’s instrument
by the PILOTS INSTRUMENT PANEL
panel floodlights on dim and continuing to
LIGHTS - FLOOD knob is bypassed when the
rotate the knob clockwise brightens the lights
THUNDERSTORM LIGHTS switch is placed
33-10-00
Change 10 2-20.1/(2-20.2 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-15. FCO’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-10-00
Change 10 2-21
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-16. Location of Main Instrument Panel Floodlights and Circuit Breaker Panel Lights and
Controls
33-10-00
2-22 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
to maximum brightness at the BRIGHT posi- TABLE LIGHT and BOOM LIGHT knobs on
tion. Power is supplied by the 28-volt iso- the radio operator’s lights control panel.
lated DC bus through the COPILOTS SEC- Rotating the TABLE LIGHT knob out of the
ONDARY LIGHTS circuit breaker on the OFF position turns the radio operator’s work-
pilot’s side circuit breaker panel. The rheo- table floodlights on dim and continuing to
stat operated by the COPILOTS INSTRU- rotate the knob clockwise brightens the lights
MENT PANEL LIGHTS - FLOOD knob is to maximum brightness at the BRIGHT posi-
bypassed when the THUNDERSTORM tion. The BOOM LIGHT knob controls the
LIGHTS switch is placed to ON causing the boom light in the same manner as the
copilot’s floodlights come on full bright. TABLE LIGHT knob controls the floodlights.
2-5.3 Overhead Instrument Panel Flood-
through the INTERIOR LIGHTS - RADIO
lights (See Figures 2-2 and 2-17). The over-
OPER INST PANEL circuit breaker on the
head instrument panel floodlights are con-
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
trolled by the OVERHEAD PANEL LIGHTS -
FLOOD knob on the copilot’s side shelf. 2-5.6 Aerial Refueling Checklist Panel and
Rotating the OVERHEAD PANEL LIGHTS - Fuel Conversion Marker Floodlights (See
FLOOD knob out of the OFF position turns Figures 2-2 and 2-17). On HC-130(H)N air-
the overhead instrument panel floodlights on planes there are three floodlights illuminating
dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock- the aerial refueling checklist panel and one
wise brightens the lights to maximum bright- floodlight for the fuel conversion marker.
ness at the BRIGHT position. Power is sup- These floodlights are controlled by the
plied by the 28-volt main DC bus through the FLOOD LIGHTS knob on the overhead panel
INTERIOR LIGHTS - OVERHEAD SECON- to the right of the aerial refueling checklist
DARY circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower panel. Rotating the FLOOD LIGHTS knob
circuit breaker panel. out of the OFF position turns all four flood-
2-5.4 Navigators’s Instrument Panel Flood-
lights (See Figures 2-10 and 2-17). The four
navigator’s floodlights are controlled by the
INSTRUMENT & CONTROL PANEL
through the FLT MECH INST PANEL circuit
LIGHTS - FLOOD/FLOODLIGHT CONTROL
knob on the navigator’s panel lights control
panel.
panel located on the navigator’s console.
Rotating the INSTRUMENT & CONTROL 2-5.7 Aerial Intercept Sight Light and Fuel
PANEL LIGHTS - FLOOD/FLOODLIGHT Conversion Chart Light (HC-130N, HC-130P
CONTROL knob out of the OFF position and MC-130P airplanes). (See Figure 2-17)
turns the navigator’s instrument panel flood- On airplane AF66-0225 modified by TO 1C-
lights on dim and continuing to rotate the 130(H)H-761, an aerial intercept sight light is
knob clockwise brightens the lights to maxi- powered by the essential 28 VDC BUS.
mum brightness at the BRIGHT position. There is one light illuminating the fuel con-
Power is supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus version chart. The light controlled by the
through the NAV INST LIGHTS - SEC circuit OVERHEAD TERMINAL STRIP PANEL
breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker knob. Rotating the knob out of the OFF posi-
panel. tion turns the light on dim and continuing to
rotate the knob clockwise brightens the light
2-5.5 Radio Operator’s Worktable Flood-
to maximum brightness at the BRIGHT posi-
lights and Boom Light HC-130(H)N, HC-
tion. Power is applied by the 28 volt essen-
130N, HC-130P, and MC-130P (not modified
tial DC bus through the copilot’s side circuit
by TO 1C-130-1312) (See Figures 2-12 and 2-
breaker panel.
13). Two floodlights and a boom light at the
radio operator’s station are controlled by the
33-10-00
Change 6 2-23
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-17. Flight Station Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-10-00
2-24 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-18. Pilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
2-6. FLIGHT STATION CIRCUIT BREAKER breaker panel cabinet and are turned ON/
PANEL LIGHTS. OFF with the CABINET LIGHTS switch. The
switch is located on the pilot’s switch panel,
Illumination of circuit breaker panels in the
above the pilot’s upper circuit breaker panel.
flight station is provided by edge lighting.
Power is provided by the 28-volt main DC bus
2-6.1 Pilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights through the INTERIOR LIGHTS - PILOTS
(See Figures 2-16 and 2-18). The pilot’s side, CKT BKR circuit breaker on the copilot’s
upper, and lower circuit breaker panel lights lower circuit breaker panel.
are controlled by the PILOTS CKT BKR
2-6.2 Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights
PANEL & FLT INSTRUCTOR INPH LTS/
(See Figures 2-9 and 2-16). The copilot’s
PILOT’S CKT BKR PANEL LIGHTS knob
side, upper, and lower circuit breaker panel
located above the pilot’s upper circuit breaker
lights, and the copilot’s cabinet lights, are
panel. Rotating the PILOTS CKT BKR
controlled by the COPILOTS CKT BKR
PANEL & FLT INSTRUCTOR INPH LTS/
PANEL LTS knob located above the copilot’s
PILOT’S CKT BKR PANEL LIGHTS knob
upper circuit breaker panel. Rotating the
out of the OFF position turns the pilot’s cir-
COPILOTS CKT BKR PANEL LTS knob out
cuit breaker panel lights on dim and continu-
of the OFF position turns the copilot’s side
shelf lights on dim and continuing to rotate
the knob clockwise brightens the lights to
position. Power is supplied by the 28-volt
maximum brightness at the BRIGHT posi-
main DC bus through the PILOTS CKT BKR/
tion. Power is supplied by the 28-volt main
INTERIOR LIGHTS - PILOT’S CKT BKR cir-
DC bus through the COPILOT CKT BKR &
SIDE PANEL/INTERIOR LIGHTS - COPI-
breaker panel.
LOTS CKT BKR & SIDE PANEL circuit
2-6.1A Pilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Cabinet breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
Lights (See Figures 2-16 and 2-18). Two panel.
lights are installed in the pilot’s circuit
33-10-00
Change 6 2-25
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2-7. LETDOWN CHARTHOLDER LIGHTS 2-10. FLIGHT STATION UNDERDECK LIGHT

(SEE FIGURES 2-8 AND 2-16). (SEE FIGURES 2-2 AND 2-3).
A letdown chartholder is provided for each There is a light mounted under the flight
control column and provides the pilot and deck to provide illumination for the
copilot with individualized dimming controls underdeck area. The light is turned on and
of his chartholder lights. The chartholder is off with the UNDER DECK LIGHT switch on
mounted in the center of each control column the crew entrance door warning light panel.
with a positive lock between the chartholder Power is provided by the 28-volt main DC bus
and the bracket so that the chartholder will by way of the INTERIOR LIGHTS - FLT
not disengage due to vibration or negative g MECH NAVIGATOR UTILITY circuit
loads. Two knobs located on the upper front breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
side of the chartholder regulate the intensity panel.
of the light. A stowage bracket is provided to
store the chartholder if necessary. The 2-11. CREW ENTRANCE LIGHT (SEE
chartholder lights are powered directly from FIGURES 2-1 AND 2-2).
the 28-volt main DC bus through the INTE-
There is a light mounted under the crew
RIOR LIGHTS - CTR STD & PILOT SIDE
entrance door warning light panel to provide
PNL circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower cir-
illumination for the floor area just inside the
cuit breaker panel.
crew entrance door. The light is turned on
2-8. SCROLL CHECKLIST LIGHTS (SEE white or red with the CREW ENTRANCE
FIGURES 2-2, 2-7, AND 2-9). LIGHT switch on the crew entrance door
warning light panel. Power is provided by
Except on AC-130H airplanes, scroll checkl- the 28-volt main DC bus by way of the INTE-
ists have been provided to assist the copilot RIOR LIGHTS - THUNDERSTORM &
and flight engineer. The two large knobs on FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker on the
the right of the checklist holder control the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
direction of the mylar strip and a dimmer
knob on the opposite side controls the bright- 2-12. OXYGEN REGULATOR LIGHTS (AC-
ness of the light. The flight engineer has 130H AIRPLANES) (SEE FIGURES 2-7, 2-8, 2-
alternate locations for the checklist. The 9, 2-11, 2-15, AND 2-18.)
locations are on the overhead panel or on the
back of the pilot’s headrest. The copilot’s On AC-130H airplanes, there are seven oxy-
checklist light is powered from the 28-volt gen regulators located in the flight station,
main DC bus through the COPILOT CKT one for each crewmember. They are mounted
BKR & SIDE PANEL circuit breaker on the on each crewmember’s console and the lights
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. The are controlled by the panel lights knobs.
flight engineer’s checklist light is powered Power for for oxygen regulator lights is sup-
from the 28-volt main DC bus through the plied through the respective panel light cir-
FLT MECH INST PANEL circuit breaker on cuit breaker.
2-13. SPECIAL OPERATIONS FORCES
2-9. SEXTANT LIGHTS (SEE FIGURE 2-3). IMPROVEMENTS (SOFI) PANEL EDGE
LIGHTING OPERATION (SEE FIGURES 2-19
Three lights are provided as an integral part
AND 2-20, AND TABLE 2-1).
of the sextant to illuminate the watch, alti-
tude counters, bubble, and true heading scale. On MC-130P airplanes modified by TO 1C-
These lights are controlled by an on-off switch 130-1312, a NVG trimmer box, located at the
and bubble light rheostat on the sextant. navigator’s station, was added to provide and
Power is supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus adjust available power to edge lighting for
and is available at the control switch when- SOFI control panels, navigator’s 14-inch
ever the INTERIOR LIGHTS - FLT MECH monitors, pilot’s 5-inch display, glare shield 9-
NAVIGATOR UTILITY circuit breaker on the inch monitor, video select switch, and VSDS
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel is closed. control unit. The NVG trimmer box has four
33-10-00
2-26 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
rows with each row containing five potenti- 2-13.3 SOFI Pilot’s 5-Inch Display and
ometers. Potentiometers are numbered R1 Glare Shield 9-Inch Video Monitor Control
through R20 starting at the top row. Lighting. (See figure 2-19.) The essential
AC bus (A phase) provides the 115 volt power
2-13.1 SOFI Control Panel Edge Lighting.
for control lighting of the pilot 5-inch display
(See figure 2-19.) The main DC bus provides
and the glare shield 9-inch video monitor.
the 28 VDC power for operation of the SOFI
The pilot’s side shelf PILOT’S INSTRUMENT
control panel edge lights. The NAVIGA-
PANEL LIGHTS INSTRUMENT DIMMER
TOR’S INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROL
controls voltage to the NVG trimmer box,
PANEL LIGHTS rheostat controls voltage to
pilot display and the video monitor. Clock-
the NVG trimmer box and the control panel
wise rotation of the variable transformer from
edge lights. As the rheostat is turned clock-
the OFF position increases voltage to a maxi-
wise, the amount of resistance connected in
mum of 5 volts at the BRIGHT position.
the light circuit is reduced, and the light
Counterclockwise rotation reduces the voltage
intensity increases. Turning the rheostat
to 0 volts. NVG trimmer box potentiometers
counterclockwise, increases the circuit resis-
R13 and R14 control available power to each
tance and the lights grow dimmer until the
unit.
OFF position is reached. When the rheostat
is in the OFF position, all power is discon- 2-13.4 SOFI Video Select Switch and VSDS
nected from the circuit and the lights go out. Control Unit Edge Lighting. (See figure 2-
19.) The main DC bus provides the 28 VDC
2-13.2 SOFI Left and Right Navigator Sta-
power of operation of the SOFI video select
tion Video Monitor Control Lighting. (See fig-
switch and VSDS control unit edge lights.
ure 2-19.) The main AC bus provides the 115
The CENTER STAND AND PILOT’S SIDE
volt power for control lighting of SOFI navi-
PANEL LIGHTS dimmer is used to control
gator 14-inch monitors. The navigator station
voltage to the NVG trimmer box and the
SCNS lighting control panel LIGHTING 0-5
panel edge lights. As the rheostat is turned
VAC variable transformer controls voltage to
clockwise, the amount of resistance connected
the NVG trimmer box and the self-contained
in the light circuit is reduced, and the light
navigation system (SCNS) instrument panel
intensity increases. Turning the rheostat
lights. Clockwise rotation of the variable
counterclockwise, increases the circuit resis-
transformer from the OFF position increases
tance and the lights grow dimmer until the
voltage to a maximum of 5 volts at the
OFF position is reached. When the rheostat
BRIGHT position. Counterclockwise rotation
is in the OFF position, all power is discon-
reduces the voltage to 0 volts.
nected from the circuit and the lights go out.
Table 2-1. NVG Trimmer Box Potentiometer Identification
Potentiometer Voltage Unit Affected
R1 0-28VDC AN/AAQ-17 IR set control

R2 0-28VDC AN/AAQ-17 gimbal position control
R3 0-28VDC AN/ALE-40 cockpit control unit
R4 0-28VDC AN/ALE-40 programmer
R5 0-28VDC AN/ALE-40 dispense panel
R6 0-28VDC Missile warning audio panel
R7 0-28VDC DSC radar set control panel
R8 0-28VDC DSC video control panel
R9 0-28VDC AN/ALE-40 remote dispense control panel
33-10-00
Change 6 2-27
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Table 2-1. NVG Trimmer Box Potentiometer Identification - Continued
Potentiometer Voltage Unit Affected

R10 0-28VDC Not Used
R11 Not Used
R12 0-5 VAC Left navigators 14-inch monitor
R13 0-5 VAC Pilot 5-inch display
R14 0-5 VAC Glare shield 9-inch monitor
R15 0-5 VAC VSDS control unit
R16 Not Used
R17 Not Used
R18 0-5 VAC Video select panel
R19 0-5 VAC Right navigators 14-inch monitor
R20 Not Used
33-10-00
2-28 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-19. NVG Trimmer Box Lighting Schematic Diagram (MC-130P Airplanes Modified By
TO 1C-130-1269 and TO 1C-130-1312)
33-10-00
Change 6 2-29
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-20. SOFI Control and Edge Lighting Potentiometers (MC-130P Airplanes Modified By
TO 1C-130-1269 and TO 1C-130-1312)
33-10-00
2-30 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2-14. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE d. If existing hook fastener tape is being

REQUIREMENTS. replaced, mark the location(s) of hook
fastener tape to be replaced and
2-14.1 The portable NVLS set is attached to
remove old/worn hook fastener tape.
the glare shield and the pilot’s, copilot’s, and
engine instrument panels with hook and loop
fastener tape on airplanes modified by TO CAUTION
1C-130-1806. The loop fastener tape is
affixed to the NVLS set components and the Acetone is flammable and toxic.
hook fastener tape, part No. SJ3572, is Good general ventilation is nor-
applied to the locations shown in figures 1 mally adequate. Skin and eye
through 4. The fastener tape has an adhesive protection is required. Avoid all
backing that is capable of withstanding high sources of ignition.
temperatures. Substitutions to the part num-
e. Clean the location(s) thoroughly with
ber provided must be approved by WR-ALC/
Acetone, ASTM-D329-P-T.
LBRE.
f. Cut hook fastener tape to size (See
2-14.1.1 Hook fastener tape replacement/
figures 1 through 4).
application. In the event that the existing
hook fastener tape is worn out or missing, g. Peel film from adhesive side of hook
replace and apply new hook fastener tape as fastener tape and secure to location(s).
follows:
h. Allow adhesive to set for 4 hours
a. Airplane safe for maintenance in accor- before attaching NVLS set compo-
dance with TO 1C-130H-2-05JG-00-1. nents.
b. Power removed from airplane in accor-
dance with TO 1C-130H-2-05JG-00-1.
c. If hook fastener tape is missing, see
figures 1 through 4 and mark the cor-
rect location(s) for the new hook fast-
ener tape.
33-10-00
Change 10 2-31
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-21. Copilot’s Hook Fastener Tape Locations for Portable NVLS Set
(Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1806)
33-10-00
2-32 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-22. Engine Instrument Panel (C-130E/H) Hook Fastener Tape Locations
for Portable NVLS Set (Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1806)
33-10-00
Change 10 2-33
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-23. Engine Instrument Panel (C-130E AWADS) Hook Fastener Tape Locations
for Portable NVLS Set (Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1806)
33-10-00
2-34 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2-24. Pilot’s Hook Fastener Tape Locations for Portable NVLS Set
(Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1806)
33-10-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IIA. FLIGHT STATION NVIS COMPATIBLE LIGHTING

(HC-130(H)N AIRPLANES AF88-2101 THROUGH AF90-2103, AIRPLANES
AF92-0547 THROUGH AF92-1538, AND AF92-3281 THROUGH AF94-6702
NOT MODIFIED BY TO 1C-130-1488, EXCEPT HC-130(H)N AND LC-130H AIRPLANES)
2A-1. GENERAL.
NOTE
The flight station lighting consists of dome
lights and floor lights for general area light- On selected HC-130(H)N airplanes
ing with additional primary lighting and modified by TO 1C-130-1467, the
floodlighting for instrument panels. Most Thunderstorm lights are inopera-
instruments are illuminated with Night tive when in NVIS mode. The
Vision Imaging System (NVIS) green NVIS Mode switch places the dim-
postlights. All edgelighted panels have inter- mer rheostat in series with the
nal NVIS green lights. The Mode Advisory thunderstorm switch such that
Caution and Warning System (MACAWS) the dimmer does not operate
consolidates all advisory, caution, and warn- unless the thunderstorm switch is
ing lights onto centrally located panels. All on.
circuit breaker panels are equipped with 2A-2. FLIGHT STATION THUNDERSTORM
NVIS green edge lights to illuminate panel LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 2A-1, 2A-2, AND FO-
nomenclature. To provide NVIS compatibil- 1).
ity, all the flight station lighting is broken
down into zones and groups. Each group is The two thunderstorm lights are mounted on
provided power from a dimmer module(s) that the overhead fuselage structure outboard of
controls the output level to the group of lights the aft corners of the overhead instrument
by way of a single brightness control potenti- panel and are directed toward the main
ometer. Each individual panel and instru- instrument panel. The thunderstorm lights
ment light has its own trimming potentiome- are turned on and off with the PLT LTS
ter which can be adjusted to ensure that all TSTM switch on the pilot’s side shelf but are
lighting is balanced. Utility lights are inhibited from coming on if the NVIS is
mounted in strategic locations about the turned on (MSTR switch set to NVIS). There
flight station for use by the crew members. is no dimming control for the thunderstorm
On selected HC-130(H)N airplanes modified lights. Power for the thunderstorm lights is
by TO 1C-130-1467, illumination of instru- provided by the 28-volt main DC bus by way
ment panels shall be as follows: All red of the INTERIOR LIGHTS THUNDER-
annunciators, caution, warning, and advisory STORM & FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker on
lights are NVG compatible yellow except as the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
follows: the Fire and Turbine Overheat 2A-3. FLIGHT STATION DOME AND BUNK
(including master), Nacelle Overheat (includ- LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 2A-1, 2A-2, AND FO-
ing master), and Anti-icing Overheat Warning 1).
lights are NVG compatible red; the ‘‘T’’ Han-
dles and Landing Gear Handle lights shall be Two dome lights are located aft of the thun-
NVG compatible green. All other amber or derstorm lights. A third dome light is over
green annunciator, caution, warning, advi- the navigator’s seat, and another is just for-
sory, panel, flood, and flexible shaft (goose- ward of the overhead escape hatch. The bunk
neck) lights are NVG compatible green. lights are located above the bunks and can be
turned on and off with a switch located beside
each light. The dome and bunk lights are
controlled from the PLT LTS control panel
using the DOME brightness control knob.
The PLT LTS panel is on the pilot’s side
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-1. Location of Flight Station Lights and Controls (Sheet 1 of 5)
33-15-00
2A-2 Change 1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-15-00
Change 1 2A-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-15-00
2A-4 Change 1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-15-00
Change 1 2A-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-15-00
2A-6 Change 1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-1. Location of Flight Station Lights and Controls (Sheet 5A of 5) (HC-130(H)N
Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-6.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-1. Location of Flight Station Lights and Controls (Sheet 5B of 5) (HC-130(H)N
33-15-00
2A-6.2 Change 8
Figure 2A-2. Flight Station Dome, Thunderstorm, Bunk, Crew Entrance, and LH Circuit Breaker Cabinet Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
Change 1 2A-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-3. Utility, Sextant, and Underdeck Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
shelf. Rotating the DOME knob out of the 2A-4. FLIGHT STATION UTILITY LIGHTS
OFF position turns the dome and bunk lights (SEE FIGURES 2A-1, 2A-3, 2A-3.1, AND 2A-
on dim and continuing to rotate the knob 14.2).
Utility lights are mounted to the left (pilot’s)
brightness at the BRT position. The dome
and right (copilot’s) of the overhead panel,
lights dimmer module provides the excitation
just aft of the overhead panel (flight engi-
for the DOME brightness control knob poten-
neer’s), and at the navigator’s station. The
tiometer. The potentiometer wiper voltage is
radio operator’s station, on HC-130(H)N air-
fed back into the dome lights dimmer module
planes AF88-2101 through AF90-2103, also
and then to the dome and bunk lights. If
has a utility light. The utility lights all have
NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch set to
coiled cords which allow them to be removed
NORM) and the thunderstorm lights are
from their mounting and used as a hand
turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the bright-
light. Utility lights may be operated as either
ness control potentiometer is bypassed and
a spotlight or floodlight and are equipped
the white dome and bunk lights come on full
with a rheostat to permit variable light inten-
bright. The dome and bunk lights have both
sity from off to full bright. The utility lights
a white and a green bulb. When NVIS is
have a momentary switch which permits the
selected (MSTR switch set to NVIS), power is
operator to instantly turn the light on to full
switched from the white bulb to the green
bright and each light is also provided with an
bulb allowing the use of night vision goggles.
optional green filter required for use during
Power for the dome lights dimmer module is
NVIS operation. Power to the pilot’s and
provided by the 28-volt main DC bus by way
copilot’s lights is supplied by the 28-volt iso-
of the INTERIOR LIGHTS THUNDER-
lated DC bus and is available when the
STORM & FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker on
INTERIOR LIGHTS PILOT & COPILOT
UTILITY ISOL DC circuit breaker on the
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel is closed.
Power to the flight engineer’s and navigator’s
33-15-00
2A-8 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-3.1. Utility, Sextant, and Underdeck Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N
utility lights is supplied by the 28-volt main controlled by a brightness control potentiome-
DC bus and is available when the INTERIOR ter and dimmer module(s).
LIGHTS FLT MECH & NAV UTILITY circuit
2A-5.1 Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights (See
Figures 2A-1, 2A-4, and 2A-4.1). The pilot’s
panel is closed. On selected HC-130(H)N air-
main instrument panel lights are controlled
planes modified by TO 1C-130-1467, power to
by the INST brightness control knob on the
the radio operator’s utility light is supplied by
PLT LTS control panel. The PLT LTS panel
the 28 volt main DC bus and is available
is located on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotating
when the RADIO OPER INST PANEL circuit
the INST knob out of the OFF position turns
the pilot’s instrument panel lights on dim and
panel is closed.
continuing to rotate the knob clockwise
2A-5. FLIGHT STATION INSTRUMENT brightens the lights to maximum brightness
LIGHTS. at the BRT position. The pilot’s main instru-
ment dimmer module provides the excitation
Lighting is provided for instruments, controls,
for the INST brightness control knob potenti-
and panel lettering on the pilot’s and copilot’s
ometer. The potentiometer wiper voltage is
panels, the engine instrument panel, the
fed back into the pilot’s main instrument dim-
overhead panel, the flight control pedestal,
mer module and then to the individual trim
the pilot’s and copilot’s side shelves, the cir-
potentiometers which control the level of
cuit breaker panels, and the navigator’s
brightness of the individual instrument
panels. Groups of lights on each panel are
lights. If NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch
connected to a common light circuit which is
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-8.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
set to NORM) and the thunderstorm lights the 115-volt main AC bus by way of the PRI-
are turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the MARY LIGHTING PILOT ZONE circuit
brightness control potentiometer is bypassed breaker on the copilot’s upper circuit breaker
and the pilot’s instrument panel lights come panel.
on full bright. Power for the pilot’s instru-
ment lights dimmer module is provided by
Figure 2A-4. Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
Figure 2A-4.1. Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic (HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
33-15-00
2A-8.2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
On selected HC-130(H)N airplanes modified dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock-
by TO 1C-130-1467, power for the pilot’s pri- wise brightens the lights to maximum bright-
mary instrument lights dimmer module is ness at the BRT position. The engine instru-
provided by the 28-volt main DC bus by way ments dimmer module provides the excitation
of the PILOT’S PRI INST LIGHTS circuit for the ENG INST brightness control knob
breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker potentiometer. The potentiometer wiper volt-
panel. age is fed back into the engine instruments
dimmer module and then to the individual
2A-5.2 Copilot’s Instrument Panel Lights
trim potentiometers which control the level of
(See Figures 2A-1, 2A-5, and 2A-5.1). The
brightness of the individual instrument
copilot’s main instrument panel lights are
lights. If NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch
controlled by the INSTR brightness control
set to NORM) and the thunderstorm lights
knob on the CP LTS control panel. The CP
are turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the
LTS panel is located on the copilot’s side
brightness control potentiometer is bypassed
shelf. Rotating the INSTR knob out of the
and the engine instrument panel lights come
OFF position turns the copilot’s instrument
on full bright. Power for the engine instru-
panel lights on dim and continuing to rotate
ments dimmer module is provided by the 115-
the knob clockwise brightens the lights to
volt main AC bus by way of the PRIMARY
maximum brightness at the BRT position.
LIGHTING PILOT ZONE circuit breaker on
The copilot’s main instrument dimmer mod-
the copilot’s upper circuit breaker panel. On
ule provides the excitation for the INSTR
selected HC-130(H)N airplanes modified by
brightness control knob potentiometer. The
TO 1C-130-1467, power for the engine instru-
potentiometer wiper voltage is fed back into
ments dimmer module is provided by the 28-
the copilot’s main instrument dimmer module
volt main DC bus by way of the ENG INST
and then to the individual trim potentiome-
PNL LTG circuit breaker on the copilot’s
ters which control the level of brightness of
the individual instrument lights. If NVIS is
not selected (MSTR switch set to NORM) and 2A-5.4 Overhead Instrument Panel Lights
the thunderstorm lights are turned on (TSTM (See Figures 2A-1, 2A-7, and 2A-7.1). The
switch to ON), the brightness control potenti- overhead instrument panel lights are con-
ometer is bypassed and the copilot’s instru- trolled by the PNL brightness control knob on
ment panel lights come on full bright. Power the OVHD PNL LTS control panel. The
for the copilot’s instrument lights dimmer OVHD PNL LTS control panel is located on
module is provided by the 115-volt main AC the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating the PNL
bus by way of the PRIMARY LIGHTING knob out of the OFF position turns the over-
COPILOT ZONE circuit breaker on the head instrument panel lights on dim and con-
copilot’s upper circuit breaker panel. On tinuing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens
selected HC-130(H)N airplanes modified by the lights to maximum brightness at the BRT
TO 1C-130-1467, power for the copilot’s pri- position. The overhead panel dimmer mod-
mary instrument lights dimmer module is ules provide the excitation for the PNL
provided by the 28-volt isolated DC bus by brightness control knob potentiometer. The
way of the COPILOT’S PRI INST LIGHTS potentiometer wiper voltage is fed back into
circuit breaker on the pilot’s side circuit the overhead panel dimmer modules and then
breaker panel. to the individual trim potentiometers which
control the level of brightness of the individ-
2A-5.3 Engine Instrument Panel Lights (See
ual instrument lights. There are five over-
Figures 2A-1, 2A-6, and 2A-6.1). The engine
head panel dimmer modules, all of which are
instrument panel lights are controlled by the
fed by the PNL brightness potentiometer.
ENG INST brightness control knob on the
Each overhead panel dimmer module controls
PLT LTS control panel. The PLT LTS panel
a separate group of lights on the overhead
is located on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotating
panel. If NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch
the ENG INST knob out of the OFF position
turns the engine instrument panel lights on
are turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-8.3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-5. Copilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
Figure 2A-5.1. Copilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic (HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
33-15-00
2A-8.4 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
brightness control potentiometer is bypassed Figure 2A-7). On airplanes modified by TO

and all the overhead instrument panel lights 1C-130-1339, an additional dimmer module
come on full bright. Power for the overhead has also been installed to control the avionics
panel dimmer modules is provided by the AC bus indicators. Dimming is adjusted by
115-volt main AC bus by way of the PRI- the existing OVERHEAD PANEL LIGHTS
MARY LIGHTING OVHD circuit breaker on control, located on the copilot’s side shelf.
the copilot’s upper circuit breaker panel. On
2A-5.4.3 Fuel Quantity Panel Lights (See
Figures 2A-1, 2A-8, and 2A-8.1). The fuel
TO 1C-130-1467, power for the primary over-
quantity panel lights are controlled by the
head panel dimmer module is provided by the
FUEL QTY IND brightness control knob on
28-volt main DC bus by way of the OVER-
the OVHD PNL LTS control panel. The
HEAD PRIMARY circuit breaker on the
OVHD PNL LTS control panel is located on
the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating the FUEL
2A-5.4.1 Overhead AC Generator Control QTY IND knob out of the OFF position turns
Panel Lights (Airplanes Modified by TO 1C- the fuel quantity panel lights on dim and con-
130-1339). On airplanes modified by TO 1C- tinuing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens
130-1339, NVIS lighting has been installed on the lights to maximum brightness at the BRT
the overhead AC generator control panel. position. The fuel quantity dimmer module
The AC generator control panel NVIS lighting provides the excitation for the FUEL QTY
is controlled by the existing OVERHEAD IND brightness control knob potentiometer.
PANEL LIGHTS control, located on the The potentiometer wiper
copilot’s side shelf.
2A-5.4.2 AC Avionics Bus Off Indicators
(Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1339) (See
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-6. Engine Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
Figure 2A-6.1. Engine Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic (HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
33-15-00
2A-10 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-7. Overhead Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-7.1. Overhead Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
33-15-00
2A-12 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-8. Fuel Quantity Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
voltage is fed back into the fuel quantity dim- 2A-1, 2A-9 and 2A-9.1). The center console
mer module and then to the individual trim and flight instructor’s instrument panel lights
potentiometers which control the level of are controlled by the SIDE brightness control
brightness of the fuel quantity indicator knob on the PLT LTS control panel. The PLT
lights. The fuel quantity indicators are pro- LTS control panel is located on the pilot’s side
vided with both white and green lights and shelf. Rotating the SIDE knob out of the
when NVIS is selected (MSTR switch to OFF position turns the center console and
NVIS), the voltage is switched from the white flight instructor’s instrument panel lights on
light to the green NVIS light. If NVIS is not dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock-
selected (MSTR switch set to NORM) and the wise brightens the lights to maximum bright-
thunderstorm lights are turned on (TSTM ness at the BRT position. The two center con-
switch to ON), the brightness control potenti- sole, pilot’s side circuit breaker panel, and
ometer is bypassed and all the fuel quantity pilot’s side No.1 dimmer modules provide the
indicator white lights come on full bright. excitation for the SIDE brightness control
Power for the fuel quantity panel dimmer knob potentiometer. The potentiometer wiper
module is provided by the 115-volt main AC voltage is fed back into the dimmer modules
bus by way of the PRIMARY LIGHTING and then to the individual trim potentiome-
OVHD circuit breaker on the copilot’s upper ters which control the level of brightness of
circuit breaker panel. On selected HC- the individual instrument lights. The center
130(H)N airplanes modified by TO 1C-130- console and pilot’s side circuit breaker panel
1467, power for the primary fuel quantity dimmer modules each control a separate
panel dimmer module is provided by the 28- group of lights on the center console and the
volt main DC bus by way of the OVERHEAD pilot’s side circuit breaker panel dimmer mod-
PRIMARY circuit breaker on the copilot’s ule controls the lights on the flight instruc-
lower circuit breaker panel. tor’s panels. If NVIS is not selected (MSTR
switch set to NORM) and the thunderstorm
2A-5.5 Center Console and Flight Instruc-
lights are turned on (TSTM switch to ON),
tor’s Instrument Panel Lights (See Figures
the brightness control potentiometer is
bypassed and the center console and flight
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-12.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-8.1. Fuel Quantity Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-
2101 Through AF90-2103)
instructor’s instrument panel lights come on panel. On selected HC-130(H)N airplanes

full bright. Power for the center console, modified by TO 1C-130-1467, power for the
pilot’s side circuit breaker panel, and pilot’s center console, pilot’s IDCU, and pilot’s side
side No.1 dimmer modules is provided by the No.1 dimmer modules is provided by the 28-
115-volt main AC bus by way of the PRI- volt main DC bus by way of the CTR STAND
MARY LIGHTING PILOT ZONE circuit & PILOT SIDE PNL LIGHTS circuit breaker
breaker on the copilot’s upper circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
33-15-00
2A-12.2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-9. Pilot’s Side Shelf and Side Panel, Center Console, and Flight Instructor’s Instrument
Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
2A-5.6 Pilot’s Side Shelf and Side Panel position. The center console, pilot’s side cir-
Instrument Panel Lights (See Figures 2A-1, cuit breaker panel, and pilot’s side No.1 dim-
2A-9, and 2A-9.1). The pilot’s side shelf and mer modules provide the excitation for the
side panel instrument panel lights are con- SIDE brightness control knob potentiometer.
trolled by the SIDE brightness control knob The potentiometer wiper voltage is fed back
on the PLT LTS control panel. The PLT LTS into the dimmer modules and then to the
control panel is located on the pilot’s side individual trim potentiometers which control
shelf. Rotating the SIDE knob out of the the level of brightness of the individual
OFF position turns the lights on dim and con- instrument lights. The pilot’s side No.1 dim-
tinuing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens mer module controls the lights on the pilot’s
the lights to maximum brightness at the BRT side shelf and side panel. If NVIS is not
selected (MSTR switch set to NORM) and the
thunderstorm lights are turned on (TSTM
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-13
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-9.1. Pilot’s Side Shelf and Side Panel, Center Console, and Flight Instructor’s Instrument
Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
switch to ON), the brightness control potenti- LIGHTS circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower
ometer is bypassed and the instrument panel circuit breaker panel.
lights come on full bright. Power for the
2A-5.7 Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument
center console, pilot’s side circuit breaker
Panel Lights (See Figures 2A-1, 2A-10, and
panel, and pilot’s side No.1 dimmer modules
2A-10.1). The copilot’s side shelf instrument
is provided by the 115-volt main AC bus by
panel lights are controlled by the S PNL
way of the PRIMARY LIGHTING PILOT
brightness control knob on the CP LTS con-
ZONE circuit breaker on the copilot’s upper
trol panel. The CP LTS control panel is
circuit breaker panel. On selected HC-
located on the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating
130(H)N airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-
the S PNL knob out of the OFF position turns
1467, power for the center console, pilot’s
the lights on dim and continuing to rotate the
IDCU, and pilot’s side No.1 dimmer modules
is provided by the 28-volt main DC bus by
mum brightness at the BRT position.
way of the CTR STAND & PILOT SIDE PNL
33-15-00
2A-14 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
The copilot’s side panel dimmer modules pro- 2A-5.8 Pilot’s IDCU Panel Lights (See
vide the excitation for the S PNL brightness Figures 2A-1, 2A-11, and 2A-11.1). The
control knob potentiometer. The potentiome- pilot’s IDCU panel keyboard lights are con-
ter wiper voltage is fed back into the dimmer trolled by the SCNS brightness control knob
modules and then to the individual trim on the PLT LTS control panel. The PLT LTS
potentiometers which control the level of panel is located on the pilot’s side shelf.
brightness of the individual instrument Rotating the SCNS knob out of the OFF posi-
lights. There are two copilot’s side panel tion turns the IDCU panel lights on dim and
dimmers, both of which are fed by the S PNL continuing to rotate the knob clockwise
brightness control potentiometer. Each side brightens the lights to maximum brightness
panel dimmer module controls a separate at the BRT position. The pilot’s IDCU dim-
group of lights on the copilot’s side shelf. If mer module provides the excitation for the
NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch set to PLT LTS SCNS brightness control knob
NORM) and the thunderstorm lights are potentiometer. The potentiometer wiper volt-
turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the bright- age is fed back into the pilot’s IDCU dimmer
ness control potentiometer is bypassed and module and then to the individual trim poten-
the lights come on full bright. Power for the tiometers which control the level of bright-
copilot’s side panel dimmer modules is pro- ness of the IDCU panel lights. If NVIS is not
vided by the 115-volt main AC bus by way of selected (MSTR switch set to NORM) and the
the PRIMARY LIGHTING COPILOT ZONE thunderstorm lights are turned on (TSTM
circuit breaker on the copilot’s upper circuit switch to ON), the brightness control potenti-
breaker panel. On selected HC-130(H)N air- ometer is bypassed and the IDCU panel
planes modified by TO 1C-130-1467, power lights come on full bright. Power for the
for the copilot’s side panel dimmer modules is pilot’s IDCU dimmer module is provided by
provided by the 28-volt main DC bus by way the 115-volt main AC bus by way of the PRI-
of the COPILOT SIDE PANEL circuit breaker MARY LIGHTING PILOT ZONE circuit
on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. breaker on the copilot’s upper circuit breaker
panel.
Figure 2A-10. Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-14.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-10.1. Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Air-
planes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
On selected HC-130(H)N airplanes modified level of brightness of the IDCU panel lights.
by TO 1C-130-1467, power for the pilot’s If NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch set to
IDCU dimmer modules is provided by the 28- NORM) and the thunderstorm lights are
volt main DC bus by way of the CTR STAND turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the bright-
& PILOT SIDE PNL LIGHTS circuit breaker ness control potentiometer is bypassed and
on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. the IDCU panel lights come on full bright.
Power for the copilot’s IDCU dimmer module
2A-5.9 Copilot’s IDCU Panel Lights (See
is provided by the 115-volt main AC bus by
Figures 2A-1, 2A-11, and 2A-11.1). The
way of the PRIMARY LIGHTING COPILOT
copilot’s IDCU panel keyboard lights are con-
trolled by the SCNS IDCU brightness control
knob on the CP LTS control panel. The CP
LTS panel is located on the copilot’s side
1467, power for the copilot’s IDCU dimmer
shelf. Rotating the SCNS IDCU knob out of
modules is provided by the 28-volt main DC
the OFF position turns the IDCU panel lights
bus by way of the COPILOT CB PNL IDCU
LTG circuit breaker on the navigator’s circuit
breaker panel.
brightness at the BRT position. The copilot’s
IDCU dimmer module provides the excitation 2A-5.10 Navigator’s Instrument and Control
for the CP LTS SCNS IDCU brightness con- Panel Lights (See Figures 2A-12, 2A-13, and
trol knob potentiometer. The potentiometer 2A-13.1). The navigator’s instrument and
wiper voltage is fed back into the copilot’s control panel lights are controlled by the PNL
IDCU dimmer module and then to the indi- brightness control knob on the NAV LTS con-
vidual trim potentiometers which control the trol panel.
33-15-00
2A-14.2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-11. Pilot’s and Copilot’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
Figure 2A-11.1. Pilot’s and Copilot’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-15
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-12. Location of Navigator’s Station Lights and Controls
33-15-00
2A-16 Change 1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
The NAV LTS control panel is located on the back into the dimmer modules and then to the
navigators’s console. Rotating the PNL knob individual trim potentiometers which control
out of the OFF position turns the navigator’s the level of brightness of the individual instru-
instrument and control panel lights on dim ment lights. There are three navigator’s main
and continuing to rotate the knob clockwise instrument dimmer modules, all of which are
brightens the lights to maximum brightness at fed by the PNL brightness control potentiome-
the BRT position. The navigator’s main instru- ter. Each dimmer module controls a separate
ment dimmer modules provide the excitation group of lights on the navigator’s instrument
for the PNL brightness control knob potenti- and control panels. If NVIS is not selected
ometer. The potentiometer wiper voltage is fed (MSTR switch set to NORM) and the
Figure 2A-13. Navigator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
Change 1 2A-17
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-13.1. Navigator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N

33-15-00
2A-18 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
thunderstorm lights are turned on (TSTM dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock-
switch to ON), the brightness control potenti- wise brightens the lights to maximum bright-
ometer is bypassed and the navigator’s ness at the BRT position. The navigator’s
instrument and control panel lights come on IDCU dimmer module provides the excitation
full bright. Power for the navigator’s main for the SCNS brightness control knob potenti-
instrument dimmer modules is provided by ometer. The potentiometer wiper voltage is
the 115-volt main AC bus by way of the PRI- fed back into the navigator’s IDCU dimmer
MARY LIGHTING NAV ZONE circuit module and then to the IDCU panel lights. If
breaker on the copilot’s upper circuit breaker NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch set to
panel. On selected HC-130(H)N airplanes NORM) and the thunderstorm lights are
modified by TO 1C-130-1467, power for the turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the bright-
navigator’s main instrument dimmer module ness control potentiometer is bypassed and
is provided by the 28-volt main DC bus by the IDCU panel lights come on full bright.
way of the NAV INST LIGHTS PRI circuit Power for the navigator’s IDCU dimmer mod-
breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker ule is provided by the 115-volt main AC bus
panel. by way of the PRIMARY LIGHTING NAV
2A-5.11 Navigator’s IDCU Panel Lights (See
Figures 2A-12, 2A-14, and 2A-14.1). The
navigator’s IDCU panel keyboard lights are
1467, power for the navigator’s IDCU dimmer
controlled by the SCNS brightness control
module is provided by the 28-volt main DC
knob on the NAV LTS control panel. The
bus by way of the NAV INST LIGHTS PRI
NAV LTS panel is located on the navigator’s
console. Rotating the SCNS knob out of the
breaker panel.
OFF position turns the IDCU panel lights on
Figure 2A-14. Navigator’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-18.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-14.1. Navigator’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
2A-5.12 Radio Operator’s Instrument and 2A-5.13 Radio Operator’s IDCU Panel
Control Panel Lights (See Figures 2A-14.2 Lights (See Figures 2A-14.2 and 2A-14.4)
and 2A-14.3) (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88- (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through
2101 Through AF90-2103). The radio opera- AF90-2103). The radio operator’s IDCU
tor’s instrument and control panel lights are panel keyboard lights are controlled by the
controlled by the PNL brightness control knob SCNS brightness control knob on the RAD
on the RAD OPR LTS control panel. The OPR LTS control panel. The RAD OPR LTS
RAD OPR LTS control panel is located on the is located on the radio operator’s station con-
radio operator’s station console. Rotating the sole. Rotating the SCNS knob out of the OFF
PNL knob out of the OFF position turns the position turns the radio operator’s IDCU
radio operator’s instrument and control panel panel lights on dim and continuing to rotate
lights on dim and continuing to rotate the the knob clockwise brightens the lights to
knob clockwise brightens the lights to maxi- maximum brightness at the BRT position.
mum brightness at the BRT position. The The radio operator’s IDCU instrument dim-
radio operator’s instrument dimmer provides mer provides the excitation for the SCNS
the excitation for the PNL brightness control brightness control knob potentiometer. The
knob potentiometer. The potentiometer wiper potentiometer wiper voltage is fed back into
voltage is fed back into the dimmer and then the dimmer and then to the individual trim-
to the individual trimmers which control the mers which control the level of brightness of
level of brightness of the individual instru- the individual instrument lights. Power for
ment lights. Power for the radio operator’s the radio operator’s IDCU dimmer is provided
dimmer is provided by the 28-volt main DC by the 28-volt main DC bus by way of the
bus by way of the RADIO OPER INST RADIO OPER INST PANEL circuit breaker
PANEL circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
33-15-00
2A-18.2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-14.2. Location of Radio Operator’s Station Lights and Controls (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-
2101 Through AF90-2103)
Figure 2A-14.3. Radio Operator’s Instrument and Control Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
Figure 2A-14.4. Radio Operator’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-18.3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2A-6. MODE ADVISORY CAUTION AND pilot’s side shelf and the right half is con-
WARNING SYSTEM (MACAWS). trolled by the copilot’s INSTR brightness con-
trol potentiometer on the copilot’s side shelf.
The MACAWS consolidates many of the flight
On airplanes prior to AF93-1036, pilot’s and
station mode, advisory, caution, and warning
copilot’s brightness control detent switches
lights onto centrally located panels. These
are wired together such that both must be in
panels receive signals from the source sys-
OFF (detent) for either to be in OFF. On
tems and turn on the appropriate lights.
airplanes AF93-1036 and up, pilot’s and
When NVIS is selected with the PLT LTS
copilot’s brightness control detent switches
MSTR switch, MACAWS lighting is automati-
are wired in series such that either is in OFF
cally dimmed and when required, may be
(detent) both are in OFF. In the normal
dimmed further, along with the instrument
mode (NVIS not selected), the lights will be
lighting surrounding them, from the individ-
on full bright as long as the MACAWS switch
ual lighting control panels. Lamp test for all
is set to BRT. Placing the MACAWS switch
the MACAWS panels is performed with the
to DIM will reduce the brightness of the
MACAWS LAMP TST switch which is located
lights if the TSTM switch is not set to ON
on the center console just aft of the throttles.
and the brightness control knobs are not in
The MACAWS CONTROL circuit breaker on
detent (OFF). In the NVIS mode (MSTR
the pilot’s side circuit breaker panel provides
switch set to NVIS), the lights will be on dim
power to the MSTR switch and the MACAWS
and may be adjusted to lower levels of bright-
switch on the pilot’s side shelf. These
ness with the brightness control knobs as
switches are wired to the systems caution/
long as the MACAWS switch is set to DIM.
advisory panel and all three of the mode advi-
Power for the systems caution/advisory panel
sory panels to provide them with switch sta-
is provided by the 28-volt essential DC bus by
tus. The MSTR switch provides excitation to
way of the MACAWS PILOT and COPILOT
the NVIS relays when set to the NORM posi-
circuit breakers on the copilot’s side circuit
tion. The MACAWS switch is a momentary
breaker panel and by the 28-volt isolated DC
switch which pulses the panels with either a
bus by way of the MACAWS PILOT and
bright or dim command.
COPILOT circuit breakers on the pilot’s side
2A-6.1 Systems Caution/Advisory Panel (See circuit breaker panel. On selected HC-
Figures 2A-1 and 2A-15). The systems cau- 130(H)N airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-
tion/advisory panel is a multiple input, NVIS 1467, power for the systems caution/advisory
compatible light display and is located on the panel is provided by the 28-volt essential DC
center instrument panel below the engine bus by way of the MACAWS PILOT and
instruments. The panel consists of a left and COPILOT circuit breakers on the navigator’s
right half, each of which has 16 rows of four circuit breaker panel and by the 28-volt iso-
lights each. The lights in the top 10 rows of lated DC bus by way of the MACAWS PILOT
each half are caution lights that flash on and and COPILOT circuit breakers on the naviga
off at a rate of three times per second when tor’s circuit breaker panel.
they come on and the remaining six rows are
2A-6.2 Mode Advisory Panels (See Figures
advisory lights that come on steady. All the
2A-1, 2A-16, and 2A-17). The mode advisory
lights are NVIS green. When a caution light
panels are multiple input, NVIS compatible
comes on, the master caution light also begins
light displays. There are three mode panels,
flashing to alert the aircrew to the caution
one each for the pilot, copilot, and navigator.
condition. Pressing the master caution light
All the lights are NVIS green and come on
when it is flashing will cause it to go off and
steady and go off according to the input
will cause the caution light to change from
signal.
flashing to steady. When the input condition
that caused the caution light to come on is no 2A-6.2.1 Pilot’s Mode Advisory Panel. The
longer present, the caution light will go off. pilot’s mode advisory panel contains seven
Dimming of the left half of the systems cau- rows of four lights and is located on the left
tion/advisory panel is controlled by the pilot’s side of the pilot’s instrument panel. In the
INST brightness control potentiometer on the normal mode (NVIS not selected), the mode
33-15-00
2A-18.4 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-15. Systems Caution/Advisory Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
Change 1 2A-19
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
advisory panel lights will be on full bright as side of the copilot’s instrument panel. In the
long as the MACAWS switch is set to BRT. normal mode (NVIS not selected), the mode
Placing the MACAWS switch to DIM will advisory panel lights will be on full bright as
reduce the brightness of the mode panel long as the MACAWS switch is set to BRT.
lights if the TSTM switch is not set to ON Placing the MACAWS switch to DIM will
and the pilot’s INST brightness control knob reduce the brightness of the mode advisory
is not in detent (OFF). In the NVIS mode panel lights if the TSTM switch is not set to
(MSTR switch set to NVIS), the mode advi- ON and the copilot’s INSTR brightness con-
sory panel lights will be on dim and may be trol knob is not in detent (OFF). In the NVIS
adjusted to lower levels of brightness with the mode (MSTR switch set to NVIS), the mode
pilot’s INST knob as long as the MACAWS advisory panel lights will be on dim and may
switch is set to DIM. Power for the pilot’s be adjusted to lower levels of brightness with
mode advisory panel is provided by the 28- the copilot’s INSTR knob as long as the
volt essential DC bus by way of the MACAWS MACAWS switch is set to DIM. Power for
PILOT circuit breaker on the copilot’s side the copilot’s mode advisory panel is provided
circuit breaker panel and by the 28-volt iso- by the 28-volt essential DC bus by way of the
lated DC bus by way of the MACAWS PILOT MACAWS COPILOT circuit breakers on the
circuit breaker on the pilot’s side circuit copilot’s side circuit breaker panel and by the
breaker panel. On selected HC-130(H)N air- 28-volt isolated DC bus by way of the
planes modified by TO 1C-130-1467, power MACAWS COPILOT circuit breaker on the
for pilot’s mode advisory panel is provided by pilot’s side circuit breaker panel. On selected
the 28-volt essential DC bus by way of the HC-130(H)N airplanes modified by TO 1C-
MACAWS PILOT circuit breaker on the navi- 130-1467, power for the copilot’s mode advi-
gator’s circuit breaker panel and by the 28- sory panel is provided by the 28-volt essential
volt isolated DC bus by way of the MACAWS DC bus by way of the MACAWS COPILOT
PILOT circuit breaker on the navigator’s cir- circuit breaker on the navigator’s circuit
cuit breaker panel. breaker panel and by the 28-volt isolated DC
bus by way of the MACAWS COPILOT circuit
2-6.2.2 Copilot’s Mode Advisory Panel. The
breaker on the navigator’s circuit breaker
copilot’s mode advisory panel contains seven
panel.
rows of four lights and is located on the left
33-15-00
2A-20 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-16. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Mode Advisory Panels Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-15-00
Change 1 2A-21
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-16. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Mode Advisory Panels Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-15-00
2A-22 Change 1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-17. Navigator’s Mode Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram
2A-6.2.3 Navigator’s Mode Advisory Panel. MACAWS NAV circuit breaker on the pilot’s
The navigator’s mode advisory panel contains side circuit breaker panel. On selected HC-
seven rows of four lights and is located on the 130(H)N airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-
left side in the upper left corner of the navi- 1467, power for the navigator’s mode advisory
gator’s instrument panel. In the normal panel is provided by the 28-volt essential DC
mode (NVIS not selected), the mode advisory bus by way of the MACAWS NAV circuit
panel lights will be on full bright as long as breaker on the navigator’s circuit breaker
the MACAWS switch is set to BRT. Placing panel and by the 28-volt isolated DC bus by
the MACAWS switch to DIM will reduce the way of the MACAWS NAV circuit breaker on
brightness of the mode advisory panel lights the navigator’s circuit breaker panel.
if the TSTM switch is not set to ON and the
2A-6.3 Master Caution and Warning Panels
navigator’s PNL brightness control knob is
(See Figures 2A-1 and 2A-18). The two
not in detent (OFF). In the NVIS mode
master caution and warning panels are
(MSTR switch set to NVIS), the mode advi-
located under the glareshield in front of the
sory panel lights will be on dim and may be
pilot and copilot and operate simultaneously.
adjusted to lower levels of brightness with the
They are multiple input, NVIS compatible
navigator’s PNL knob as long as the
light displays which alert the aircrew to
MACAWS switch is set to DIM. Power for
impending dangerous conditions. Each panel
the navigator’s advisory mode panel is pro-
consists of five NVIS red warning lights, two
vided by the 28-volt essential DC bus by way
NVIS green caution lights, and an NVIS yel-
of the MACAWS NAVIGATOR circuit breaker
low master caution light/switch. The warning
on the copilot’s side circuit breaker panel and
lights come on when a warning condition
by the 28-volt isolated DC bus by way of the
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-23
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
exists and remain on until the warning condi- warning lights and yellow master caution
tion no longer exists. The caution lights come light come on dim in the NVIS mode but can-
on when a caution condition exists and not be adjusted to a lower level of brightness.
remain on until the caution condition no
2A-6.3.2 Copilot’s Master Caution and
longer exists. The master caution light comes
Warning Panel. In the normal mode (NVIS
on flashing when a caution light on the sys-
not selected), the lights will be on full bright
tems caution/advisory panel comes on and
as long as the MACAWS switch is set to BRT.
goes off when pressed.
Placing the MACAWS switch to DIM will
2A-6.3.1 Pilot’s Master Caution and Warn- reduce the brightness of the lights if the
ing Panel. In the normal mode (NVIS not TSTM switch is not set to ON and the
selected), the lights will be on full bright as copilot’s INSTR brightness control knob is not
long as the MACAWS switch is set to BRT. in detent (OFF). In the NVIS mode (MSTR
Placing the MACAWS switch to DIM will switch set to NVIS), the caution lights will be
reduce the brightness of the lights if the on dim and may be adjusted to lower levels of
TSTM switch is not set to ON and the pilot’s brightness with the copilot’s INSTR knob as
INST brightness control knob is not in detent long as the MACAWS switch is set to DIM.
(OFF). In the NVIS mode (MSTR switch set The red warning lights and yellow master
to NVIS), the caution lights will be on dim caution light come on dim in the NVIS mode
and may be adjusted to lower levels of bright- but cannot be adjusted to a lower level of
ness with the pilot’s INST knob as long as the brightness.
MACAWS switch is set to DIM. The red
33-15-00
2A-24 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-18. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Master Caution and Warning Panels Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-24.1/(2A-24.2 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2A-7. FLIGHT STATION INSTRUMENT the pilot’s secondary lights dimmer module
PANEL FLOODLIGHTS. and then to the individual trim potentiome-
ters which control the level of brightness of
each floodlight. If NVIS is not selected
instruments on the pilot’s and copilot’s main
(MSTR switch set to NORM) and the thun-
instrument panels, the engine instrument
derstorm lights are turned on (TSTM switch
panel, the pilot’s and copilot’s side shelves,
to ON), the brightness control potentiometer
the overhead instrument panel, and the navi-
is bypassed and the floodlights come on full
gator’s instrument panel. With the exception
bright. Power for the pilot’s secondary lights
of the navigator’s floodlights, they are all
dimmer module is provided by the 115-volt
green electroluminescent panels.
essential AC bus by way of the SECONDARY
2A-7.1 Pilot’s Instrument Panel, Engine LIGHTING PILOT circuit breaker on the
Instrument Panel, and Pilot’s Side Shelf pilot’s upper circuit breaker panel. On
Floodlights (See Figures 2A-19, 2A-20, and selected HC-130(H)N airplanes modified by
2A-20.1). The pilot’s and engine instrument TO 1C-130-1467, power for the pilot’s secon-
panel electroluminescent floodlights are dary lights dimmer module is provided by the
mounted under the glareshield and the pilot’s 115-volt essential AC bus by way of the
side shelf electroluminescent floodlight is PILOT & COPILOT SEC LGT circuit breaker
mounted on a bracket above the side shelf. on the pilot’s upper circuit breaker panel.
These floodlights are controlled by the FLD
2A-7.2 Copilot’s Instrument Panel and Side
brightness control knob on the PLT LTS con-
Shelf Floodlights (See Figures 2A-19, 2A-21,
trol panel which is located on the pilot’s side
and 2A-21.1). The copilot’s instrument panel
shelf. Rotating the FLD knob out of the OFF
electroluminescent floodlight is mounted
position turns the floodlights on dim and con-
under the glareshield and the copilot’s side
tinuing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens
shelf electroluminescent floodlight is mounted
the lights to maximum brightness at the BRT
on a bracket above the side shelf. These
position. The pilot’s secondary lights dimmer
floodlights are controlled by the FLD bright-
module provides the excitation for the FLD
ness control
brightness control knob potentiometer. The
potentiometer wiper voltage is fed back into
Figure 2A-19. Location of Floodlights, Floor Lights, Circuit Breaker Panels, and Letdown Chartholders
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-25
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-20. Pilot’s Instrument Panel, Engine Instrument Panel, and Pilot’s Side Shelf Floodlights
Electrical Schematic Diagram
knob on the CP LTS control panel which is The copilot’s secondary lighting dimmer mod-
located on the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating ule provides the excitation for the FLD
the FLD knob out of the OFF position turns brightness control knob potentiometer. The
the floodlights on dim and continuing to potentiometer wiper voltage is fed back into
rotate the knob clockwise brightens the lights the copilot’s
to maximum brightness at the BRT position.
Figure 2A-20.1. Pilot’s Instrument Panel, Engine Instrument Panel, and Pilot’s Side Shelf Floodlights
Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
33-15-00
2A-26 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-21. Copilot’s Instrument Panel and Side Shelf Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
Figure 2A-21.1. Copilot’s Instrument Panel and Side Shelf Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-26.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
secondary lights dimmer module and then to located on the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating
the individual trim potentiometers which con- the FLD knob out of the OFF position turns
trol the level of brightness of each floodlight. the floodlights on dim and continuing to
If NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch set to rotate the knob clockwise brightens the lights
NORM) and the thunderstorm lights are to maximum brightness at the BRT position.
turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the bright- The overhead panel floodlights dimmer mod-
ness control potentiometer is bypassed and ule provides the excitation for the FLD
the floodlights come on full bright. Power for brightness control knob potentiometer. The
the copilot’s secondary lights dimmer module potentiometer wiper voltage is fed back into
is provided by the 115-volt essential AC bus the overhead panel floodlights dimmer mod-
by way of the SECONDARY LIGHTING ule and then to the individual trim potenti-
COPILOT circuit breaker on the pilot’s upper ometers which control the level of brightness
circuit breaker panel. On selected HC- of each floodlight. If NVIS is not selected
130(H)N airplanes modified by TO 1C-130- (MSTR switch set to NORM) and the thun-
1467, power for the copilot’s secondary lights derstorm lights are turned on (TSTM switch
dimmer module is provided by the 28-volt to ON), the brightness control potentiometer
main DC bus by way of the COPILOT SEC is bypassed and the floodlights come on full
LTG circuit breaker on the pilot’s upper cir- bright. Power for the overhead panel flood-
cuit breaker panel. lights dimmer module is provided by the 115-
volt essential AC bus by way of the SECON-
2A-7.3 Overhead Instrument Panel Flood-
DARY LIGHTING OVHD circuit breaker on
lights (See Figures 2A-19, 2A-22, and 2A-
the pilot’s upper circuit breaker panel. On
22.1). The two overhead instrument panel
electroluminescent floodlights are mounted on
TO 1C-130-1467, power for the overhead
the aft edge of the overhead panel and the aft
panel floodlights dimmer module is provided
edge of the fuel quantity panel and are
by the 28-volt main DC bus by way of the
directed forward. These floodlights are con-
OVHD SECONDARY circuit breaker on the
trolled by the FLD brightness control knob on
the OVHD PNL LTS control panel which is
Figure 2A-22. Overhead Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
2A-26.2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-22.1. Overhead Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N
2A-7.4 Navigators’s Instrument Panel Flood- are turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the
lights (See Figures 2A-19, 2A-23, and 2A- brightness control potentiometer is bypassed
23.1). The two white and two green naviga- and the floodlights come on full bright. If
tor’s instrument panel floodlights are NVIS is selected (MSTR switch set to NVIS),
mounted on the hood over the navigator’s the output voltage from the dimmer module is
panel. These floodlights are controlled by the switched from the white lights to the green
FLD brightness control knob on the NAV LTS lights which are still controlled by the FLD
control panel which is located on the naviga- brightness control knob. Power for the navi-
tor’s console. Rotating the FLD knob out of gator’s floodlights dimmer module is provided
the OFF position turns the flood lights on by the 28-volt main DC bus by way of the
dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock- INTERIOR LIGHTS NAVIGATOR SECON-
wise brightens the lights to maximum bright- DARY circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower
ness at the BRT position. The navigator’s circuit breaker panel. On selected HC-
floodlights dimmer module provides the exci- 130(H)N airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-
tation for the FLD brightness control knob 1467, power for the navigator’s floodlights
potentiometer. The potentiometer wiper volt- dimmer module is provided by the 28-volt
age is fed back into the overhead panel flood- main DC bus by way of the NAV INST
lights dimmer module and then to the flood- LIGHTS SEC circuit breaker on the copilot’s
lights. If NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch lower circuit breaker panel.
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-27
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-23. Navigator’s Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
Figure 2A-23.1. Navigator’s Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N
2A-7.5 Radio Operator’s Instrument Panel operator’s worktable lights on dim and contin-
Floodlights (See Figures 2A-14.2 and 2A-23.2) uing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens
(HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through the lights to maximum brightness at the BRT
AF90-2103). The radio operator’s flexible position. The radio operator’s instrument
shaft floodlight is mounted at the radio opera- dimmer provides the excitation for the TBL
tor’s station and is powered by the 28-volt brightness control knob potentiometer. The
main DC bus by way of the RADIO OPER potentiometer wiper voltage is fed back into
INST PANEL circuit breaker on the copilot’s the dimmer and then to the individual trim-
lower circuit breaker panel. The two radio mer which control the level of brightness of
operator station worktable floodlights are con- the individual instrument lights. Power for
trolled by the TBL brightness control knob on the radio operator’s instrument dimmer is
the RAD OPR LTS control panel. The RAD provided by the 28-volt main DC bus by way
OPR LTS control panel is located on the radio of the RADIO OPER INST PANEL circuit
operator’s station console. Rotating the TBL breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
knob out of the OFF position turns the radio panel.
33-15-00
2A-28 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-23.2. Radio Operator’s Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
2A-8. FLIGHT STATION CIRCUIT BREAKER panel dimmer modules is provided by the
PANEL LIGHTS. 115-volt main AC bus by way of the PRI-
MARY LIGHTING PILOT ZONE circuit
Illumination of circuit breaker panels in the
breaker on the copilot’s upper circuit breaker
flight station is provided by NVIS green edge
panel. On selected HC-130(H)N airplanes
lighting.
modified by TO 1C-130-1467, power for the
2A-8.1 Pilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights pilot’s upper and lower circuit breaker panel
(See Figures 2A-19, 2A-24, and 2A-24.1). dimmer modules is provided by the 28-volt
The pilot’s circuit breaker panel edge lights main DC bus by way of the PILOT CKT BKR
are controlled by the brightness control knob circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit
on the PILOTS CKT BKR LT control panel. breaker panel.
The PILOTS CKT BKR LT control panel is
2A-8.2 Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel
located on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotating the
Lights (See Figures 2A-19, 2A-24, and 2A-
brightness control knob out of the OFF posi-
24.1). The copilot’s circuit breaker panel
tion turns the lights on dim and continuing to
edge lights are controlled by the brightness
rotate the knob clockwise brightens the lights
control knob on the COPILOTS CKT BKR LT
to maximum brightness at the BRT position.
control panel. The COPILOTS CKT BKR LT
The pilot’s upper and lower circuit breaker
control panel is located on the copilot’s side
panel dimmer modules provide the excitation
shelf. Rotating the brightness control knob
for the brightness control knob potentiometer.
out of the OFF position turns the lights on
The potentiometer wiper voltage is fed back
into the dimmer modules and then to the
individual trim potentiometers which control
ness at the BRT position. The copilot’s circuit
the level of brightness of the individual cir-
breaker panel dimmer modules provide the
cuit breaker panel lights. If NVIS is not
excitation for the brightness control knob
selected (MSTR switch set to NORM) and the
potentiometer. The potentiometer wiper volt-
thunderstorm lights are turned on (TSTM
age is fed back into the dimmer modules and
switch to ON), the brightness control potenti-
then to the individual trim potentiometers
ometer is bypassed and the circuit breaker
which control the level of brightness of the
panel edge lights come on full bright. Power
individual circuit breaker panel lights. The
for the pilot’s upper and lower circuit breaker
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-28.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-24. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
2A-28.2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2A-24.1. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
copilot’s upper, lower, and side circuit breaker 2A-9. FLIGHT STATION FLOOR LIGHTS
panel dimmer modules control the circuit (SEE FIGURES 2A-19 AND 2A-25) (NOT
breaker panel lights on the copilot’s side. If APPLICABLE ON HC-130(H)N AIRPLANES
NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch set to AF88-2101 THROUGH AF90-2103).
The three electroluminescent floor lights are
turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the bright-
mounted to the left, rear, and right of the
ness control potentiometer is bypassed and
flight engineer’s chair base. The lights are
the circuit breaker panel edge lights come on
controlled by the FL brightness control poten-
full bright. Power for the copilot’s circuit
tiometer on the NAV LTS control panel which
breaker panel dimmer modules is provided by
is located on the navigator’s console. Rotat-
the 115-volt main AC bus by way of the PRI-
ing the FL knob out of the OFF position
MARY LIGHTING COPILOT ZONE circuit
turns the floor lights on dim and continuing
breaker on the copilot’s upper circuit breaker
to rotate the knob clockwise brightens the
panel. On selected HC-130(H)N airplanes
lights to maximum brightness at the BRT
modified by TO 1C-130-1467, power for the
position. The floor lights dimmer module pro-
copilot’s circuit breaker panel dimmer mod-
vides the excitation for the FL brightness con-
ules is provided by the 28-volt main DC bus
trol potentiometer. The potentiometer wiper
by way of the COPILOTS CB PNL IDCU
voltage is fed back into the floor lights dim-
LTG circuit breaker on the navigator’s circuit
mer module and then to the floor lights. If
breaker panel and the COPILOT SIDE
NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch set to
PANEL circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-29
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the bright- the 115-volt essential AC bus by way of the
ness control potentiometer is bypassed and FLOOR LIGHTS circuit breaker on the pilot’s
the floor lights come on full bright. Power for upper circuit breaker panel.
the floor lights dimmer module is provided by
Figure 2A-25. Flight Station Floor Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-15-00
2A-30 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2A-10. LETDOWN CHARTHOLDER LIGHTS selected (MSTR switch set to NVIS), power is
(SEE FIGURES 2A-19 AND 2A-26). switched from the white lights to the green
lights. Two knobs located on the upper front
A letdown chartholder is provided for each
side of the chartholder regulate the intensity
control column and provides the pilot and
of the light. A stowage bracket is provided to
copilot with individualized chartholder light
store the chartholder if necessary. The
dimming controls. The chartholder is
chartholder lights are powered directly from
mounted in the center of each control column
the 28-volt main DC bus through the INTE-
with a positive lock between the chartholder
RIOR LIGHTS LETDOWN CHART PILOT &
and the bracket so that the chartholder will
COPILOT circuit breaker on the copilot’s
not disengage due to vibration or negative g
loads. The letdown chartholders have both
white and green lighting and when NVIS is
Figure 2A-26. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Letdown Chartholder Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
2A-11. SEXTANT LIGHTS (SEE FIGURE 2A- the crew entrance door warning light panel.
3). The underdeck light has both a green and a
white bulb and when NVIS is selected (MSTR
Three lights are provided as an integral part
switch set to NVIS), power is switched from
of the sextant to illuminate the watch, alti-
the white bulb to the green bulb. Power is
tude counters, bubble, and true heading scale.
provided by the 28-volt main DC bus by way
These lights are controlled by an on-off switch
of the INTERIOR LIGHTS FLT MECH &
and bubble light rheostat on the sextant. If
NAV UTILITY circuit breaker on the copilot’s
NVIS is selected (MSTR switch set to NVIS),
power to the sextant lights is interrupted and
they cannot be turned on. Power is supplied
by the 28-volt main DC bus and is available 2A-13. CREW ENTRANCE LIGHT (SEE
at the control switch whenever the INTE- FIGURES 2A-1, 2A-2, AND FO-1).
RIOR LIGHTS FLT MECH & NAV UTILITY
circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit There is a light mounted under the crew
breaker panel is closed. entrance door warning light panel to provide
2A-12. FLIGHT STATION UNDERDECK crew entrance door. The light is turned on
LIGHT (SEE FIGURES 2A-1 AND 2A-3). with the CREW ENTRANCE LIGHT switch
There is a light mounted under the flight on the crew entrance door warning light
deck to provide illumination for the panel. The crew entrance light has both a
underdeck area. The light is turned on and green and a white bulb and when NVIS is
off with the UNDER DECK LIGHT switch on selected (MSTR
33-15-00
Change 8 2A-31
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
switch set to NVIS), power is switched from on and off with the CAB LTS switch. The
the white bulb to the green bulb. Power is CAB LTS switch is located above the pilot’s
provided by the 28-volt main DC bus by way upper circuit breaker panel. Power for these
of the INTERIOR LIGHTS THUNDER- lights is provided by the 28-volt main DC bus
STORM & FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker on through the INTERIOR LIGHTS THUNDER-
the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. STORM & FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker
located on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
2A-14. LH CIRCUIT BREAKER CABINET
panel.
LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 2A-1 AND 2A-2).
Two NVIS green lights are installed in the
pilot’s circuit breaker cabinet and are turned
33-15-00
2A-32 Change 9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IIB. ADVANCED LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM (C-130H
AIRPLANES MODIFIED BY TO 1C-130-1488, AF94-6703
AND UP, HC-130(H)N AIRPLANES AF92-2104 AND UP, AND LC-130H
AIRPLANES AF92-1094 AND UP)
2B-1. GENERAL. balanced. This balancing allows the entire

flight station to be at an even lighting level.
The flight station lighting consists of dome
lights and floor lights for general area light- 2B-2.2 Lighting Control Unit Operation.
ing with additional primary lighting and flood C-130H airplanes and LC-130H airplanes are
lighting for instrument panels. Most instru- equipped with two lighting control units
ments are illuminated with Night Vision (LCU) and a trim and status panel (TSP).
Imaging System (NVIS) green postlights. All HC-130(H)N airplanes are equipped with
edge-lighted panels have internal NVIS green three LCUs and a TSP. LCU No. 1 is located
lights. The Mode Advisory Caution and underdeck, and LCU No. 2 is located
Warning System (MACAWS) consolidates all underbunk except on HC-130(H)N airplanes
advisory, caution, and warning lights onto where LCUs No. 2 and No. 3 are located at
centrally located panels. All circuit breaker the radio operators station. The LCU is the
panels are equipped with NVIS green edge heart of the system and directly controls the
lights to illuminate panel nomenclature. To lighting of all 115-VAC lighting, 5-VDC light-
provide NVIS compatibility, all the flight sta- ing, dome lights and navigator’s table lights.
tion lighting power and control is provided Each LCU is made up of 167 different light-
through lighting control units (LCU) and a ing channels. On airplanes not modified by
trim and status panel. This system is known TO 1C-130-1551, six of these channels, chan-
as the Advanced Lighting Control System nels 161, 162, 165, 166, and 167, are the 115-
(ALCS). Each LCU has a thunderstorm dis- VAC channels. Channel 164, is the 28-VDC
crete and a Normal/NVIS discrete input. On output that is used for the dome lights and
application of 28 VDC to the Thunderstorm the navigators table lighting. The remainder
discrete, all outputs go to full bright. On of the channels are dedicated to the 5-VDC
application of 28 VDC to the Normal/NVIS lighting, and are divided up into five different
input, selected circuits are turned off and current levels ranging from 0.44 amp to 5.3
lights go to NVIS mode. A trim and status amps. The 115-VAC channels as well as the
panel displays fault isolation (software pres- internal logic of the LCUs are powered from
ently not available) and provides a means of the essential AC bus. The circuit breaker(s)
trimming and configuring the LCU output for the 115-VAC channels for the LCUs are
channels. All outputs are capable of being located on the pilot’s upper circuit breaker
configured by connecting an external com- panel. C-130H airplanes AF94-6703 through
puter to the trim and status panel. Utility AF94-7321 use a single circuit breaker
lights are mounted in strategic locations labeled SEC LTG LCU. On all airplanes
about the flight station for use by the crew other than C-130H airplanes AF94-6703
members. through AF94-7321, the circuit breakers are
labeled as SEC LTG LCU 1, SEC LTG LCU
2, and SEC LTG LCU 3, if installed. The 5-
2B-2. ADVANCED LIGHTING CONTROL
VDC channels and 28-VDC channel receive
SYSTEM (SEE FIGURES 2B-1 AND 2B-2).
power through LCU NO 1, LCU NO 2 and
2B-2.1 Purpose of System. The Advanced LCU NO 3 circuit breakers on the copilot’s
Lighting Control System (ALCS) allows main- lower circuit breaker panel or through LCU 1
tenance personnel to trim and adjust the and LCU 2 current limiters on airplanes
NVIS lighting so the entire flight station is AF94-6703 through AF94-7321. On airplanes
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
modified by TO 1C-130-1551, the flood light- channel of the LCU the SAVE TRIM setting
ing is controlled through secondary lighting switch must be pressed. Second, by plugging
relays and thunderstorm relays located on the a laptop computer into the port labeled HOST
LH distribution panel. I/F then downloading a data file through the
TSP and into each of the LCUs. This data
2B-2.3 Dimming Zones. The LCU has 12
file contains the trim setting of each channel
dimming control inputs called zones. Each
as well as the NVIS state (ON, OFF, or unaf-
dimming zone input goes to a single dimming
fected by the Normal/NVIS switch). The
resistor. Some of these zones are tied
downloading procedure is the only way to set
together so that a single dimming resistor
the Normal/NVIS setting of each channel.
controls more than one zone. Each of the
The circuit breaker for the TSP is located on
dimming resistors has a LO and a HIGH that
the copilots lower circuit breaker panel and is
is used to read the actual position of the dim-
labeled ALCS TSP. The TSP is used only for
ming control. The LO signal is tied to ground
trimming and maintenance functions and is
inside the LCU. The HIGH side of the dim-
not to be used during flight. The door to the
ming resistor is tied to a tightly regulated 2.5
TSP should be closed when not in use. The
VDC supplied by the LCU. This provides the
TSP has a serial communication port located
voltage required to read the actual position of
on the front of the unit that is used to setup
the dimming resistor. The are five combina-
the entire flight station trim setting and Nor-
tions of LO and HIGH excitation voltages.
mal/NVIS functions in a matter of minutes.
2B-2.4 Channel Trimming. The 115-VAC The TSP also allows someone to constantly
channels and the 5-VDC channels have the monitor the 5 excitation voltages, the 12 dim-
capability of being trimmed for lighting bal- ming control zones, input air temperature of
ancing. The 28-VDC channel cannot be the LDU, input power, state of the Normal/
trimmed. Each of the trimmable channels NVIS switches, and the state of the thunder-
inside the LCU consist of electronic trim reg- storm switch.
isters with non-volatile memory. Each elec-
2B-2.6 Operation of TSP Switches.
tronic trim register for the 5-VDC channels
can trim from 4 VDC to 5.75 VDC with the a. NORM/FLT. The switch labeled
dimming control for that zone full bright. See NORM/FLT is used to select between
Table 2B-1 for light channel assignments. normal and fault mode. The normal
mode of the TSP allows someone to
2B-2.5 Trim and Status Panel Operation.
monitor the excitation voltages, dim-
The TSP displays fault isolation and provides
ming control voltages, LCU input tem-
a means of trimming and configuring the out-
perature, and LCU 28 VDC input volt-
put channels. A display on the TSP shows
age. Normal mode also allows the user
and selects fault isolation. Once the desired
to monitor the state of the Normal/
channel to trim is selected, the lamp being
NVIS switch and the state of the
trimmed flashes at a rate of 1 hertz.
Thunderstorm switch. Normal mode
Switches on the TSP are used to adjust the
also allows trimming of every channel
output voltage of each channel. Power to the
on the LCUs except channel 164 or the
TSP is received from the ALCS TSP circuit
28-VDC channel. Normal mode also
breaker. The TSP is used to communicate
displays the actual current draw of
from the internals of the LCUs to the outside
each channel when it is selected.
world. Power to the TSP comes from the
main DC bus. The main purpose of the TSP b. Power switch. The unlabeled switch
is to adjust the lighting in all LCUs. This is on the lower left hand corner of the
accomplished in two ways. First, by manu- TSP is reset or power switch. This
ally selecting the channel to be trimmed and switched is pressed in or turns the
using the TRIM knob to adjust the lighting TSP off when the door is closed.
level. In order to permanently save the trim
c. CHAN SEL. This is the channel select
setting to a non-volatile (will remain set even
knob. Rotating the knob clockwise
when power is removed) register inside each
increments the channel counter on the
33-16-00
2B-2 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TSP. Rotating the knob counter-clock- d. TRIM. This is the trim knob. Once a
wise decrements the channel counter channel is selected, the trim knob is
on the TSP. Pressing in and rotating rotated clockwise to increase the
the knob takes the user faster through brightness of that channel or counter-
the channel settings by a factor of 25. clockwise to decrease the brightness of
Rotating this knob takes the user that channel. Continuing to rotate the
through the LCU status on all LCUs, knob counter-clockwise will eventually
input power on all LCUs, temperature turn the channel off. Pressing the
on all LCUs, excitation voltages on all knob in
LCUs, dimmer voltages on all LCUs
and then the channel trim settings on
all LCUs.
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-2.1/(2B-2.2 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
and rotating the knob will adjust same as throwing the thunderstorm
the trim twice as fast. switch except without the thunderstorm
lights being on.
e. IDENT BRT. This switch is the identify
switch as well as the bright switch. Plac- f. CLR FLT/SAV TRIM. This switch is the
ing the switch up will cause the channel clear fault and the save trim switch.
that is currently selected to flash at a When the NORM/FLT switch is in the
rate of 1 hz. This is used to identify the NORM position, pressing the switch
channel and also to make sure that the down will save the trim settings. When
channel is wired correctly. Placing the the NORM/FLT switch is in the FLT
switch down will take all channels in all position and the switch is pressed, the
LCUs to the full bright state. This is the fault is cleared.
Table 2B-1. Light Channel Assignment
Channel
Control Zone Description LCU No. Number
Pilot’s Main Spare 1 1
Inst Clock 1 2
Aileron trim indicator 1 3
Accelerometer 1 4
1 2 3 4 Spare 1 5
5 ADI select panel 1 5
Elevator trim indicator 1 6
Rudder trim indicator 1 7
ADI 1 8
HSI 1 9
1 2 5 Spare 1 10
2 3 RMI 1 10
BDHI 1 11
Airspeed indicator 1 12
Altimeter 1 13
CARA height indicator 1 14
Radar display 1 15
1 4 5 Flight command ind, repeater 1 16
2 Spare 1 16
3 Homer 1 16
Flight director mode select panel 1 17
1 4 ADI select pnl 1 18
2 3 5 Alt Alerter 1 18
TCAS indicator 1 19
Standby attd indicator 1 20
1 3 4 5 Spare 1 21
2 Air speed indicator 1 21
Spare 1 22
Spare 1 23
Spare 1 24
Engine Turbine inlet temp #4 1 25
Instrument Turbine inlet temp #3 1 26
Turbine inlet temp #2 1 27
Tachometer #1 1 28
Tachometer #2 1 29
Fuel flow #3 1 30
Fuel flow #4 1 31
Oil press #1 1 32
Oil press #2 1 33
Oil press #3 1 34
33-16-00
Change 4 2B-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Table 2B-1. Light Channel Assignment - Continued
Channel
Oil press #4 1 35
Turbine inlet temp #1 1 36
Tachometer #3 1 37
Tachometer #4 1 38
Torquemeter #1 1 39
Torquemeter #2 1 40
Torquemeter #3 1 41
Torquemeter #4 1 42
Fuel flow #1 1 43
Fuel flow #2 1 44
Copilot’s 1 4 5 Alt alerter 1 45
main inst 2 3 spare 1 45
Utility hyd press ind 1 46
TCAS indicator 1 47
1 2 4 5 Liq oxygen qty indicator 1 48
3 Spare 1 48
Spare 1 49
Norm hyd press ind 1 50
Flap position indicator 1 51
Booster hyd press ind 1 52
Aux hyd press ind 1 53
Clock 1 54
Emerg hyd press ind 1 55
1 2 3 4 Cabin altitude indicator 1 56
5 Spare 1 56
1 4 5 ADI select panel 1 57
2 3 Spare 1 57
HSI 1 58
ADI 1 59
BDHI 1 60
1 2 3 4 Airspeed indicator 1 61
5 spare 1 61
Radar display 1 62
1 2 3 4 Altimeter 1 63
5 Spare 1 63
1 4 5 Spare 1 64
2 3 RMI 1 64
Landing gear cont panel 1 65
1 4 5 Landing lights control panel 1 66
2 3 Spare 1 66
Hydraulic control panel 1 67
Flt director mode select 1 68
1 3 4 5 Spare 1 69
2 Nose gear uplock/anti-ice panel 1 69
Spare 1 70
1 3 4 Spare 1 71
2 Ski control panel 1 71
5 Airspeed indicator 1 71
Spare 1 72
1 2 3 4 Spare 1 73
5 Altimeter 1 73
Pilot’s side ELT 1 74
shelf 1 3 4 5 Flt instructors missile 1 75
warning audio panel
2 ICS/HF select panel 1 75
33-16-00
2B-4 Change 4
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Table 2B-1.
Channel
Interph & PA cont panel 1 76
NLG position indicator 1 77
1 2 4 5 Lower bunk oxygen 1 78
regulator
3 Spare 1 78
Pilot’s oxygen regulator 1 79
Pilot’s interph monitor 1 80
Flt instructor’s intph monitor panel 1 81
1 2 3 Spare 1 82
4 5 Pilot’s missile warning audio panel 1 82
Spare 1 83
1 4 5 Spare 1 84
2 3 ICS/HF select 1 84
Flt instructor’s intph control panel 1 85
Pilot intph cont pnl 1 86
Paratroop jump panel 1 87
Pilot’s CB lighting control panel 1 88
1 4 5 Spare 1 89
2 Synchrophaser & tachometer test 1 89
3 Flt instructors oxygen regulator 1 89
Spare 1 90
Spare 1 91
Center 1 2 4 5 Spare 1 92
console 3 Landing lights control panel 1 92
1 2 4 5 Spare 1 93
3 Copilot’s HF/DF select panel 1 93
1 2 4 5 Spare 1 94
3 Pilot’s HF/DF select panel 1 94
1 3 4 5 Gnd prox/flap override 1 95
2 Spare 1 95
UHF ant sel, copilot’s 1 96
Elevator trim tab 1 97
1 3 4 5 Spare 1 98
2 Copilot’s HF comm select/ground prox 1 98
1 4 5 Copilot’s missile warning 1 99
audio panel
3 Pilot & copilot missile warning audio 1 99
panel
2 Spare 1 99
3 Pilot and copilot missile 1 99
warning audio panel
UHF ant sel, pilot’s 1 100
UHF comm set #1 1 101
1 4 5 Zone & marker beacon 1 102
2 3 Spare 1 102
Remote course & head, copilot’s 1 103
Remote course & head, pilot’s 1 104
Trim control 1 105
MACAWS test/reset 1 106
Mode select #1 1 107
Low speed ground idle 1 108
1 2 4 5 Copilot’s interphone 1 109
monitor panel
3 Spare 1 109
Autopilot control 1 110
33-16-00
Change 5 2B-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Channel
Sync & temp datum 1 111
Radar disp cont, pilot 1 112
Radar disp cont, copilot 1 113
Mode select #2 1 114
1 2 4 5 SCNS control panel 1 115
3 Spare 1 115
Copilot intph cont pnl 1 116
Engine control 1 117
Pilot lights cont pnl 1 118
IFF cont transponder 1 119
1 Pilot’s missile warning audio panel 1 120
2 Assisted take-off 1 120
3 4 5 Spare 1 120
Spare 1 121
1 4 5 Spare 1 122
2 Landing lights control panel 1 122
3 Tacan cont #2 1 123
1 2 3 4 Spare 1 123
5 IFF select panel 1 123
Radar control 1 124
Master vol control 1 125
Pilot’s IDCU 1 126
Copilot’s Bleed air manifold press 1 127
side shelf Fthr ovrd panel, 3 & 4 1 128
Fthr ovrd panel, 1 & 2 1 129
Air drop panel 1 130
Copilot oxygen regulator 1 131
1 2 4 5 UHF No.1 Z-ANP remote 1 132
control unit
3 Copilot’s interphone monitor panel 1 132
1 2 4 5 UHF No.2 Z-ANP remote 1 133
control unit
3 Spare 1 133
1 VHF No.2 Z-ANP remote control unit 1 134
2 4 5 VHF No.1 Z-ANP remote 1 134
cont unit
3 Spare 1 134
1 VHF No.1 Z-ANP remote control unit 1 135
2 4 5 VHF No.2 Z-ANP remote 1 135
cont unit
3 Spare 1 135
Copilot lights cont panel 1 136
1 5 Paratroop jump pnl 1 137
2 MXF-227 (SATCOM control) 1 137
3 4 Spare 1 137
Prop governing 1 138
1 Ovhd lights cont pnl 1 139
2 3 4 5 Spare 1 139
1 2 4 5 KYV-5/ Z-AKW remote 1 140
cont unit #1
3 Spare 1 140
1 2 4 5 KYV-5/ Z-AKW remote 1 141
cont unit #2
3 Spare 1 141
1 4 5 SKE cont primary 1 142
33-16-00
2B-6 Change 5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Table 2B-1. Light Channel Assignment
Channel
2 SATCOM select pnl 1 142
3 Spare 1 142
1 3 4 5 Tach & sync test 1 143
2 Heater blankets and iron lung 1 143
1 4 5 SKE cont secondary 1 144
2 3 Spare 1 144
1 2 3 5 Copilot CB lighting 1 145
control panel
4 Spare 1 145
1 5 Spare 1 146
2 3 4 Paratroop jump panel 1 146
1 4 5 Spare 1 147
2 SATCOM secure voice 1 147
3 Flare launch cont 1 147
1 Spare 1 148
2 3 4 5 Ovhd lighting 1 148
control panel
1 2 4 5 Spare 1 149
3 Liquid oxy qnty #2 1 149
1 2 4 5 Spare 1 150
3 Liquid oxy qnty #1 1 150
Copilot’s IDCU IDCU 1 151
Pilot CB panel Pilot’s upper CB lighting strip, right 1 152
Pilot’s upper CB lighting strip, left 1 153
Pilot’s lower CB lighting strip, right 1 154
Pilot’s lower CB lighting strip, left 1 155
Pilot’s side CB lighting strip, right 1 156
Pilot’s side CB lighting strip, left 1 157
Pilot’s upper CB lighting strip, center 1 158
Pilot’s lower CB lighting strip, center 1 159
Pilot’s side CB lighting strip, center 1 160
Floor lights 6 Floor light, LH 1 161
7 Spare 1 161
6 Floor light, center 1 162
7 Spare 1 162
6 Floor light, RH 1 163
7 Spare 1 163
Dome lights Dome light 1 164
Pilot’s side shelf 6 Pilot’s side shelf flood 1 165
7 Spare 1 165
Pilot’s main inst 6 Pilot’s main inst flood 1 166
7 Spare 1 166
Engine instrument 6 Engine instrument flood 1 167
7 Spare 1 167
Overhead Spare 2 1
panel Spare 2 2
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Channel
Main TR No.1 2 3
Main TR No.2 2 4
Standby compass 2 5
Engine start 2 6
Fuel dump, LH 2 7
Fuel dump, RH 2 8
Oil cooling panel 2 9
1 2 4 5 Flight engnr interph 2 10
cont pnl
3 Spare 2 10
1 3 4 5 Exterior lights cont panel 2 11
2 Spare 2 11
Air cond control panel 2 12
Generator control panel 2 13
Voltage select panel 2 14
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Channel
Bus select panel 2 15
Fuel panel 2 16
Anti-icing 2 17
Spare 2 18
Spare 2 19
Spare 2 20
Spare 2 21
Spare 2 22
Spare 2 23
Spare 2 24
1 2 3 4 Oil qty indicator eng #2 2 25
5 Oil qty/temp/cooler indicator eng #1 2 25
1 2 3 4 Oil temp indicator eng #1 2 26
5 Spare 2 26
1 2 3 4 Oil cooler flap position 2 27
indicator eng #4
5 Spare 2 27
indicator eng #2
5 Spare 2 28
5 Spare 2 29
LH stab & fin tip temp 2 30
5 Spare 2 31
RH inbd wing LE temp 2 34
RH outbd wing LE temp 2 35
Spin anti-icing 2 36
Spin de-icing 2 37
Total fuel pressure 2 38
1 2 3 4 Oil cooler flap positiion 2 39
indicator eng #1
5 Spare 2 39
5 Spare 2 40
LH outbd wing LE temp 2 41
APU exhaust gas temp (EGT) 2 42
AC voltmeter 2 43
Cabin rate of climb 2 44
Spare 2 45
Spare 2 47
indicator eng #3
5 Spare 2 48
RH stab & fin base temp 2 49
Cabin diff press 2 50
APU tachometer 2 51
LH inbd wing LE temp 2 52
Frequency meter 2 53
33-16-00
2B-8 Change 5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Channel
Blade de-icing 2 54
Cabin press controller 2 55
DC voltmeter 2 56
1 2 4 5 Anti-skid panel 2 57
3 Spare 2 57
ESS TR No.1 2 58
AC loadmeter eng No.1 2 59
AC loadmeter eng APU 2 61
ESS TR No.2 2 64
1 2 4 5 Flt engnr oxygen regulator 2 65
3 Spare 2 65
1 2 4 5 Flt engnr interph monitor 2 66
3 Spare 2 66
Booster shutoff 2 67
Fire emerg cont panel 2 68
Spare 2 69
1 3 4 5 Spare 2 70
2 Flight engineer ICS/HF select panel 2 70
Spare 2 71
Spare 2 72
1 3 4 5 Spare 2 73
2 Exterior lights panel 2 73
Nav station Spare 2 74
Spare 2 75
Spare 2 76
Spare 2 77
1 2 4 5 Spare 2 78
3 SCNS cont panel 2 78
1 2 4 5 PA control panel 2 79
3 Homer receiver ind 2 79
Clock 2 80
Spare 2 81
1 2 4 5 Spare 2 82
3 IFF/INT panel 2 82
Spare 2 83
1 2 4 5 Spare 2 84
3 Aux monitor 2 84
Spare 2 85
Spare 2 86
Spare 2 87
Spare 2 88
Spare 2 89
Nav oxygen regulator 2 90
Spare 2 91
GPS control panel 1 2 92
Flight/voice recorder test 2 93
Cockpit voice recorder 2 94
1 Card holder 2 95
2 3 4 5 Spare 2 95
Pointer select No.2 2 96
Pointer select No.1 2 97
1 2 3 4 True airspeed indicator 2 98
33-16-00
Change 5 2B-9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Channel
5 Spare 2 98
BDHI ind No.2 2 99
BDHI ind No.1 2 100
1 2 3 4 Encoding altimeter 2 101
indicator
5 True airspeed indicator 2 101
Radar altimeter 2 102
1 2 3 4 Free air temp indicator 2 103
5 Spare 2 103
1 3 4 5 SCNS and IRCM select pnl 2 104
2 SCNS pwr bypass 2 104
1 4 5 AN/ALE-47, control display 2 105
2 Spare 2 105
1 2 3 4 Spare 2 106
5 Upper bunk oxygen regulator 2 106
Spare 2 107
IRU 2 108
1 3 4 5 AN/ALE-40, programmer 2 109
2 ICS HF select 2 109
Nav interph cont panel 2 110
Nav interph monitor pnl 2 111
Radar display 2 112
Nav lighting cont panel 2 113
1 2 3 4 Spare 2 114
5 Altimeter 2 114
1 5 Nav CB panel, upper light 2 115
2 Spare 2 115
3 Nav CB panel, left light 2 115
4 Nav CB panel, lower light 2 115
1 5 Nav CB panel, lower light 2 116
2 Spare 2 116
3 Nav CB panel, left light 2 116
4 Nav CB panel, upper light 2 116
1 3 4 5 AN/ALE-47 control panel 2 117
2 Spare 2 117
Radar control set 2 118
2 3 Spare 2 119
1 4 5 SKE indicator 2 119
1 3 4 5 Spare 2 120
2 Radar altimeter No.2 2 120
Spare 2 121
1 2 4 5 Spare 2 122
3 Controller 2 122
1 2 4 Upper bunk oxygen regulator 2 123
3 AN/ALE-47 control display 2 123
5 Spare 2 123
Spare 2 124
Spare 2 125
Navigator’s IDCU 2 126
Fuel quantity Fuel qty ext tank, RH (NVIS mode) 2 127
Total fuel qty (NVIS mode) 2 128
Fuel qty eng #3 (NVIS mode) 2 129
33-16-00
2B-10 Change 5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Channel
Fuel qty aux tank, RH (NVIS mode) 2 133
Fuel qty aux tank, LH (NVIS mode) 2 134
Fuel qty ext tank, LH (NVIS mode) 2 135
Spare 2 136
Spare 2 137
Spare 2 138
Spare 2 139
Spare 2 140
Spare 2 141
Spare 2 142
Spare 2 143
Spare 2 144
Spare 2 145
Fuel qty indicators (normal mode) 2 146
Spare 2 147
Spare 2 148
Spare 2 149
Spare 2 150
Spare 2 151
Copilot CB panel Copilot’s upper CB lighting, left 2 152
Copilot’s upper CB lighting, right 2 153
Copilot’s lower CB lighting, left 2 154
Copilot’s lower CB lighting, right 2 155
Copilot’s side CB lighting, left 2 156
Copilot’s side CB lighting, right 2 157
Copilot’s upper CB lighting, center 2 158
Copilot’s lower CB lighting, center 2 159
Copilot’s side CB lighting, center 2 160
Copilot’s side shelf 6 Copilot’s side shelf flood 2 161
7 Spare 2 161
Copilot’s 6 Copilot’s main inst flood 2 162
main inst 7 Spare 2 162
Spare 2 163
Nav flood lights Nav flood lights 2 164
Overhead 6 Ovrhd AFT floodlight 2 165
panel 7 Spare 2 165
6 Ovrhd FWD floodlight 2 166
7 Spare 2 166
Spare 2 167
Spare 2 167
NOTE
Lighting control unit (LCU) No. 3 is on HC-130(H)N airplanes only.
Spare 3 1 - 44
Flt mech fuel panel RH fuselage tank fuel quantity 3 45
Manifold pressure 3 46
LH fuselage tank fuel quantity 3 47
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Channel
RH reel fuel flow counter No.1 3 48
LH reel fuel flow counter No.1 3 49
RH reel fuel flow counter No.2 3 50
LH reel fuel flow counter No.2 3 51
RH reel fuel pressure 3 52
Left reel fuel pressure 3 53
Fuel conversion chart, aft 3 54
Fuel conversion chart, middle 3 55
Fuel conversion chart, foreward 3 56
Anti-skid panel 3 57
Spare 3 58 - 63
ICS/HF select 3 64
Flt engnr oxy reg 3 65
Flt engnr interph monitor panel 3 66
Flt engnr interph control panel 3 67
Flt engnr lighting control panel 3 68
Spare 3 69
Spare 3 70
Flt engnr fuel panel, connection 1 3 71
Flt engnr fuel panel flood, aft 3 165
Flt engnr fuel panel flood, fwd 3 166
Spare 3 74 - 126
Radio Spare 3 127
operators Spare 3 128
Spare 3 129
Spare 3 130
PA control panel 3 131
Z-ANP VHF No.1 3 132
Z-ANP UHF No.1 3 133
Z-ANP VHF No.2 3 134
Z-ANP UHF No.2 3 135
Radio operator interph control 3 136
Radio operator oxy reg 3 137
Spare 3 138
Spare 3 139
KY-75 HF No.2 3 140
KY-75 HF No.1 3 141
Spare 3 142
Radio operator interph monitor 3 143
HF select panel 3 144
Spare 3 145
Radio operators light control panel 3 146
Data burst system select 3 147
ATC-513 VHF/FM control 3 148
Spare 3 149
Spare 3 150
33-16-00
2B-12 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Channel
Radio operator IDCU 3 151
Spare 3 152 - 160
6 Upper radio operators flood light 3 161
7 Spare 3 161
6 Lower radio operators flood light 3 162
Spare 3 162
Spare 3 163
Boom light 3 164
1 Airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-1488
2 LC-130H airplanes AF92-1094 and up
3 HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104 and up
4 C-130H airplanes AF94-6703 through AF94-7321
5 C-130H airplanes AF95-1001 and up
6 Airplanes not modified by TO 1C-130-1551
7 Airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-1551
1 Nose radome anti-ice panel on C-130H airplanes AF92-0547 through AF92-1538 and AF92-3281
through AF92-3288 modified by TO 1C-130-1488
2B-2.7 Trim and Status Panel Microcodes. caused the control voltage for the dimmer
When power is first applied (TSP turned on), controls to shut off. This happens frequently
the TSP performs an internal byte test. within the LCU and will appear whenever
Upon completion of byte test, the following fault mode is selected. Check the problem in
status words appear in the order shown in accordance with table 2B-3. If the TSP is not
the titles of tables 2B-2 through 2B-8. as shown in table 2B-3, an overload has
occured on that channel at some point in
2B-2.8 TSP Fault Mode. When the NORM/
time. The channel should be checked to see if
FLT switch is placed in the FLT position, the
it is shorted or should be trimmed down to
TSP display will show the LCU faults that
prevent the overload condition. Any fault
have occured. Rotate the channel select knob
may be cleared by pressing the CLR FLT/
to scroll through the faults. If the TSP dis-
SAVE TRIM down when the fault is shown
play shows NO FAULT, none of the LCUs are
on the TSP display.
reporting any faults. If the display is as
shown in table 2B-3, a fault has occured that
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Table 2B-2. TSP Microcode Status
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
* * * DASH # REV LEVEL CRC * SYS
TEM
FAULT
POSITION 4-6:
DASH # Current dash number of the internal TSP software.
POSITION 7-10:
REV LEVEL Current revision level of the internal TSP software.
POSITION 11-14:
CRC Checksum
Table 2B-3. LCU Status
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LCU * * LCU FAN BUSY DIMV THUND NVIS TEMP POW- FAN *
# ON OFF STORM ER
POSITION 1:
LCU #: 1. Under deck rack
2. Navigator’s station/underbunk (Non-HC-130(H)N airplanes)
Radio operator’s station (HC-130(H)N airplanes)
3. Radio operator’s station (HC-130(H)N airplanes)
POSITION 7:
FAN ON When a 0 is shown, the external fan control is off. When a 1 is
shown, the external fan control is on. (Function is inoperative and no
external fan is installed.)
POSITION 8:
BUSY When a 1 is shown, communication between the TSP and the LCU is
currently tied up.
POSITION 9:
DIMV OFF When a 1 is shown, this indicates either an open wiper, low input
voltage or the internal LCU temperature is above 60oC.
POSITION 10:
THUND STORM When a 0 is shown, the thunderstorm input is off. When a 1 is
shown, the thunderstorm input is activated.
POSITION 11:
NVIS When a 0 is shown, the NORMAL/NVIS switch is in the NVIS posi-
tion. When a 1 is shown, the NORMAL/NVIS switch is in the NOR-
MAL position.
POSITION 12:
TEMP When a 0 is shown, the temperature is within normal parameters.
When a 1 is shown, the temperature is not within normal parame-
ters.
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-13
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Table 2B-4. Input Power
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LCU * * INDICATOR NVIS THUND POW- * VOLTAGE *
# STORM ER
POSITION 1:
LCU #: This indicates the LCU number.
POSITION 4-6:
IP1 This indicates the input voltage for LCU 1 is being monitored.
POSITION 7:
MAL position.
POSITION 8:
THUND STORM When a 0 is shown, the thunderstorm input is off. When a 1 is shown,
the thunderstorm input is activated.
POSITION 9:
POWER This indicates the power to the LCU is on.
POSITION 11-14:
This indicates the voltage in volts DC ( XX.X).
Table 2B-5. Temperature
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LCU * * INDICATOR * FAN FAN TEMP TEMPERATURE *
# ON STA-
TUS
POSITION 1:
POSITION 4-6:
INDICATOR (TC1-TC3)TC1 indicates the temperature of LCU #1 is being moni-
tored.
POSITION 8:
FAN ON When a 1 is shown, the fan control is on. When a 0 is shown, the fan
control is off. (Function is inoperative and no fan is installed.)
POSITION 9:
FAN STATUS When a 1 is shown, the fan control is on. When a 0 is shown, the fan
control is off.
POSITION 10:
TEMP When a 1 is shown, the temp control for the LCU is off.
POSITION 11-14:
TEMPERATURE This indicates the temperature of the LCU.
33-16-00
2B-14 Change 5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Table 2B-6. Excitation Voltage
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LCU * * EXCITATION NVIS THUND * * EXCITATION *
# VOLTAGE STORM VOLTAGE
INDICATOR
POSITION 1:
POSITION 4-6:
EXCITATION VOLTAGE INDICATOR
EX1 - EX4
This shows the zone number of the excitation voltage that is being
looked at. When the display shows EX1 the TSP is looking at excita-
tion voltage 1.
POSITION 7:
MAL position.
POSITION 8:
POSITION 11-14:
EXCITATION VOLTAGE
This shows the actual voltage of the excitation voltage XX.X.
Table 2B-7. Intensity Voltage
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LCU * * INDICATOR NVIS THUND BRIGHT WIP- VOLTAGE *
# STORM ER
OPEN
POSITION 1:
POSITION 2-3:
This indicates the dimming control zone number.
POSITION 4-6:
INDICATOR D01 through D12.
D01 indicates that the TSP is currently monitoring dimming zone
number 1.
POSITION 7:
MAL position.
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-15
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Table 2B-7. Intensity Voltage - Continued
POSITION 8:
POSITION 9:
BRIGHT When a 0 is shown, the BRIGHT/IDENTIFY switch is not in the
BRIGHT position. When a 1 is shown, the BRIGHT/IDENTIFY
switch is in the BRIGHT position.
POSITION 10:
WIPER OPEN When a 1 is shown, indicates there is no voltage present at the dim-
ming control input into the specified LCU.
POSITION 11-14:
VOLTAGE This indicates the DC voltage input for the dimmer control. ( XX.X)
The voltage should be in a range from 0 to 2.5VDC.
Table 2B-8. Channel Trim
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
LCU ZONE # CHANNEL # TRIM VALUE CURRENT VALUE CHAN *
# FAULT
POSITION 1:
This indicates the LCU number.
POSITION 2-3:
ZONE This indicates the dimming control zone number.
POSITION 4-6:
CHANNEL # This indicates the LCU channel number (1-167).
POSITION 7-10:
TRIM VALUE This indicates the trim value in percent of 5VDC. A plus number
indicates a trim voltage greater than 5VDC. A negative number indi-
cates a trim value of less than 5VDC.
POSITION 11-14:
CURRENT This indicates the channel current in amps ( XX.X).
VALUE
POSITION 15:
CHAN FAULT When a 0 is shown, no channel fault exists. When a 1 is shown, a
channel fault exists.
33-16-00
2B-16 Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
C-130H Airplanes AF94-6703 through AF94-7321
Figure 2B-1. Advanced Lighting Control System (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-17
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
C-130H Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1488, LC-130H Airplanes

AF92-1094 and Up, and C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up
33-16-00
2B-18 Change 4
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-19
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-3 FLIGHT STATION THUNDERSTORM LIGHTS 2B-5 FLIGHT STATION UTILITY LIGHTS (SEE
(SEE FIGURES 2B-2, 2B-3, AND 2B-3.1). FIGURES 2B-2, 2B-4, AND 2B-5).
The two thunderstorm lights are mounted on Utility lights are mounted to the left (pilot’s)
the overhead fuselage structure outboard of and right (copilot’s) of the overhead panel, just
the aft corners of the overhead instrument aft of the overhead panel (flight engineer’s),
panel and are directed toward the main instru- and at the navigator’s station. The utility
ment panel. The thunderstorm lights are lights all have coiled cords which allow them to
turned on and off with the PLT LTS TSTM be removed from their mounting and used as a
switch on the pilot’s side shelf but are inhibited hand light. Utility lights may be operated as
from coming on if the NVIS is turned on either a spotlight or floodlight and are
(MSTR switch set to NVIS). There is no dim- equipped with a rheostat to permit variable
ming control for the thunderstorm lights. light intensity from off to full bright. The
Power for the thunderstorm lights is provided utility lights have a momentary switch which
by the 28-volt main DC bus by way of the permits the operator to instantly turn the light
INTERIOR LIGHTS THUNDERSTORM & on to full bright and each light is also provided
FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker on the copilot’s with an optional green filter required for use
lower circuit breaker panel. during NVIS operation. Power to the pilot’s
2B-4 FLIGHT STATION DOME/BUNK LIGHTS and copilot’s lights is supplied by the 28-volt
(SEE FIGURES 2B-2 , 2B-3, AND 2B-3.1). isolated DC bus and is available when the
INTERIOR LIGHTS PILOT & COPILOT UTIL-
Two dome lights are located aft of the thunder- ITY ISOL DC circuit breaker on the copilot’s
storm lights. A third dome light is over the lower circuit breaker panel is closed. Power to
navigator’s seat, and another is just forward of the flight engineer’s and navigator’s utility
the overhead escape hatch. The bunk lights lights is supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus
are located above the bunks and can be turned and is available when the INTERIOR LIGHTS
on and off with a switch located beside each FLT MECH & NAV UTILITY circuit breaker
light on C-130H and LC-130H airplanes. HC- on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel is
130(H)N airplanes have a dome light at fuse- closed.
lage station 224. The dome/bunk lights are
controlled from the PLT LTS control panel 2B-5A RADIO OPERATOR’S STATION UTILITY
using the DOME brightness control knob. The LIGHT (SEE FIGURES 2B-2 AND 2B-5).
PLT LTS panel is on the pilot’s side shelf. On HC-130(H)N airplanes, a radio operator’s
Rotating the DOME knob out of the OFF posi- station is located at the rear of the flight sta-
tion turns the dome/bunk lights on dim and tion. A utility light is mounted at the radio
continuing to rotate the knob clockwise bright- operator’s station and is powered by the 28-volt
ens the lights to maximum brightness at the main DC bus through the RADIO OPERA-
BRT position. The LCU No. 1 provides power TOR/SCANNER UTILITY main DC circuit
to the dome/bunk dimmer control. If NVIS is breakers on the copilot’s upper circuit breaker
not selected (MSTR switch set to NORM) and panel.
the thunderstorm lights are turned on (TSTM
switch to ON), the brightness control potenti- 2B-6 FLIGHT STATION INSTRUMENT LIGHTS.
ometer is bypassed and the white dome/bunk
lights come on full bright. The dome/bunk Lighting is provided for instruments, controls,
lights have both a white and a green bulb. and panel lettering on the pilot’s and copilot’s
When NVIS is selected (MSTR switch set to panels, the engine instrument panel, the over-
NVIS), power is switched from the white bulb head panel, the flight control pedestal, the
to the green bulb allowing the use of night pilot’s and copilot’s side shelves, the circuit
vision goggles. The thunderstorm discrete sig- breaker panels, and the navigator’s panels.
nal to LCU No. 1 is provided by the 28-volt Lights on each panel are controlled through
main DC bus by way of the INTERIOR lighting control units (LCU).
LIGHTS THUNDERSTORM & FLIGHT DECK 2B-6.1 Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights (See
circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit Figures 2B-2 and 2B-6). The pilot’s main
breaker panel. instrument panel lights are controlled by the
INST brightness control knob on the PLT LTS
control panel. The PLT LTS panel is located
on the pilot’s side shelf. The instrument panel
level brightness is controlled by the pilot’s
33-16-00
2B-20 Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-2. Location of Flight Station Lights and Controls (Sheet 1 of 4)
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-21
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-16-00
2B-22 Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-23
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-16-00
2B-24 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-3. FS Dome, Thunderstorm, and Crew Entrance Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N
Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up)
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-25
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
C-130H Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1488, LC-130H Airplanes AF92-1094 and Up,

and C-130H Airplanes AF94-6703 through AF94-7321
Figure 2B-3.1. FS Dome, Thunderstorm, Bunk, and Crew Entrance Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2)
33-16-00
2B-26 Change 6
Change 5
C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up
Figure 2B-3.1. FS Dome, Thunderstorm, Bunk, and Crew Entrance Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-16-00
2B-26.1/(2B-26.2 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
main INST dimmer control. Rotating the 2B-6.2 Copilot’s Instrument Panel Lights (See
INST knob out of the OFF position turns the Figures 2B-2 and 2B-7). The copilot’s main
pilot’s instrument panel lights on dim and con- instrument panel lights are controlled by the
tinuing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens INSTR brightness control knob on the CP LTS
the lights to maximum brightness at the BRT control panel. The CP LTS panel is located on
position. If NVIS is not selected (MSTR switch the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating the INSTR
set to NORM) and the thunderstorm lights are knob out of the OFF position turns the copilot’s
turned on (TSTM switch to ON), the brightness instrument panel lights on dim and continuing
control is bypassed and the pilot’s instrument to rotate the knob clockwise brightens the
panel lights come on full bright. Power to the lights to maximum brightness at the BRT posi-
dimmer control is provided through No. 1 light- tion. Power to the INST dimmer control is
ing control unit (LCU). provided through No. 1 lighting control unit
(LCU).
Figure 2B-4. Utility, Sextant, and Underdeck Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (LC-130H Airplanes AF92-1094
and Up, and C-130H Airplanes AF92-0547 Through AF92-1538 and AF92-3281 and Up)
33-16-00
Change 4 2B-27
33-16-00
2B-28 Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-5. Utility, Sextant, Radio Operators, Scanners, and Underdeck Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF92-2104 and Up)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-6. Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-29
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
C-130H Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1488 and AF94-6703 Through AF94-7321
33-16-00
2B-30 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
LC-130H Airplanes AF92-1094 and Up
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-31
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-6. Pilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3.1 of 3)
33-16-00
2B-32 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
C-130H Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1488 and AF94-6703 Through AF94-7321
Figure 2B-7. Copilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-16-00
Change 7 2B-33
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-16-00
2B-34 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-7. Copilot’s Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3.1 of 3)
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-6.3 Engine Instrument Panel Lights (See control unit (LCU) No.2 located in the flight
Figures 2B-2 and 2B-8). The engine instru- station underbunk area or at the radio opera-
ment panel lights are controlled by the ENG tor’s station on HC-130(H)N airplanes.
INST brightness control knob on the PLT LTS
control panel. The PLT LTS panel is located 2B-6.5 Center Console and Flight Instructor’s
on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotating the ENG Instrument Panel Lights (See Figures 2B-2 and
INST knob out of the OFF position turns the 2B-10). The center console and flight instruc-
engine instrument panel lights on dim and tor’s instrument panel lights are controlled by
continuing to rotate the knob clockwise bright- the SIDE brightness control knob on the PLT
ens the lights to maximum brightness at the LTS control panel. The PLT LTS control panel
BRT position. Power to the ENG INST lights is located on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotating the
dimmer control is provided through lighting SIDE knob out of the OFF position turns the
control unit (LCU) No.1 located underdeck. center console and flight instructor’s instru-
ment panel lights on dim and continuing to
2B-6.4 Overhead Instrument Panel Lights rotate the knob clockwise brightens the lights
(See Figures 2B-2 and 2B-9). The overhead to maximum brightness at the BRT position.
instrument panel lights are controlled by the Power for the center console, and pilot’s side
PNL brightness control knob on the OVHD lights is provided through lighting control unit
PNL LTS control panel. The OVHD PNL LTS (LCU) No.1 located underdeck.
control panel is located on the copilot’s side
shelf. Rotating the PNL knob out of the OFF 2B-6.6 Pilot’s Side Shelf and Side Panel
position turns the overhead instrument panel Instrument Panel Lights (See Figures 2B-2 and
lights on dim and continuing to rotate the knob 2B-10). The pilot’s side shelf and side panel
clockwise brightens the lights to maximum instrument panel lights are controlled by the
brightness at the BRT position. Power to the SIDE brightness control knob on the PLT LTS
overhead lights dimmer control is provided control panel. The PLT LTS control panel is
through lighting control unit (LCU) No.2 located on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotating the
located in the flight station underbunk area or SIDE knob out of the OFF position turns the
at the radio operator’s station on HC-130(H)N lights on dim and continuing to rotate the knob
airplanes. clockwise brightens the lights to maximum
2B-6.4.1 Fuel Quantity Panel Lights (See brightness at the BRT position. Power for the
Figures 2B-2 and 2B-9). The fuel quantity center console and pilot’s side lights is provided
panel lights are controlled by the FUEL QTY through lighting control unit (LCU) No.1,
IND brightness control knob on the OVHD located underdeck.
PNL LTS control panel. The OVHD PNL LTS
control panel is located on the copilot’s side 2B-6.7 Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Panel
shelf. Rotating the FUEL QTY IND knob out Lights (See Figures 2B-2 and 2B-11). The
of the OFF position turns the fuel quantity copilot’s side shelf instrument panel lights are
panel lights on dim and continuing to rotate controlled by the S PNL brightness control
the knob clockwise brightens the lights to max- knob on the CP LTS control panel. The CP
imum brightness at the BRT position. The LTS control panel is located on the copilot’s
fuel quantity indicators are provided with both side shelf. Rotating the S PNL knob out of the
white and green lights and when NVIS is OFF position turns the lights on dim and con-
selected (MSTR switch to NVIS), the voltage is tinuing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens
switched from the white light to the green the lights to maximum brightness at the BRT
NVIS light. Power to the fuel quantity lights position. Power is provided through lighting
dimmer control is provided through lighting control unit No.1 located underdeck.
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-35
33-16-00
2B-36 Change 4
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Airplanes Prior to AF95-1001
Figure 2B-8. Engine Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 4
Figure 2B-8. Engine Instrument Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-16-00
2B-36.1/(2B-36.2 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-9. Overhead Instrument and Fuel Quantity Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-37
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-16-00
2B-38 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
C-130H Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1488, LC-130H Airplanes AF92-1094 and Up,

and C-130H Airplanes AF94-6703 Through AF94-7321
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-39
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-16-00
2B-40 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-9. Overhead Instrument and Fuel Quantity Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4.1 of 4)
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-6.8 Pilot’s IDCU Panel Lights (See Figures the SCNS brightness control knob (IDCU dim-
2B-2 and 2B-12). The pilot’s IDCU panel key- mer control) on the NAV LTS control panel.
board lights are controlled by the SCNS bright- The NAV LTS panel is located on the naviga-
ness control knob (IDCU dimmer control) on tor’s console. Rotating the SCNS knob out of
the PLT LTS control panel. The PLT LTS the OFF position turns the IDCU panel lights
panel is located on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotat- on dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock-
ing the SCNS knob out of the OFF position wise brightens the lights to maximum bright-
turns the IDCU panel lights on dim and contin- ness at the BRT position. Power is routed from
uing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens the lighting control unit No.2 to the navigator’s
lights to maximum brightness at the BRT posi- IDCU panel lights.
tion. Power to the IDCU lights is provided
2B-6.12 Radio Operator’s Station Instrument
through lighting control unit No.1.
and Control Panel Lights (See Figures 2B-2 and
2B-6.9 Copilot’s IDCU Panel Lights (See 2B-16). On HC-130(H)N airplanes, a radio
Figures 2B-2 and 2B-12). The copilot’s IDCU operator’s station is located at the rear of the
panel keyboard lights are controlled by the flight station. The radio operator’s IDCU,
SCNS IDCU brightness control knob (IDCU table light, boom light, and control panel lights
dimmer control) on the CP LTS control panel. are controlled by control knobs located on the
The CP LTS panel is located on the copilot’s radio operator’s light control panel. Power for
side shelf. Rotating the SCNS IDCU knob out the radio operator’s lights is provided through
of the OFF position turns the IDCU panel lighting control unit No.3.
lights on dim and continuing to rotate the knob
2B-7 MODE ADVISORY CAUTION AND WARN-
ING SYSTEM (MACAWS).
brightness at the BRT position. Power to the
IDCU lights is provided through lighting con- The MACAWS consolidates many of the flight
trol unit No.1. station mode, advisory, caution, and warning
lights onto centrally located panels. These
2B-6.10 Navigator’s Instrument and Control
panels receive signals from the source systems
Panel Lights (See Figures 2B-13 and 2B-14).
and turn on the appropriate lights. When
The navigator’s instrument and control panel
NVIS is selected with the PLT LTS MSTR
lights are controlled by the PNL brightness
switch, MACAWS lighting is automatically
control knob (navigator’s dimmer control) on
dimmed and when required, may be dimmed
the NAV LTS control panel. The NAV LTS
further, along with the instrument lighting
control panel is located on the navigators’s
surrounding them, from the individual lighting
console. Rotating the PNL knob out of the
control panels. Lamp test for all the MACAWS
OFF position turns the navigator’s instrument
panels is performed with the MACAWS LAMP
and control panel lights on dim and continuing
TST switch which is located on the center
to rotate the knob clockwise brightens the
console just aft of the throttles. The MACAWS
lights to maximum brightness at the BRT posi-
CONTROL circuit breaker on the copilot’s side
tion. Power is routed from lighting control unit
circuit breaker panel provides power to the
No.2 to the navigator’s instrument and control
MSTR switch and the MACAWS switch on the
panel lights.
2B-6.11 Navigator’s IDCU Panel Lights (See
Figures 2B-13 and 2B-15). The navigator’s
IDCU panel keyboard lights are controlled by
33-16-00
Change 5 2B-41
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-10. Pilot’s Side Shelf & Panel, Center Console, and Flight Instructor’s Instrument Lights Electrical
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5)
33-16-00
2B-42 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up, and C-130H Airplanes AF94-6703 Through AF94-7321
33-16-00
Change 4 2B-43
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
C-130H Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1488 and AF94-6703 and Up
33-16-00
2B-44 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3.1 of 5)
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-45
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-16-00
2B-46 Change 3
Change 3
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-47
Figure 2B-11. Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-16-00
2B-48 Change 5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
LC-130H Airplanes AF92-1094 and Up and C-130H Airplanes Modified by TO 1C-130-1488 and AF94-6703 and Up
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-12. Pilot’s and Copilot’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-49
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-13. Location of Navigator’s Station Lights and Controls
33-16-00
2B-50 Change 3
Change 5
Figure 2B-14. Navigator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 6)
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-51
33-16-00
2B-52 Change 4
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1

Change 3
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-53
33-16-00
2B-54 Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1

Change 3
33-16-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-55
33-16-00
2B-56 Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1

TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-15. Navigator’s IDCU Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
pilot’s side shelf. These switches are wired to AF93-1036, except AF92-1094, AF92-1095, and
the systems caution/advisory panel and all AF92-2104, pilot’s and copilot’s brightness con-
three of the mode advisory panels to provide trol detent switches are wired together that
them with switch status. The MSTR switch both must be in OFF (detent) for either to be
provides excitation to the NVIS relays when OFF. On airplanes AF92-1094, AF92-1095,
set to the NORM position. The MACAWS AF92-2104, and airplanes AF93-1036 and up,
switch is a momentary switch which pulses the pilot’s and copilot’s brightness control detent
panels with either a bright or dim command. switches are wired in series that if either is in
OFF (detent) both are in OFF. In the normal
2B-0.1 Systems Caution/Advisory Panel (See
mode (NVIS not selected), the lights will be on
Figures 2B-2 and 2B-17). The systems caution/
full bright as long as the MACAWS switch is
advisory panel is a multiple input, NVIS com-
set to BRT. Placing the MACAWS switch to
patible light display and is located on the
DIM will reduce the brightness of the lights if
center instrument panel below the engine
the TSTM switch is not set to ON and the
instruments. The panel consists of a left and
brightness control knobs are not in detent
right half, each of which has 16 rows of four
(OFF). In the NVIS mode (MSTR switch set to
lights each. The lights in the top 10 rows of
NVIS), the lights will be on dim and may be
each half are caution lights that flash on and
off at a rate of three times per second when
brightness control knobs as long as the
they come on and the remaining six rows are
MACAWS switch is set to DIM. Power for the
advisory lights that come on steady. All the
systems caution/advisory panel is provided by
lights are NVIS green. When a caution light
the 28-volt essential DC bus by way of the
comes on, the master caution light also begins
MACAWS PILOT and COPILOT circuit break-
flashing to alert the aircrew to the caution
ers on the copilot’s side circuit breaker panel
condition. Pressing the master caution light
and by the 28-volt isolated DC bus by way of
when it is flashing will cause it to go off and
the MACAWS PILOT and COPILOT circuit
will cause the caution light to change from
breakers on the pilot’s side circuit breaker
flashing to steady. When the input condition
panel.
that caused the caution light to come on is no
longer present, the caution light will go off. 2B-0.2 Mode Advisory Panels (See Figures
Dimming of the left half of the systems cau- 2B-2, 2B-18, and 2B-19). The mode advisory
tion/advisory panel is controlled by the pilot’s panels are multiple input, NVIS compatible
INST brightness dimmer control on the pilot’s light displays. There are three mode panels,
side shelf and the right half is controlled by the one each for the pilot, copilot, and navigator.
copilot’s INSTR brightness dimmer control on All the lights are NVIS green and come on
the copilot’s side shelf. On airplanes prior to steady and go off according to the input signal.
33-16-00
Change 5 2B-57
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-16. Radio Operator’s Station Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-16-00
2B-58 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-17. Systems Caution/Advisory Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-16-00
Change 4 2B-59
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-7.2.1 Pilot’s Mode Advisory Panel. The (NVIS not selected), the mode advisory panel
pilot’s mode advisory panel contains seven lights will be on full bright as long as the
rows of four lights and is located on the left MACAWS switch is set to BRT. Placing the
side of the pilot’s instrument panel. In the MACAWS switch to DIM will reduce the
normal mode (NVIS not selected), the mode brightness of the mode advisory panel lights if
advisory panel lights will be on full bright as the TSTM switch is not set to ON and the
long as the MACAWS switch is set to BRT. navigator’s PNL brightness control knob is not
Placing the MACAWS switch to DIM will in detent (OFF). In the NVIS mode (MSTR
reduce the brightness of the mode panel lights switch set to NVIS), the mode advisory panel
if the TSTM switch is not set to ON and the lights will be on dim and may be adjusted to
pilot’s INST brightness control knob is not in lower levels of brightness with the navigator’s
detent (OFF). In the NVIS mode (MSTR switch PNL knob as long as the MACAWS switch is
set to NVIS), the mode advisory panel lights set to DIM. Power for the navigator’s advisory
will be on dim and may be adjusted to lower mode panel is provided by the 28-volt essential
levels of brightness with the pilot’s INST knob DC bus by way of the MACAWS NAVIGATOR
as long as the MACAWS switch is set to DIM. circuit breaker on the copilot’s side circuit
Power for the pilot’s mode advisory panel is breaker panel and by the 28-volt isolated DC
provided by the 28-volt essential DC bus by bus by way of the MACAWS NAV circuit
way of the MACAWS PILOT circuit breaker on breaker on the pilot’s side circuit breaker
the copilot’s side circuit breaker panel and by panel.
the 28-volt isolated DC bus by way of the
2B-7.3 Master Caution and Warning Panels
MACAWS PILOT circuit breaker on the pilot’s
(See Figures 2B-2 and 2B-20). The two master
side circuit breaker panel.
caution and warning panels are located under
2B-7.2.2 Copilot’s Mode Advisory Panel. The the glareshield in front of the pilot and copilot
copilot’s mode advisory panel contains seven and operate simultaneously. They are multi-
rows of four lights and is located on the left ple input, NVIS compatible light displays
side of the copilot’s instrument panel. In the which alert the aircrew to impending danger-
normal mode (NVIS not selected), the mode ous conditions. Each panel consists of five
advisory panel lights will be on full bright as NVIS red warning lights, two NVIS green cau-
long as the MACAWS switch is set to BRT. tion lights, and an NVIS yellow master caution
Placing the MACAWS switch to DIM will light/switch. The warning lights come on
reduce the brightness of the mode advisory when a warning condition exists and remain
panel lights if the TSTM switch is not set to on until the warning condition no longer exists.
ON and the copilot’s INSTR brightness control The caution lights come on when a caution
knob is not in detent (OFF). In the NVIS mode condition exists and remain on until the cau-
(MSTR switch set to NVIS), the mode advisory tion condition no longer exists. The master
panel lights will be on dim and may be caution light comes on flashing when a caution
adjusted to lower levels of brightness with the light on the systems caution/advisory panel
copilot’s INSTR knob as long as the MACAWS comes on and goes off when pressed.
switch is set to DIM. Power for the copilot’s
2B-7.3.1 Pilot’s Master Caution and Warning
mode advisory panel is provided by the 28-volt
Panel. In the normal mode (NVIS not
essential DC bus by way of the MACAWS
selected), the lights will be on full bright as
COPILOT circuit breakers on the copilot’s side
long as the MACAWS switch is set to BRT.
circuit breaker panel and by the 28-volt iso-
lated DC bus by way of the MACAWS
reduce the brightness of the lights if the TSTM
COPILOT circuit breaker on the pilot’s side
switch is not set to ON and the pilot’s INST
brightness control knob is not in detent (OFF).
2B-7.2.3 Navigator’s Mode Advisory Panel. In the NVIS mode (MSTR switch set to NVIS),
The navigator’s mode advisory panel contains the caution lights will be on dim and may be
seven rows of four lights and is located on the adjusted to lower levels of brightness with the
left side in the upper left corner of the naviga- pilot’s INST knob as long as the MACAWS
tor’s instrument panel. In the normal mode switch is set to DIM. The red warning lights
33-16-00
2B-60 Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Airplanes Prior to AF93-1036, Except AF92-1094, AF92-1095, and AF92-2104
Figure 2B-18. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Mode Advisory Panels Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-61
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Airplanes AF92-1094, AF92-1095, AF92-2104, and AF93-1036 and Up
Figure 2B-18. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Mode Advisory Panels Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-16-00
2B-62 Change 4
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
and yellow master caution light come on dim switch is set to DIM. The red warning lights
in the NVIS mode but cannot be adjusted to a and yellow master caution light come on dim
lower level of brightness. in the NVIS mode but cannot be adjusted to a
lower level of brightness.
2B-7.3.2 Copilot’s Master Caution and Warn-
ing Panel. In the normal mode (NVIS not 2B-8 FLIGHT STATION INSTRUMENT PANEL
selected), the lights will be on full bright as FLOODLIGHTS.
long as the MACAWS switch is set to BRT.
instruments on the pilot’s and copilot’s main
reduce the brightness of the lights if the TSTM
instrument panels, the engine instrument
switch is not set to ON and the copilot’s INSTR
panel, the pilot’s and copilot’s side shelves, the
brightness control knob is not in detent (OFF).
overhead instrument panel, and the naviga-
In the NVIS mode (MSTR switch set to NVIS),
tor’s instrument panel. With the exception of
the caution lights will be on dim and may be
the navigator’s floodlights, they are all green
electroluminescent panels.
copilot’s INSTR knob as long as the MACAWS
Figure 2B-19. Navigator’s Mode Advisory Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-16-00
Change 4 2B-63
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-20. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Master Caution and Warning Panels Electrical Schematic Diagram
2B-8.1 Pilot’s Instrument Panel, Engine out of the OFF position turns the floodlights on
Instrument Panel, and Pilot’s Side Shelf Flood- dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock-
lights (See Figures 2B-2, 2B-21, and 2B-22). wise brightens the lights to maximum bright-
The pilot’s and engine instrument panel elec- ness at the BRT position. If NVIS is not
troluminescent floodlights are mounted under selected (MSTR switch set to NORM) and the
the glareshield and the pilot’s side shelf elec- thunderstorm lights are turned on (TSTM
troluminescent floodlight is mounted on a switch to ON), the brightness control is
bracket above the side shelf. These floodlights bypassed and the floodlights come on full
are controlled by the FLD brightness control bright. Power for the secondary lighting dim-
knob on the PLT LTS control panel located on mer control is provided through lighting con-
the pilot’s side shelf. Rotating the FLD knob trol unit No.1 located underdeck.
33-16-00
2B-64 Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-8.2 Copilot’s Instrument Panel and Side control knob on the NAV LTS control panel
Shelf Floodlights (See Figures 2B-2, 2B-21 and which is located on the navigator’s console.
2B-23). The copilot’s instrument panel elec- Rotating the FLD knob out of the OFF position
troluminescent floodlight is mounted under turns the floodlights on dim and continuing to
the glareshield and the copilot’s side shelf elec- rotate the knob clockwise brightens the lights
troluminescent floodlight is mounted on a to maximum brightness at the BRT position.
bracket above the side shelf. These floodlights Power is provided to the navigator’s floodlight
are controlled by the FLD brightness control control through lighting control unit No.2
knob on the CP LTS control panel which is located in the flight station underbunk area or
located on the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating the at the radio operator’s station on HC-130(H)N
FLD knob out of the OFF position turns the airplanes.
floodlights on dim and continuing to rotate the
knob clockwise brightens the lights to maxi- 2B-9 FLIGHT STATION CIRCUIT BREAKER
mum brightness at the BRT position. If NVIS PANEL LIGHTS.
is not selected (MSTR switch set to NORM) and
the thunderstorm lights are turned on (TSTM Illumination of circuit breaker panels in the
switch to ON), the brightness control potenti- flight station is provided by NVIS green edge
ometer is bypassed and the floodlights come on lighting.
full bright. Power for the copilot’s main instru-
ment panel and copilots side panel floodlights 2B-9.1 Pilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights
is provided through lighting control unit No. 2 (See Figures 2B-2, 2B-21, and 2B-26). The
to copilots floodlight dimmer control. Light pilot’s circuit breaker panel edge lights are
control unit No. 2 is located underbunk or on controlled by the brightness control knob on
HC-130(H)N airplanes, at the radio operator’s the PILOTS CKT BKR LT control panel. The
station. PILOTS CKT BKR LT control panel is located
2B-8.3 Overhead Instrument Panel Flood- on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotating the bright-
lights (See Figures 2B-2, 2B-21 and 2B-24). The ness control knob out of the OFF position turns
two overhead instrument panel elec- the lights on dim and continuing to rotate the
troluminescent floodlights are mounted on the knob clockwise brightens the lights to maxi-
aft edge of the overhead panel and the aft edge mum brightness at the BRT position. Power is
of the fuel quantity panel and are directed provided to the pilot’s circuit breaker lighting
forward. These floodlights are controlled by control through lighting control unit No.1
the FLD brightness control knob on the OVHD located underdeck.
PNL LTS control panel which is located on the
copilot’s side shelf. Rotating the FLD knob out 2B-9.2 Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights
of the OFF position turns the floodlights on (See Figures 2B-2, 2B-21, and 2B-26). The
dim and continuing to rotate the knob clock- copilot’s circuit breaker panel edge lights are
wise brightens the lights to maximum bright- controlled by the brightness control knob on
ness at the BRT position. Power is provided to the COPILOTS CKT BKR LT control panel.
the overhead panel floodlights dimmer control The COPILOTS CKT BKR LT control panel is
through lighting control unit No.2. located in located on the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating the
the flight station underbunk area or on HC- brightness control knob out of the OFF position
130(H)N airplanes, at the radio operator’s turns the lights on dim and continuing to
station. rotate the knob clockwise brightens the lights
2B-8.4 Navigators’s Instrument Panel Flood- to maximum brightness at the BRT position.
lights (See Figures 2B-2, 2B-21 and 2B-25). The Power is provided to the copilot’s circuit
two white and two green navigator’s instru- breaker lighting control through lighting con-
ment panel floodlights are mounted on the trol unit No.2 located in the flight station
hood over the navigator’s panel. These flood- underbunk area or at the radio operator’s sta-
lights are controlled by the FLD brightness tion on HC-130(H)N airplanes.
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-65
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-21. Location of Floodlights, Floor Lights, Circuit Breaker Panels, and Letdown Chartholders
Figure 2B-22. Pilot’s Instrument Panel, Engine Instrument Panel, and Pilot’s Side Shelf Floodlights Electrical
Schematic Diagram
33-16-00
2B-66 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-23. Copilot’s Instrument Panel and Side Shelf Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
Figure 2B-24. Overhead Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-16-00
Change 6 2B-67
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-25. Navigator’s Instrument Panel Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
2B-10 FLIGHT STATION FLOOR LIGHTS (SEE (MSTR switch set to NVIS), power is switched
FIGURES 2B-21 AND 2B-27). from the white lights to the green lights. Two
knobs located on the upper front side of the
The three electroluminescent floor lights are
chartholder regulate the intensity of the light.
mounted to the left, rear, and right of the flight
A stowage bracket is provided to store the
engineer’s chair base. The lights are controlled
chartholder if necessary. The chartholder
by the FL brightness control potentiometer on
lights are powered directly from the 28-volt
the NAV LTS control panel which is located on
main DC bus through the INTERIOR LIGHTS
the navigator’s console. Rotating the FL knob
LETDOWN CHART PILOT & COPILOT cir-
out of the OFF position turns the floor lights on
breaker panel.
ness at the BRT position. Power is provided to 2B-12 SEXTANT LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 2B-4
the floor lights control through lighting control AND 2B-5).
unit No.1 located underdeck.
Three lights are provided as an integral part of
2B-11 LETDOWN CHARTHOLDER LIGHTS (SEE
the sextant to illuminate the watch, altitude
FIGURES 2B-21 AND 2B-28).
counters, bubble, and true heading scale.
A letdown chartholder is provided for each These lights are controlled by an on-off switch
control column and provides the pilot and and bubble light rheostat on the sextant. If
copilot with individualized chartholder light NVIS is selected (MSTR switch set to NVIS),
dimming controls. The chartholder is mounted power to the sextant lights is interrupted and
in the center of each control column with a they cannot be turned on. Power is supplied by
positive lock between the chartholder and the the 28-volt main DC bus and is available at the
bracket so that the chartholder will not disen- control switch whenever the INTERIOR
gage due to vibration or negative g loads. The LIGHTS FLT MECH & NAV UTILITY circuit
letdown chartholders have both white and breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
green lighting and when NVIS is selected panel is closed.
33-16-00
2B-68 Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-26. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-69
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2B-27. Flight Station Floor Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
Figure 2B-28. Pilot’s and Copilot’s Letdown Chartholder Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-16-00
2B-70 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2B-13 FLIGHT STATION UNDERDECK LIGHT with the CREW ENTRANCE LIGHT switch on
(SEE FIGURES 2B-2, 2B-4, AND 2B-5). the crew entrance door warning light panel.
The crew entrance light has both a green and a
There is a light mounted under the flight deck
white bulb and when NVIS is selected (MSTR
to provide illumination for the underdeck area.
switch set to NVIS), power is switched from the
The light is turned on and off with the UNDER
white bulb to the green bulb. Power is pro-
DECK LIGHT switch on the crew entrance
vided by the 28-volt main DC bus by way of the
door warning light panel. The underdeck light
INTERIOR LIGHTS THUNDERSTORM &
has both a green and a white bulb and when
FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker on the copilot’s
NVIS is selected (MSTR switch set to NVIS),
power is switched from the white bulb to the
green bulb. Power is provided by the 28-volt 2B-15 LH CIRCUIT BREAKER CABINET LIGHTS
main DC bus by way of the INTERIOR (SEE FIGURES 2B-2, 2B-3, AND 2B-3.1).
LIGHTS FLT MECH & NAV UTILITY circuit
Two NVIS green lights are installed in the
pilot’s circuit breaker cabinet and are turned
panel.
on and off with the CAB LTS switch. The CAB
2B-14 CREW ENTRANCE LIGHT (SEE FIGURES LTS switch is located above the pilot’s upper
2B-2, 2B-3, AND 2B-3.1). circuit breaker panel. Power for these lights is
provided by the 28-volt main DC bus through
There is a light mounted under the crew
the INTERIOR LIGHTS THUNDERSTORM &
entrance door warning light panel to provide
FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker located on the
crew entrance door. The light is turned on
33-16-00
Change 3 2B-71/(2B-72 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IIC. FLIGHT STATION LIGHTING
MC-130E AND MC-130H AIRPLANES
2C-1. GENERAL. Lighting is provided for pilot’s, copilot’s and

engine instruments, panel edge lighting,
MC-130E and MC-130H airplanes flight sta-
flight control pedestal, overhead panel, pilot’s
tion lighting consists of white dome lights for
and copilot’s side shelves, circuit breaker
general lighting, thunderstorm lights, flood-
panels, dual navigator panel (MC-130E), Elec-
lights for instrument panel lighting, edge
tronic Warfare Officer (EWO) (MC-130E),
lighting for all control and circuit breaker
Navigator/Electronic Warfare Officer (NAV/
panels, integral and post instrument lights,
EWO) console, and COMM console (MC-
and individual crew utility lights. The flight
130H). The individual white lights on each
station is also equipped with night vision gog-
panel are connected to a common light circuit,
gle (NVG) compatible lighting for covert oper-
which is controlled by a multiple-tap trans-
ations. Flight station warning, caution, and
former or rheostat controls.
advisory (WCA) lights are all NVG compati-
ble. For NVG operation, all NVG non-com- 2C-3.1 Main Instrument Primary Panel
patible lighting is turned off and the NVG Lights (See Figures 2C-1 thru 2C-4). MC-
compatible lighting system is turned on. 130E pilot’s instrument panel lights are con-
trolled by the PILOTS INSTRUMENT
2C-2. FLIGHT STATION DOME AND THUN- PANEL LIGHTS INSTRUMENT, HSI, and
DERSTORM LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 2C-1 ADI controls on the pilot’s side shelf and
THRU 2C-4). lower/side circuit breaker bulkhead. The
copilot’s instrument panel lights are con-
Thunderstorm lighting is provided by white trolled by the COPILOTS INSTRUMENT
dome lights (three on MC-130E) (four on MC- LIGHTS INSTRUMENT, HSI, and ADI con-
130H), two white thunderstorm floodlights, trols, located on the copilot’s side shelf and
and main instrument panel white floodlights. lower/side circuit breaker bulkhead. MC-
Thunderstorm lights are controlled by a two- 130H airplanes do not have separate HSI and
position (ON, OFF) lever-lock, pull to throw ADI light controls; the INSTRUMENT
THUNDERSTORM LIGHTS switch on the LIGHTS INSTRUMENT control on the MC-
pilot’s side shelf. Dome lights are controlled 130H airplane operates all pilot and copilot
by the FLIGHT DECK DOME rheostat con- instrument panel lights. The engine instru-
trol, located on the pilot’s side shelf. Rotating ment panel lights are controlled by the
the FLIGHT DECK DOME control clockwise ENGINE INST control, located on the pilot’s
out of the OFF position turns the dome and side shelf. Rotating any of these controls
thunderstorm lights on dim. The brightness clockwise out of the OFF position turns its
increases as the control is rotated toward respective instrument panel lights on dim.
BRIGHT. One navigator’s overhead dome The brightness increases as the control is
light is controlled by an ON-OFF switch adja- rotated toward BRIGHT. The COMM console
cent to the light. Power is supplied by 28 volt panel lights are controlled by the PANEL
DC from the main DC bus through the INTE- LIGHTS control on the COMM console light
RIOR LIGHTS THUNDERSTORM & control panel. The controls for the instru-
FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker on the ment panel lights for the pilot, copilot, navi-
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. When gator, EWO, and COMM console operate the
the thunderstorm lights are on, all WCA same when any of these controls are turned
lights illuminate at maximum brightness. slightly clockwise from the OFF position. The
Dome and thunderstorm lighting are not main instrument panel primary lights are
NVG compatible. NVG compatible on MC-130E airplanes only.
115-volt, single phase, AC power is supplied
2C-3. FLIGHT STATION PRIMARY INSTRU- by the essential AC bus, phase A, through the
MENT PANEL LIGHTING. PRIMARY INSTRUMENT LIGHT, PILOT,
33-17-00
Change 11 2C-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
COPILOT, and ENGINE fuses, located on the circuit breakers located near the respective
upper main AC distribution panel and 15 light controls on the pilot’s and copilot’s side
amp (seven on MC-130E) (three on MC-130H) shelves.
33-17-00
2C-2 Change 11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-1. Location of Flight Station Lights (MC-130E Airplanes) (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-17-00
(2C-2.1 blank)/2C-2.2 Change 11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-1. Location of Flight Station Lights (MC-130E Airplanes) (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-17-00
Change 7 2C-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-2. Location of Flight Station Lights (MC-130H Airplanes) (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-17-00
2C-4 Change 11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-2. Location of Flight Station Lights (MC-130H Airplanes) (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-17-00
Change 11 2C-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-3. Flight Station Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130E Airplanes) (Sheet 1 of 4)
33-17-00
2C-6 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
Change 7 2C-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
2C-8 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
Change 7 2C-9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-4. Flight Station Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130H Airplanes) (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-17-00
2C-10 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
Change 7 2C-11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
2C-12 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2C-3.2 Center Pedestal and Pilot’s Side Lighting of the overhead control panel is pro-
Shelf Instrument Lights (See Figures 2C-1 vided by primary and secondary lighting sys-
thru 2C-4). The center pedestal and pilot’s tems. The primary system consists of NVG
side shelf instrument lights are controlled by compatible edge lights mounted on each of
the LIGHTS CENTER STAND & PILOTS the panels in the overhead group. With the
SIDE PANEL control on the pilot’s side shelf. exception of the fuel quantity indicator light-
Rotating the LIGHTS CENTER STAND & ing, flight engineer’s ICS control panel, and
PILOTS SIDE PANEL control clockwise out the landing/taxi light control panel, the lights
of the OFF position turns the center pedestal on all panels are connected to a common light
and pilot’s side shelf instrument lights on circuit and are controlled by an OVERHEAD
dim. The brilliance increases as the control is PANEL EDGE LIGHTS control on the
rotated towards BRIGHT. On MC-130H, the copilot’s side shelf. The fuel quantity indica-
center pedestal and pilot’s side shelf lights tor lights are controlled by a FUEL QTY IND
are not NVG compatible. 28 volt DC power is LIGHT rheostat located above the copilot’s
supplied by the main DC bus through the circuit breaker panel. The overhead panel
CTR STD & PILOT SIDE PANEL INTERIOR edge and fuel quantity indicator lights receive
LIGHTS on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker 28 volts DC from the main DC bus through
panel. the OVERHEAD PRIMARY circuit breaker on
the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. The
2C-3.3 Copilot’s Side Shelf Instrument
lights in the flight engineers Intercommunica-
Panel Lights (See Figures 2C-1 thru 2C-4).
tion System (ICS) control panel, landing/taxi
The copilot’s side shelf lights are controlled
light control panel, and OBE panel are oper-
by the COPILOTS SIDE PANEL LIGHTS
ated by the FLT ENGR OVHD PNL LT con-
control on the copilot’s side shelf. Rotating
trol, located above the copilot’s circuit breaker
the COPILOTS SIDE PANEL LIGHTS con-
panel. These panel lights receive 115 volts,
trol clockwise out of the OFF position turns
single phase, AC power from the essential AC
the copilot’s side shelf lights on dim. The
bus, phase A, through a fuse on the upper
brilliance increases as the control is rotated
main AC distribution panel and a 15 amp cir-
towards BRIGHT. The copilot’s side shelf
cuit breaker located beside the FLT ENGR
instruments are not NVG compatible. Power
OVHD PNL LT control.
is received from the 28 volts DC main DC bus
through the INTERIOR LIGHTS COPILOT 2C-4. FLIGHT STATION INSTRUMENT
CKT BKR & SIDE PANEL circuit breaker on PANEL FLOODLIGHTS.
2C-4.1 Instrument Panel Floodlights (See
2C-3.4 Overhead Instrument Panel Lights Figures 2C-1 thru 2C-4). Floodlights and sec-
(MC-130E) (See Figures 2C-1 and 2C-3). ondary lights are provided to illuminate the
Lighting of the overhead control panel is pro- pilot’s, copilot’s, engine, flight engineer’s over-
vided by primary and secondary lighting sys- head, navigator’s, and EWO panels. Nine
tems. The primary system consists of NVG white lights are mounted on the glare shield
compatible edge lights mounted on each of over the main instrument panel. Three of the
the panels in the overhead group. With the main instrument panel secondary are on the
exception of the IFR PANEL LIGHTS, the pilot’s side of the panel and controlled by the
lights on all overhead panels are connected to pilots control, six are in the center and on the
a common light circuit and are controlled by copilot’s side and controlled by the copilot’s
an OVERHEAD PANEL EDGE LIGHTS con- control. Four white floodlights are mounted
trol on the copilot’s side shelf. The overhead on the hood over the NAV/EWO console.
panel edge and IFR PANEL lights receive 28 Eight secondary lights are mounted on the
volts DC from the main DC bus through the flight engineer’s overhead panel. The secon-
OVERHEAD PRIMARY circuit breaker on the dary lights are controlled by a pilot’s and
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. copilot’s INSTRUMENT PANEL FLOOD
LIGHTS OFF/BRIGHT rheostats, located on
2C-3.5 Overhead Instrument Panel Lights
the pilot’s and copilot’s side shelves. 28 volts
(MC-130H) (See Figures 2C-2 and 2C-4).
DC power is supplied to the pilot’s secondary
33-17-00
Change 7 2C-13
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
lights from the essential DC bus through the Dual Navigator lighting is provided by utility
PILOTS & ENG SEC INST LIGHTS circuit lights, edge-lit panels, and lighted switch
breaker, the copilot’s secondary lights receive indicators.
28 volts DC power from the isolated DC bus
2C-6.1 Console Lighting (See Figures 2C-5
through the COPILOT SECONDARY
and FO-5). The left and right navigator’s
LIGHTS circuit breaker. The NAV/EWO con-
instrument panel lights are controlled at two
sole secondary lights are controlled by rheo-
identical control panels mounted on the left
stats located on those respective light control
and right navigator’s, panel. Each control
panels, and are labeled CONSOLE FLOOD-
panel has two control switches, labeled 5V
LIGHTS OFF/BRIGHT the NAV/EWO console
NAV LT DIM BRT and 28V DIMMER DIM
secondary lights receive 28 volts DC power
BRT. Rotating the controls clockwise out of
from the essential DC bus through the NAV
the DIM position turns the respective lights
DIMMER and EWO DIMMER circuit break-
on dim. The brightness increases as the con-
ers. The flight engineer’s overhead panel sec-
trol is rotated towards BRT. The lights
ondary lights are controlled by the FLOOD
receive 115 volt, single phase AC power from
OVERHEAD PANEL LIGHTS OFF/BRIGHT
the essential AC bus through the LH NAV
rheostat on the copilot’s side shelf and receive
INSTR LT AND RH NAV INSTR LT circuit
28 volts DC power from the main DC bus
breakers on the pilot’s upper circuit breaker
through the INTERIOR LIGHTS OVER-
panel. The 115 volts AC is converted to 5
HEAD SECONDARY circuit breaker.
volts AC and 28 volts AC by a light dimmer
2C-4.1.1 All secondary lights illuminate power supply for each of the navigator posi-
dim when the control is rotated clockwise tions. The 5 volt power then passes through
from the OFF position and increase in bril- four 7.5 amp circuit breakers, located on the
liance as the control is rotated toward left navigator’s panel. Two circuit breakers
BRIGHT. Control rheostats for the pilot’s are labeled LH NAV 5VAC LTS ESS AC and
and copilot’s secondary lights are bypassed two are labeled RH NAV 5VAC LTS ESS AC.
when the thunderstorm lights are turned on All dual navigator station lights are NVG
and the lights illuminate at full brilliance. compatible.
2C-6.2 Map Reading Light NVG Lighting.
2C-5. FLIGHT STATION CIRCUIT BREAKER The map reading lights are changed to NVG
PANELS (SEE FIGURES 2C-1 THRU 2C-4). compatible lights. The lights have a rheostat,
Illumination of the circuit breaker nomencla- with click off, for variable intensity of the
ture on the flight station distribution panels lights, at the base of the light. Power for the
is provided by edge lights on the circuit map reading lights is provided by the main
breaker nameplate strips. The lights for the DC bus through the NAV DESK LTS circuit
pilot’s circuit breaker panel are controlled by breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
the PILOTS CKT BKR PANEL LIGHTS rheo- panel.
stat, located above the left-hand distribution 2C-7. EWO CONSOLE LIGHTING (MC-130E).
panel. 28 volts DC power for the lights is
supplied from the main DC bus through the The EWO console is provided with utility
PILOTS CKT BKR circuit breaker. Lights for lights, edge lighting, indicators, and post
the copilot’s circuit breaker panel are con- lights for the circuit breakers.
trolled by the COPILOTS CKT BKR PANEL 2C-7.1 Instrument Panel Lighting (See
LIGHTS rheostat above the right-hand distri- Figures 2C-6 and FO-2). The edge-lit panels
bution panel. 28 volts DC power for the for the Radio Operator (RO) are controlled by
lights is supplied from the main DC bus the 28V LIGHTS rheostat on the RO CON-
through the COPILOTS CKT BKR & SIDE SOLE LIGHTS dimmer control panel. The
PANEL circuit breaker. 5V LIGHTS rheostat is not operative. All
EWO console panel lights are NVG compati-
2C-6. DUAL NAVIGATOR CONSOLE LIGHT- ble except the HF-1 and HF-2 control panels.
ING (MC-130E). DC power is provided by the main ECM bus
33-17-00
2C-14 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
through the RADIO OPER PNL LT DC cir- through the 28 VDC CSL PNL LTS circuit
cuit breaker on the EWO console RADIO breaker on the EWO console MAIN ECM
CIRCUITS circuit breaker panel. BUS circuit breaker panel.
2C-7.2 EWO Switch Panel Lighting (See 2C-7.3.1 AC power is supplied by the main
Figures 2C-6 and FO-6). The EWO SWITCH ECM bus through the 5V LT DIMMERS
PANEL provides lighting for the AN/ALQ-172 PHASE C circuit breaker on the EWO console
fan control panel, AN/APR-46A receiver MAIN ECM BUS circuit breaker panel. The
remote control unit, AN/APR-46A remote pri- 115 VAC is converted to 5 VAC by a 0-6 VAC
ority scan control unit, intercom panel, moni- light dimmer power supply. Before 5 VAC
tor panel, QRC 84-02A control indicator power is supplied to the panels, it is passed
panel, ALE-40 programmer, AAR-44/ALE-40 through the No. 1 circuit breaker on the right
switch panel, QRC 84-05 remote switch con- EWO CONSOLE LIGHTS dimmer control
trol unit, ALE-40 CCU, AMU, oxygen regula- panel.
tor, and post lights for the BDHI and altime-
ter. Power is supplied by the 28 VDC CSL
2C-8. NAV/EWO AND COMM CONSOLE
PNL LTS circuit breaker on the EWO console
LIGHTING (MC-130H).
main ECM BUS circuit breaker panel. 28
VDC is applied to the DAY/NIGHT switch on NAV/EWO console lighting is provided by
the EWO SWITCH PANEL, and depending instrument and control panel lights. Addi-
on switch position, power is supplied to the tional lighting is provided through floodlights
panels. In the DAY position, 28 VDC is located on the NAV/EWO console. The
routed directly to the EWO switch panel, AN/ COMM console lighting is provided by panel
ALQ-172 fan control panel, AN/APR-46A lights.
receiver remote control unit, and AN/APR-
2C-8.1 Instrument and Control Panel Light-
46A remote priority scan control unit. In the
ing (See Figures 2C-7 and 2C-8). The NAV/
NIGHT position, 28 VDC is applied to the
EWO instrument and control panel lights are
right EWO CONSOLE LIGHTS dimmer con-
controlled by the PANEL LIGHTS and SIG &
trol panel, so that 0-28VDC can be varied by
IND LIGHTS controls on the navigator and
the 28V LIGHTS rheostat to all the panels.
EWO CONSOLE light control panels. The
To test the lamps on the EWO SWITCH
COMM console panel lights are controlled by
PANEL and AN/ALQ-172 fan control panel,
the PANEL LIGHTS control on the COMM
press and hold lamp test on the EWO
console light control panel. Rotating the
SWITCH PANEL to illuminate all switch
PANEL LIGHTS or SIG & IND LIGHTS con-
lights.
trols clockwise out of the OFF position turns
2C-7.3 EWO Console Lights Panel Lighting the respective lights on dim. The brightness
(See Figures 2C-6 and FO-6). There is a right increases as the control is rotated towards
and left EWO CONSOLE LIGHTS panel, and BRIGHT. The NAV/EWO instrument and
a circuit breaker light dimmer control panel. control panel lights are not NVG compatible.
Instrument panel lighting for both CDUs, air- Power is supplied by the 28 volt main DC bus
speed indicator, AN/ALQ-196 operator control through the NAV INST LIGHTS PRI circuit
panel, AN/ALQ-172 control indicator and con- breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
trol monitor, video monitor, and the AN/APR- panel. The navigator’s console lights receive
46A video select switch are controlled by the power from the NAV DIMMER circuit
5V LIGHTS rheostat on the right EWO CON- breaker, located on the pilot’s side circuit
SOLE LIGHTS dimmer control panel. Light- breaker panel. The EWO’s console lights
ing for the RADIO CIRCUITS, LH ECM BUS, receive power from two EWO DIMMER cir-
ESS ECM BUS, MAIN ECM BUS, and RH cuit breakers, one located on the pilot’s side
ECM BUS circuit breaker panels is controlled circuit breaker panel and the other on the
by the 28V LIGHTS rheostat on the left EWO copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. The
CONSOLE LIGHTS dimmer control panel. COMM console lights receive power from the
The 5V LIGHTS rheostat is not operative. COMM CONSOLE DIMMER circuit breaker
DC power is provided by the main ECM bus on the pilot’s side circuit breaker panel.
33-17-00
Change 11 2C-15
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-5. Dual Navigator Console (MC-130E Airplanes)
33-17-00
2C-16 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-6. EWO Console (MC-130E Airplanes)
33-17-00
Change 7 2C-17
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-7. NAV/EWO Console (MC-130H Airplanes)
33-17-00
2C-18 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-8. NAV/EWO and COMM Console Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130H Airplanes)
(Sheet 1 of 2)
33-17-00
(2C-18.1 blank)/2C-18.2 Change 11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-8. NAV/EWO and COMM Console Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130H Airplanes)
(Sheet 2 of 2)
33-17-00
Change 11 2C-19
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2C-8.2 Floodlights (See Figures 2C-7 and shelves for the pilot and copilot, on the over-
2C-8). Four white floodlights are mounted head control panel for the flight engineer, and
over the NAV/EWO console. The floodlights on the NAV/EWO console for their respective
are controlled by the FLOOD LIGHTS con- panels. Each group of lights is powered by a
trols on the NAV/EWO CONSOLE light con- rheostat dimmer connected across 115 volt
trol panels. Rotating the FLOOD LIGHTS AC power source. The slider provides full
control clockwise out of the OFF position line voltage for maximum brilliance at the
turns the floodlights on dim. The brightness BRT end and an adjustable minimum at the
increases as the control is rotated towards dim end, with a fixed resistor and an adjusta-
BRIGHT. The NAV/EWO instrument and ble potentiometer. The threshold potentiome-
control panel lights are not NVG compatible. ter is adjusted to approximately 25 volts AC
When the THUNDERSTORM LIGHTS switch to give extinction at the dim limit of each
is turned on, the lights go on full bright. dimmer control. Ringlights and visor lights
have a series rheostat to allow brilliance bal-
2C-9. FLIGHT STATION NVG LIGHTING.
ancing among the instruments. On airplanes
2C-9.1 Flight Station NVG Lighting (MC- modified by TO 1C-130(M)H-596, existing
130E) (See Figure 2C-9). The pilot and resistors in auxiliary light control units are
copilot instrument panels incorporate NVIS replaced. In the pilot’s, copilot’s, flight engi-
low level, filtered illumination to provide com- neer’s, and NAV/EWO operator’s NVG light
patibility with NVG goggles. All instrument control units existing resistors are replaced
displays, control panels and circuit breaker and additional resistors are installed. These
panels are NVG compatible except for the replacement/additional resistors decrease the
thunderstorm, dome, VHF No. 1 and 2, VHF voltage to the electroluminescent lights to
NAV No. 1 and 2, and HF No. 1 control panel increase their operational life.
lighting is NVG compatible.
2C-9.3 Electrolumenescent Lamps. A lamp
2C-9.1.1 NVG Lighting Control. The NVIS fixture consists of an EL lamp, color filter,
mode switch is a two-position (NVIS, NOR- and a microlouver which is contained in an
MAL) switch located on the copilot’s side aluminum frame. The EL lamp generates a
shelf. Placing the switch to the NVIS posi- low intensity illumination which is easily
tion disables non-NVG compatible panel light- dimmable and is NVG compatible with the
ing (VHF No. 1 and No. 2, VHF NAV No. 1 color filter. The lamps are replaceable by
and No. 2, and HF No. 1). In the NORMAL taking the lamp frame apart and unsoldering
position all lights are enabled. two electrical connections. The EL lamps
have tungsten elements and are very long
2C-9.2 Flight Station NVG Lighting (MC-
lived. EL lamps cannot be interchanged
130H) (See Figures 2C-10 and 2C-11). The
unless they have identical part numbers.
flight station is equipped with NVG compati-
ble lighting for covert operations. NVG light- 2C-9.4 Pilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel Lights.
ing can only be used with NVG goggles and These lights are not NVG compatible and are
with the normal interior lighting system automatically turned off when the NVG light-
turned off. The main NVG lighting is pro- ing system is in operation.
vided by a supplementary array of Elec-
2C-9.5 Copilot’s Circuit Breaker Panel
troluminescent (EL) lamp fixtures. The EL
Lights. These lights are not NVG compatible
floodlights are installed on each console to
and are automatically turned off when the
achieve uniform illumination with minimum
NVG lighting system is in operation.
glare to each crew position. On the flight
consoles, these strip lamps are mounted 2C-9.6 NVG Instrument Lights (MC-130H).
under the glare shield, on the instrument Backup instruments on the main instrument
panel. They are also mounted on the over- panel and four key instruments on the over-
head panel, side shelves, the pedestal, and head panel are illuminated for NVG opera-
the NAV/EWO console. tions with ringlights or visor lights.
2C-9.2.1 NVG Lighting Controls. NVG
light control units are located on the side
33-17-00
2C-20 Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-9. NVIS Lights Controls (MC-130E Airplanes)
33-17-00
Change 7 2C-21
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-10. NVIS Lights Controls (MC-130H Airplanes) (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-17-00
2C-22 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
Change 7 2C-23
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
2C-24 Change 11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-11. NVIS Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130H Airplanes) (Sheet 1 of 10)
33-17-00
Change 12 2C-25
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
2C-26 Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
Change 12 2C-27
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
2C-28 Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
Change 12 2C-28.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
2C-28.2 Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
Change 12 2C-28.3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
2C-28.4 Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
Change 12 2C-28.5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-17-00
2C-28.6 Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
These fixtures fit over the face of the instru- stowage containers are provided at the flight
ment using extended mounting hard ware. A engineer, navigator, and EWO stations.
microminiature connector provides the circuit
disconnect.
2C-9.7 Portable NVG Lights (MC-130H)
(See Figure 2C-10). Portable NVG lighting is
provided by paddlelights. Paddlelights and
33-17-00
Change 12 2C-29
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
2C-10. WARNING, CAUTION, AND ADVI- front flipper has two positions: GREEN and
SORY (WCA) SYSTEM. WHITE; the back flipper has two positions:
WHITE or IR (Infrared). For clear light, both
2C-10.1 WCA System (MC-130E) (See
flippers are in the WHITE position. For
Figures 2C-3 and 2C-4). The MC-130E WCA
NVG, one flipper is in WHITE and the other
indicator system is identical to the WCA sys-
is in GREEN. For IR (infrared 830 nanome-
tem installed on basic C-130 airplanes AF62-
ters and up), one flipper is in WHITE and the
1864 and up except that all lights are fitted
other is in IR. There is a pushbutton on the
with NVG compatible filters.
rear of the light that bypasses the rheostat
2C-10.2 WCA System (MC-130H) (See Fig- and the illuminates the light on full bright.
ure 2C-12). The WCA indicator system con- Power for the pilot and copilot utility light is
sists of WCA lights that contain NVG compat- from the main DC bus through the INTE-
ible optical filters. The lights in the fire RIOR LIGHTS PILOT & COPILOT circuit
emergency control handles are green, other breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
warning lights are yellow, caution and advi- panel. Power for the flight engineer’s utility
sory lights are also green. The WCA lights light is provided by the main DC bus through
are common to the normal and NVG lighting the INTERIOR LIGHTS FLT MECH NAVI-
systems. WCA lights containing NVG filters GATOR UTILITY circuit breaker on the
are identified by a green dot on the light cap, copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
or the entire cap is painted green. When a
2C-11.2 Dual Navigator Utility Lights (MC-
caution or warning light illuminates, a signal
130E) (See Figures 2C-1 thru 2C-4). The util-
is also sent to a video monitor, informing the
ity lights are the same type as the pilot,
crew of the system abnormality.
copilot, and flight engineer. Power for the
2C-10.2.1 WCA Dimmers. The WCA indica- two lower utility lights is provided by the
tor system provides three dimming levels for main DC bus through the NAV DESK LTS
the WCA lights. The desired dim level is circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit
selected with a three position selector on the breaker panel. Power for the two upper util-
miscellaneous light control panel. The DIM 1 ity lights is provided by the main DC bus
position provides normal night brilliance through the INTERIOR LIGHTS FLT MECH
levels. The DIM 2 and DIM 3 positions pro- NAVIGATOR UTILITY circuit breaker on the
vide reduced brilliance levels which are to be copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
used with night vision goggles. The WCA
2C-11.3 EWO Utility Light NVG Lighting
indicators are automatically dimmed to the
(MC-130E) (See Figures 2C-1 thru 2C-4). The
selected level when the pilot’s NVG light
EWO console is provided with five NVG com-
switch is ON. The WCA lights will automati-
patible utility lights, for use by the RO, and
cally illuminate at full brilliance when the
the EWO. The utility lights are the same as
normal flight station light system is being
the pilot, copilot, and flight engineer utility
used or when the thunderstorm lights are
lights. DC power is provided by the main
turned on.
ECM bus through the UTILITY LIGHTS cir-
2C-11. UTILITY LIGHTS. cuit breaker on the EWO console MAIN ECM
BUS circuit breaker panel.
2C-11.1 Flight Station Utility Lights (MC-
130E) (See Figures 2C-1 thru 2C-4). The 2C-11.4 Utility Lights (MC-130H) (See
pilot, copilot, and flight engineer utility lights Figures 2C-1 thru 2C-4). Utility lights are
on the overhead panel are NVG compatible. located in the flight station. The lights are
The lights have a rheostat for variable inten- mounted at the pilot, copilot, flight engineer,
sity of the lights, when the lights are off in navigator, and electronic warfare stations.
the DIM-OFF position. There is a knurled The lights are adjustable to either a spot or
tube on the front of the light that is used to flood pattern and are equipped with a rheo-
vary the light from spot to flood. There are stat to vary brilliancy from off to full bright.
two flippers on the light, which are used to A spring-loaded push-button switch bypasses
changed the lenses in front of the light. The the rheostat control to turn the light on at
33-17-00
2C-30 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 2C-12. WCA Lights Controls and Schematic Diagram (MC-130H Airplanes)
33-17-00
Change 7 2C-31
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
full brilliance as long as the switch is under the crew entrance door warning light
depressed. Green filters are attached to the panel. The light is turned CLEAR/OFF/RED
lights to make the utility lights NVG compat- by the CREW ENTRANCE LIGHT switch on
ible. The pilot and copilot lights receive 28 the crew entrance door warning light panel.
volt DC power from the main DC bus through Power is supplied by the 28 volt main DC bus
the PILOTS & COPILOTS UTILITY LIGHTS through the INTERIOR LIGHTS THUNDER-
circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit STORM & FLIGHT DECK circuit breaker on
breaker panel. The flight engineer, naviga- the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
tor, and EWO lights receive 28 volt DC power
2C-14. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
from the main DC bus through the FLT
REQUIREMENTS.
MECH NAVIGATOR UTILITY circuit
breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-33JG-00-1 for special
panel. maintenance requirements.
2C-12. FLIGHT STATION UNDERDECK 2C-15. CONSUMABLE MATERIALS LIST.
LIGHT (SEE FIGURES 2C-1 THRU 2C-4).
Refer to applicable Job Guide (JG) input con-
There is a dome light mounted under the ditions for a list of consumable materials
flight deck to provide illumination of the required to perform a particular maintenance
underdeck area. The light is turned ON/OFF function.
by the UNDER DECK LIGHT switch on the
2C-16. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST.
crew entrance door warning light panel.
Power is supplied by the 28 volt main DC bus Refer to applicable JG input conditions for a
through the INTERIOR LIGHTS FLT MECH list of special tools and test equipment to per-
NAVIGATOR UTILITY circuit breaker on the form a particular maintenance function.
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-00GE-00-1 and, or TO
1C-130(M)H-2-00GE-00-1 for fabrication of
2C-13. CREW ENTRANCE LIGHT (SEE
any locally manufactured tools or test
FIGURES 2C-1 THRU 2C-4).
equipment.
To illuminate the floor area just inside the
crew entrance door, there is a light mounted
33-17-00
2C-32 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section III. CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
3-1. GENERAL. These lights are divided into four groups

according to the portion of the cargo compart-
The cargo compartment lighting consists of
ment and loading area they illuminate. Each
overhead dome lights for general area light-
light assembly consists of two lamps, a clear
ing, floor lights, cargo loading lights, and
one, and a red one. On HC-130(H)N air-
jump platform lights. On AC-130H airplanes,
planes prior to AF92-2104 and C-130H air-
floor and jump platform lights are not pro-
planes prior to AF95-1001, each light assem-
vided. There is also a light in the nose land-
bly consists of two lamps: a clear one and a
ing gear wheel well and on airplanes AF83-
red one. On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-
0486 and up there are lights in the main
2104 and up and C-130H airplanes AF95-
landing gear wheel wells. On HC-130(H)N
1001 and up, each light assembly consists of
airplanes the scanner’s station and plotter’s
two lamps: a white one and a green one. The
worktable are provided with lights.
clear/white lamps provide general illumina-
3-2. CARGO AREA DOME LIGHTS. tion of the cargo compartment and loading
area.
Overhead dome lights are mounted through-
out the length of the cargo compartment.
All Airplanes Except HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up

and C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up
Figure 3-1. Forward and Center Cargo Area Dome Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-30-00
Change 6 3-1
3-2
Change 4
33-30-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up and C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up
Figure 3-1. Forward and Center Cargo Area Dome Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-1.1. Forward, Center, Aft Cargo, and Ramp Dome Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H
Airplanes)
33-30-00
Change 6 3-2.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Except on AC-130H airplanes, the red/green equally divided between the left and right
lamps are used for night paratroop jumps to side of the cargo compartment forward of the
enable the paratroopers to adapt their eyes to center wing section. Three dome lights are
the darkness. On AC-130H airplanes, the mounted on each side of the fuselage about 10
cargo area dome lights have been modified by feet from the cargo floor and two lights are
the addition of two relays located on the left mounted on the forward edge of the center
side of the cargo compartment. These relays wing section about 3.5 feet on each side of the
are energized from the ALARM BELL center line of the airplane. On all airplanes
switches on the pilot’s or copilot’s side shelf. except AC-130H airplanes and HC-130(H)N
The relays are connected to the cargo area AF92-2104 and up and C-130H airplanes
dome lights and when the alarm bells are AF95-1001 and up, the forward cargo area
sounded, the dome lights are illuminated. dome lights are controlled from the forward
Power for the alarm bells is supplied by the cargo compartment interphone panel located
28-volt essential AC bus BATTERY BUS (DC) in the cargo compartment, outboard of the
- ALARM BELL circuit breaker on the pilot’s entrance from the cargo compartment to the
side circuit breaker panel. flight station. On AC-130H airplanes, the for-
ward cargo area dome lights are controlled
3-2.1 Forward Cargo Area Dome Lights (See
from the forward cargo compartment lighting
Figures 3-1, 3-1.1, 3-2, and 3-3). The eight
control panel, located above the No. 1 Gun.
lights in the forward cargo area group are
33-30-00
3-2.2 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-2. Location of Cargo Area Lights
33-30-00
Change 6 3-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
All Airplanes Except HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up,

C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up, and AC-130H Airplanes
Figure 3-3. Location of Controls for Forward Cargo Area Lights and Cargo Floor Lights (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-30-00
3-4 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-3. Location of Controls for Forward Cargo Area Lights and Cargo Floor Lights (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-30-00
Change 4 3-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
AC-130H Airplanes
Figure 3-3. Location of Controls for Forward Cargo Area Lights and Cargo Floor Lights
(Sheet 2.1 of 2)
33-30-00
3-6 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
The CARGO AREA DOME LTS - FWD color 3-2.2 Center Cargo Area Dome Lights (See
control switch (CLEAR, OFF, RED) turns the Figures 3-1, 3-1.1, 3-2, and 3-3). Six lights
dome lights on white or red and the dimming (five on HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104
control switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the and up) in the center cargo area group are
brightness of the lights when they are on mounted on the overhead trough in the center
clear. Power is supplied by the 28-volt main of the cargo compartment forward of the
DC bus and the controls are energized when center wing section. On all airplanes except
the CARGO AREA LIGHTING - FWD DOME AC-130H and HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-
circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit 2104 and up, the center cargo area dome
breaker panel is closed. On HC-130(H)N air- lights are controlled from the forward cargo
planes AF92-2104 and up, the foward and compartment interphone panel located in the
center cargo dome lights are jointly operated cargo compartment, outboard of the entrance
from the cargo area lights panel at the left from the cargo compartment to the flight sta-
scanner station. On C-130H airplanes AF95- tion. On AC-130H airplanes, the center cargo
1001 and up, the forward and center cargo area dome lights are controlled from the for-
dome lights are jointly operated from the ward cargo compartment lighting control
cargo area lights panel at the loadmaster sta- panel, located above the No. 1 Gun. The
tion. The panel consists of an ON/OFF CARGO AREA DOME LTS - CTR color con-
switch, DIM/BRT knob, and NORM/NVIS trol switch (CLEAR, OFF, RED) turns the
switch. With the NORM/NVIS switch in the dome lights on white or red and the dimming
NVIS position, power to the lights is fed control switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the
through the NVIS cargo area relay No.1. brightness of the lights when they are on
clear.
Figure 3-4. Aft Cargo and Ramp Area Dome Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (All Airplanes Except
HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up and C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up)
33-30-00
Change 6 3-6.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Power is supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus on the aft fuselage junction box panel is
and the controls are energized when the closed. On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104
CARGO AREA LIGHTING - CTR DOME cir- and up, aft cargo and ramp dome lights are
cuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit controlled by the AFT CARGO DOME LTS
breaker panel is closed. On HC-130(H)N air- ON/OFF switch and the DIM/BRT knob
planes AF92-2104 and up, the forward and located on the aft junction box panel. NVIS
center cargo dome lights are jointly operated mode is controlled by the NORM/NVIS switch
from the cargo area lights panel at the left on the cargo area lights panel at the left
scanner station. On C-130H airplanes AF95- scanner/loadmaster station.
1001 and up, the forward and center cargo
3-2.4 Ramp Area Dome Lights (See
dome lights are jointly operated from the
Figures 3-1.1, 3-2, 3-4, and 3-5). There are
cargo area lights panel at the loadmaster sta-
eight lights in the ramp area group and all
tion. The panel consists of an ON/OFF
are located aft of the center wing section.
switch, DIM/BRT knob, and NORM/NVIS
Four of the lights are divided between the left
switch. With the NORM/NVIS switch in the
and right side of the cargo compartment; on
NVIS position, power to the lights is fed
each side, two dome lights are mounted on
through the NVIS cargo area relay No. 2.
the side of the fuselage about 10 feet above
3-2.3 Aft Cargo Area Dome Lights (See the cargo floor, forward and aft of the para-
Figures 3-1.1, 3-2, 3-4, 3-5, and FO-1.1). troop door. Two lights are mounted on the
There are eight lights in the aft cargo area overhead fuselage structure above the ramp
group located aft of the center wing section. and about 3 feet to the left and right of the
Four of the lights are divided between the left center line of the airplane. One of the lights
and right side of the cargo compartment; on is located overhead about 8 feet aft of the aft
each side, one dome light is mounted on the end of the ramp on the right side of the air-
side of the fuselage about 10 feet from the plane and another is mounted 4 feet aft of the
cargo floor aft of the wheel well. The other end of the trough. The ramp area dome
light is mounted on the aft edge of the center lights are controlled from the aft fuselage
wing section about 3 feet from the center line junction box panel located on the left side of
of the airplane. Two of the lights in the aft cargo compartment, forward of the paratroop
cargo area group are mounted on the over- door. The RAMP LIGHTS - DOME color con-
head trough in the center of the cargo com- trol switch (WHITE, OFF, RED) turns the
partment and two are mounted on either side ramp area dome lights on white or red and
of the aft end of the trough. The aft cargo the dimming control switch (BRIGHT, DIM)
area dome lights are controlled from the aft controls the brightness of the lights when
fuselage junction box panel located on the left they are on white. Power is supplied by the
side of cargo compartment, forward of the 28 VDC aft fuselage bus and the controls
paratroop door. On airplanes other than HC- have power to them when the RAMP DOME
130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104 and up, and C- LIGHTS circuit breaker on the aft fuselage
130H airplanes AF95-1001 and up, the AFT junction box panel is closed. On HC-130(H)N
CARGO DOME LT color control switch airplanes AF92-2104 and up, and C-130H air-
(WHITE, OFF, RED) turns the dome lights planes AF95-1001 and up, aft cargo and ramp
on white or red and the dimming control area dome lights are controlled by the AFT
switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the bright- CARGO DOME LTS ON/OFF switch and the
ness of the lights when they are on white. DIM/BRT knob located on the aft junction box
Power is supplied by the 28 VDC aft fuselage panel. NVIS mode is controlled by the
bus and the controls are energized when the NORM/NVIS switch on the cargo area lights
AFT CARGO DOME LIGHTS circuit breaker panel at the left scanner’s/loadmaster station.
33-30-00
3-6.2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-5. Location of Controls for Aft Cargo Area Lights
33-30-00
Change 6 3-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
3-3. CARGO AREA FLOOR LIGHTS (SEE feet high on the side fuselage near the for-
FIGURES 3-2, 3-3, AND 3-6). ward edge of the ramp on both sides of the
airplane. The loading lights are mounted on
On airplanes other than AC-130H and HC-
a swivel base to permit horizontal adjust-
130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104 and up, and C-
ment. The cargo loading lights are controlled
130H airplanes AF95-1001 and up, 13 red
from the aft fuselage junction box panel
floor lights are mounted along the sides of the
located on the left side of cargo compartment,
cargo compartment to light the floor area.
forward of the paratroop door. The RAMP
On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104 and up,
LIGHTS - LOADING control switch turns the
and C-130H airplanes AF95-1001 and up, the
lights on and off. Power is supplied by the 28
floor lights are green for NVIS compatibility.
VDC aft fuselage bus and the controls have
The lights are located about 2 inches above
power to them when the RAMP LOADING
the cargo compartment floor and are mounted
LIGHTS circuit breaker on the aft fuselage
flush with the fuselage sidewalls to avoid
junction box panel is closed. On HC-130(H)N
obstructing the floor area. On C-130B air-
airplanes AF92-2104 and up, two infrared
planes and C-130E AF61-2358 through AF61-
floodlights are added for use during covert
2373 airplanes, one of the floor lights on the
operations. Infrared mode is controlled by
left side of the cargo compartment is mounted
the NORM/NVIS switch on the LH scanner’s
in the forward cargo door. The lights are pro-
station. On C-130H airplanes AF95-1001 and
vided with a diffusing type lens and are stag-
up, the infrared mode is controlled by the
gered along the side walls. Six lights are
MSTR switch on the cargo area lights control
located on the left side and seven on the right
panel. When the switch is placed to the
side to provide equal light distribution over
NVIS position, power is switched from the
the entire floor area. On airplanes other than
clear floodlights to the infrared floodlights.
HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104 and up,
and C-130H airplanes AF95-1001 and up, the 3-5. FORWARD CARGO DOOR LOADING
cargo area floor lights are controlled from the LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 3-3 AND 3-6).
forward cargo compartment interphone panel
On C-130B airplanes and C-130E airplanes
located in the cargo compartment, outboard of
prior to AF62-1784 not modified by TO 1C-
the entrance from the cargo compartment to
130-702, two clear lights are provided at the
the flight station. On HC-130(H)N airplanes
forward cargo door area to provide light for
AF92-2104 and up, and C-130H airplanes
loading operations. The forward cargo door
AF95-1001 and up, the floor lights are con-
loading lights are controlled from the forward
trolled by the FLOOR lights switch on the
cargo compartment interphone panel located
CARGO AREA LIGHTS panel at the left
in the cargo compartment, outboard of the
scanner’s/loadmaster station. The FLOOR
entrance from the cargo compartment to the
lights control switch (BRIGHT, OFF, DIM)
flight station. The FWD CARGO DOOR
provides the capability to turn the floor lights
LOADING LT control switch turns the lights
on dim or bright. Power is supplied by the
on and off. Power is supplied by the 28-volt
28-volt main DC bus and the controls have
main DC bus and the control switch is pow-
power to them when the CARGO AREA
ered when the FORWARD CARGO DOOR
LIGHTING - FLOOR circuit breaker on the
AREA LIGHTS circuit breaker on the
3-6. JUMP PLATFORM LIGHTS (SEE
3-4. RAMP LOADING LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 3-5 AND 3-6).
FIGURES 3-2, 3-5, AND 3-6).
Except on AC-130H airplanes, a light is pro-
On airplanes other than HC-130(H)N air- vided forward of each of the two paratroop
planes AF92-2104 and up, and C-130H air- doors to illuminate the two exits during para-
planes AF95-1001 and up, two clear flood- troop jump operation. The jump platform
lights are provided at the aft cargo loading lights are controlled from the aft cargo com-
area to provide light for night loading opera- partment interphone and PA control panel
tions. The two lights are mounted about 8 located on the left side of cargo compartment,
33-30-00
3-8 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
aft of the paratroop door. The JUMP PLATF breaker panel. On HC-130(H)N airplanes
LIGHTS control switch (ON, OFF) turns the AF92-2104 and up, NVIS control of the left
lights on and off. On HC-130(H)N airplanes, and right scanner stations lights is main-
the JUMP PLATFORM LIGHTS switch is on tained by the NORM/NVIS switch on the
the aft cargo compartment interphone and cargo areas lights panel at the left scanner’s
jump lights control panel. Power is supplied station.
by the 28 VDC aft fuselage bus and the con-
trols have power to them when the JUMP
3-8. PLOTTER’S WORKTABLE FLOOD-
PLATFORM LIGHTS circuit breaker on the
LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 3-2, 3-3, 3-7, AND 3-
aft fuselage junction box panel is closed.
9).
3-7. SCANNER’S CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS
On HC-130(H)N airplanes, the plotter’s work-
(SEE FIGURES 3-2, 3-3, 3-7, AND 3-8).
table is provided with three floodlights.
On HC-130(H)N airplanes prior to AF92- These lights are mounted on the bottom of
2104, the scanner’s control panel instrument the overhead trough above the plotter’s work-
and edge lights are controlled by the CON- table. The floodlights are controlled from the
TROL PANEL LIGHTS knob on the scanner’s PLOTTER WORKTABLE FLOODLIGHTS
station lights control panel. Rotating the knob on the plotter’s worktable floodlights
CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS knob out of the control panel which is located on the forward
OFF position turns the scanner’s control cargo compartment bulkhead outboard of the
panel lights on dim and continuing to rotate entrance to the flight station. Rotating the
the knob clockwise brightens the lights to PLOTTER WORKTABLE FLOODLIGHTS
maximum brightness at the BRIGHT posi- knob out of the OFF position turns the plot-
tion. Placing the WARNING LIGHT switch ter’s worktable floodlights on dim and contin-
on the scanner’s station lights control panel uing to rotate the knob clockwise brightens
to DIM activates a dimmer relay which the lights to maximum brightness at the
switches 200 ohms of impedence into the flare BRIGHT position. Power is supplied by the
launcher panel warning lights circuits and 28-volt main DC bus through the PLOTTERS
results in the warning lights dimming. Both WORK TABLE LIGHT circuit breaker on the
dimmer relays are located in the electrical copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. On HC-
equipment rack. Power for both the left and 130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104 and up, NVIS
right scanner’s stations control panel lights is control of the plotter’s worktable floodlights is
supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus through maintained by the NORM/NVIS switch on the
the INTERIOR LIGHTS - SCANNER STA cargo area lights panel at the left scanner’s
circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit station.
33-30-00
Change 6 3-9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1

Figure 3-6. Floor, Ramp Loading, and Jump Platform Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2)
33-30-00
3-10 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104, AF93-2105, and AF93-2106
Figure 3-6. Floor, Ramp Loading, and Jump Platform Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-30-00
Change 5 3-11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-6. Floor, Ramp Loading, and Jump Platform Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2.1 of 2)
33-30-00
3-12 Change 4
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-7. Scanner’s Panel and Plotter’s Worktable Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N
Airplanes Prior to AF92-2104)
3-9. SCANNER STATIONS UTILITY LIGHTS 3-10. CARGO AREA UTILITY LIGHTS (SEE
(SEE FIGURE 3-10). FIGURE 3-14).
On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104 and On AC-130H airplanes, there are six utility
up,each scanner’s station is equipped with a lights located in the cargo area. Two each of
utility light. The utility lights have coiled the utility lights are located at the cargo com-
cords that allow them to be removed from partment electronic equipment racks, the
their mounts and be used as hand lights. 20MM gun stations and the 40MM/105MM
Utility lights may be operated as either a gun stations. The utility lights all have
spotlight or floodlight and are equipped with coiled cords, which allow them to be removed
a rheostat to vary light intensity from off to from their mounting and used as a hand
full bright. Each utility light has a momen- light. The utility lights may be operated as
tary switch that permits the operator to either a spotlight or floodlight and are
instantly turn the light on to full bright. equipped with a rheostat to permit variable
Each light also has an optional green filter, light intensity. Each utility light is provided
which is required for use during NVIS opera- with an optional red filter. The utility lights
tion. Power is provided by the 28-volt main have a momentary switch which permits the
DC bus through the RADIO OPERATORS & operator to instantly turn the light on to full
SCANNERS UTIL LT circuit breaker on the bright. Power is supplied by the 28-volt
copilot’s upper circuit breaker panel. essential DC bus by way of the CARGO
33-30-00
Change 6 3-12.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
AREA UTIL LIGHTS circuit breaker on the provide NVG compatible green lighting. Con-
miscellaneous power distribution panel. trols are located in control boxes located near
the aft door and in the forward cargo area.
3-11. CARGO COMPARTMENT INTER-
Only one control box is active at a time.
PHONE AND OXYGEN REGULATORS
Selection of the control box is made by mov-
LIGHTS CIRCUITS (SEE FIGURE 3-11).
ing the enable switch on the front panel of
On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104 and up, the control box to the MOMENTARY ON
the cargo compartment is equipped with position. An indicator will come on showing
interphone control panels and oxygen regula- that this is the active control box. Separate
tors at various stations. The lights for these intensity controls are provided for different
panels and oxygen regulators are controlled areas of the cargo compartment lighting.
by the left scanner’s dimmer control. The No. Each circuit is controlled by a rotary switch
1 and No. 2 cargo area dimmers provide 5 with OFF fully CCW and BRIGHT fully CW.
VAC to the lights. An OVERHEAD EL LIGHT MASTER CON-
TROL switch is located next to the aft control
3-12. CARGO COMPARTMENT PANEL
box. The switch must be ON for the EL
LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 3-3.1, 3-12, AND 3-
lights to operate. Placing the switch in the
12.1).
OFF position disables all cargo compartment
On C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and up, the EL lights. Intensity of the NVIS control
cargo compartment is equipped with inter- panel lights in the cargo compartment is reg-
phone control panels and oxygen regulators at ulated through a rheostat located at the LH
various stations. The lights for these panels scanner station.
are controlled by the cargo area lighting con-
3-14. RADIO OPERATOR/RIGHT SCANNER
trol. The cargo area panel light dimmer pro-
STATION CONTROL PANEL EDGE LIGHT-
vides 5 VDC to the lights. On AC-130H air-
ING. (MC-130P AIRPLANES MODIFIED BY
planes, the cargo area panel lights (including
TO 1C-130-1312) (SEE FIGURE 3-15).
the gunners and scanners), and the oxygen
regulators located at the gunners and scan- The main DC bus provides the 28 VDC power
ners positions, are controlled by the CARGO for operation of the radio operator/right scan-
AREA PANEL LIGHTS knob, located on the ner station control panel edge lights. The
LH and RH DC lower distribution box. INTERIOR LIGHTS SCANNER circuit
Rotating the CARGO AREA PANEL LIGHTS breaker, in the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
knob counterclockwise, out of the OFF posi- panel, connects 28 VDC power through the
tion, turns the cargo area panel lights on. CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS rheostat to the
Continuing to rotate the knob brightens the station control panels. Control panel edge
lights to maximum brightness at the BRIGHT lighting of the data burst select panel is
position. Power is supplied through the 28- adjusted by potentiometers R2102SO and
volt essential DC bus by way of the CARGO R21103SO. The station work table lights are
AREA PANEL LIGHTS circuit breaker on the controlled by the light control panel CON-
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. TROL TABLE LIGHT rheostat. As each rhe-
ostat is turned clockwise, the amount of resis-
3-13. CARGO AREA ELECTROLUMINES-
tance connected in the light circuit is reduced,
CENT LIGHTING (SEE FIGURE 3-14).
and the lights grow dimmer until the OFF
An additional lighting system is installed in position is reached. When the rheostat is in
the cargo compartment for use during NVIS the OFF position, all power is disconnected
operations. This system incorporates Elec- from the circuit and the lights go out.
troluminescent (EL) panels in the ceiling to
33-30-00
3-12.2 Change 6
Figure 3-8. Scanner’s Panel Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up) (LH Scanner’s Panel Shown,
RH Scanner’s Panel Similar)
33-30-00
Change 3 3-13
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-9. Plotter’s Worktable Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF92-2104 and Up)
Figure 3-10. Scanner’s Utility Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up)
33-30-00
3-14 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-10.1. Cargo Area Utility Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-30-00
Change 6 3-14.1/(3-14.2 blank)
Figure 3-11. Cargo Compartment Interphone and Oxygen Control Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up)
33-30-00
Change 4 3-15
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-12. Cargo Compartment Panel Lights (C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up)
33-30-00
3-16 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-13. Cargo Area Panel Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-30-00
Change 6 3-17
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-14. Cargo Compartment NVIS Light Control Locations
33-30-00
3-18 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3-15. Radio Operator/Right Scanner Station Control Panel Potentiometer Adjustment
33-30-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IIIA. BOOTH LIGHTING (AC-130H AIRPLANES)
3A-1. GENERAL. be removed from their mounting and used as

a hand light. The utility lights may be oper-
The booth is located in the mid-section of the
ated as either a spotlight or floodlight and
cargo compartment. The Infrared (IR), Elec-
are equipped with a rheostat to permit varia-
tronic Warfare Officer (EWO), and Television
ble light intensity. The utility lights have a
(TV) operator crewmembers are located in the
momentary switch which permits the operator
booth. A two-man station for the IR and
to instantly turn the light on to full bright.
EWO operators is installed along the forward
Each utility light is provided with an optional
bulkhead of the booth. A second station for
red filter. Power is supplied by the 28-volt
the TV Operator is located at the right rear of
essential DC bus WORK LIGHTS circuit
the booth. Booth lighting consists of red or
breaker on the two-man circuit breaker panel.
white ceiling lights, utility lights, panel
lights, 5-volt lighting, console lights, and 3A-4. BOOTH PANEL LIGHTS.
work lights.
Booth panel lighting consists of white panel
3A-2. BOOTH CEILING LIGHTS. lighting for the IR Operator’s and EWO’s sta-
tion and the TV Operator’s station. Panel
Booth ceiling lighting consists of four red or lighting is adjustable from off to full bright.
white ceiling lights. Three ceiling lights are Additional edge lighting for the IR Operator’s
located over the IR Operator’s and EWO’s and EWO’s computers is provided through 5-
station and one ceiling light is located over volt lighting. Five-volt lighting is adjustable
the TV Operator’s station. The ceiling lights from dim to bright, there is no off position.
provide general illumination for the IR Oper-
ator, EWO, and TV Operator. 3A-4.1 IR Operator’s Panel Lights (See
Figures 3A-2 and 3A-3). Panel lighting on
3A-2.1 IR Operator’s and EWO’s Ceiling the IR station provides illumination for the
Lights (See Figures 3A-1, 3A-2, and 3A-3). panel nomenclature. Panel lighting is con-
Three ceiling lights are located over the IR/ trolled by the LIGHTING CONTROL -
EWO station. These lights can be selected PANEL rheostat on the IR lighting control
RED/OFF/WHITE by the CEILING LIGHTS panel. Rotating the LIGHTING CONTROL -
knob located on the ceiling lights control PANEL rheostat clockwise out of the OFF
panel. Power is supplied by the 28-volt position turns the panel lights on. Continu-
essential DC bus CEILING LIGHTS circuit ing to rotate the rheostat brightens the lights
breaker on the two-man circuit breaker panel to maximum brightness at the BRIGHT posi-
on the IR/EWO console. tion. Power is supplied by the 28-volt essen-
3A-2.2 TV Operator’s Ceiling Light (See tial DC bus PANEL LIGHTS circuit breaker
Figures 3A-1, 3A-4, and 3A-5). One ceiling on the two-man circuit breaker panel.
light is located over the TV Operator’s sta- 3A-4.2 EWO’s Panel Lights (See Figures 3A-
tion. This light can be selected RED/OFF/ 2 and 3A-3). Panel lighting on the EWO sta-
WHITE by the three-position toggle switch tion provides illumination for the panel
located on the aft wall of the booth by the nomenclature. Panel lighting is controlled by
entrance door. Power is supplied by the 28- the LIGHTING CONTROL - PANEL rheostat
volt essential DC bus CEILING LIGHTS cir- on the EWO lighting control panel. Rotating
cuit breaker on the two-man console circuit the LIGHTING CONTROL - PANEL rheostat
breaker panel on the IR/EWO console. clockwise out of the OFF position turns the
panel lights on. Continuing to rotate the rhe-
3A-3. BOOTH UTILITY LIGHTS.
ostat brightens the lights to maximum bright-
There are two utility lights located under- ness at the BRIGHT position. Power is sup-
neath the IR/EWO station, to provide addi- plied by the 28-volt essential DC bus PANEL
tional lighting to the consoles. The utility LIGHTS circuit breaker on the two-man cir-
lights have coiled cords, which allow them to cuit breaker panel.
33-31-00
Change 6 3A-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
3A-4.3 IR Operator’s and EWO’s 5-Volt panel lights on. Continuing to rotate the rhe-
Lighting (See Figures 3A-2 and 3A-3). A 5- ostat brightens the lights to maximum bright-
Volt lighting control panel is mounted on the ness at the BRIGHT position. Power is sup-
IR Operator’s and EWO’s console. The 5 plied by the 28-volt essential DC bus WORK
VOLT LIGHTING CONTROL rheostat pro- LIGHTS circuit breaker on the two-man cir-
vides dimming control of the AC voltage to cuit breaker panel.
the edge lighting of the computers. Rotating
3A-5.2 EWO’s Console Lights (See Figures
the 5 VOLT LIGHTING CONTROL knob
3A-2 and 3A-3). The two console lights on the
counterclockwise out of the DIM position var-
EWO station illuminate the panels and work
ies the dimness of the edge lighting. Power is
areas. These lights are controlled by the
supplied by the 115-volt essential AC bus 5
LIGHTING CONTROL - WORK rheostat
VOLT LIGHTS circuit breaker on the two-
located on the IR station. Rotating the
man breaker panel.
LIGHTING CONTROL - WORK rheostat
3A-4.4 TV Operator’s Panel Lights (See clockwise out of the OFF position turns the
Figures 3A-4 and 3A-5). Panel lighting on panel lights on. Continuing to rotate the rhe-
the TV Operator’s station provides illumina- ostat brightens the lights to maximum bright-
tion for the panel nomenclature. Panel light- ness at the BRIGHT position. Power is sup-
ing is controlled by the LIGHTING CON- plied by the 28-volt essential DC bus WORK
TROL - PANEL rheostat on the TV console LIGHTS circuit breaker on the two-man cir-
lighting control panel. Rotating the LIGHT- cuit breaker panel.
ING CONTROL - PANEL rheostat clockwise
3A-5.3 TV Operator’s Console Light (See
out of the OFF position turns the panel lights
Figures 3A-4 and 3A-5). The console light on
on. Continuing to rotate the rheostat bright-
the TV Operator’s station illuminates the
ens the lights to maximum brightness at the
panels and work area. When the two-position
BRIGHT position. Power is supplied by the
toggle switch on the overhead of the TV Oper-
28-volt essential DC bus PNL LIGHTS circuit
ator’s console is switched to the back, the con-
breaker on the TV console circuit breaker
sole light intensity can be adjusted. The con-
panel.
sole light intensity is controlled by the
LIGHTING CONTROL - WORK rheostat on
3A-5. BOOTH CONSOLE AND WORK
the TV Operator’s lighting control panel.
LIGHTS.
Rotating the LIGHTING CONTROL - WORK
Booth console lighting consists of white con- rheostat clockwise out of the OFF position
sole lights for the IR Operator’s and EWO turns the console light on. Continuing to
station and the TV Operator’s station. The rotate the rheostat brightens the light to
IR Operator and EWO have two console maximum brightness at the BRIGHT posi-
lights on each console. The TV Operator has tion. Power is supplied by the 28-volt essen-
one console light on the console. There are tial DC bus WORK LIGHTS circuit breaker
two work lights mounted on the TV Opera- on the TV console circuit breaker panel.
tor’s station. One is located on the front of
3A-5.4 TV Station Work Lighting (See
the TV Operator’s station to illuminate the
Figures 3A-4 and 3A-5). The TV Operator’s
TV Operator’s work area. The other is
work light is mounted on top of the front of
located on the back of the TV Operator’s sta-
the station to illuminate the work area.
tion to illuminate the recorder work area.
When the two-position toggle switch on the
3A-5.1 IR Operator’s Console Lights (See overhead of the TV Operator’s console is
Figures 3A-2 and 3A-3). The two console switched to the front, the work light intensity
lights on the IR station illuminate the panels can be adjusted. The work light intensity is
and work areas. These lights are controlled controlled by the LIGHTING CONTROL -
by the LIGHTING CONTROL - WORK rheo- WORK rheostat on the lighting control panel.
stat located on the IR station. Rotating the Rotating the LIGHTING CONTROL - WORK
LIGHTING CONTROL - WORK rheostat rheostat clockwise out of the OFF position
clockwise out of the OFF position turns the turns the work light on. Continuing to rotate
33-31-00
3A-2 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
the rheostat brightens the light to maximum the light to maximum brightness at the
brightness at the BRIGHT position. Power is BRIGHT position. Power is supplied by the
supplied by the 28-volt essential DC bus 28-volt essential DC bus RECORDER WORK
WORK LIGHTS circuit breaker on the TV LIGHTS circuit breaker on the TV console
console circuit breaker panel. circuit breaker panel.
3A-5.5 TV Operator’s Recorder Work Light
(See Figures 3A-4 and 3A-5). The recorder
3A-6. OXYGEN REGULATOR LIGHTS (SEE
work light is mounted on the rear of the TV
FIGURES 3A-3 AND 3A-5).
Operator’s station. It illuminates the
recorder and the surrounding area. The There are five oxygen regulators located in
recorder work light is controlled by the the booth, one for each crewmember and two
RECORDER WORK LIGHT rheostat, located for the crew rest positions. They are
on the rear panel of the TV Operator’s sta- mounted on the crewmember’s consoles and
tion. Rotating the RECORDER WORK the lights are controlled by the panel lights
LIGHT rheostat clockwise out of the OFF knobs. Power for the oxygen regulator lights
position turns the recorder work light on. is supplied through the respective panel light
Continuing to rotate the rheostat brightens circuit breaker.
33-31-00
Change 6 3A-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3A-1. Location of Booth Ceiling Lights (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-31-00
3A-4 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3A-2. Location of IR Operator’s and EWO’s Lights and Controls (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-31-00
Change 6 3A-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3A-3. IR Operator’s and EWO’s Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-31-00
3A-6 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3A-4. Location of TV Operator’s Instrument Station Lights and Controls (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-31-00
Change 6 3A-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3A-5. TV Operator’s Instrument Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-31-00
3A-8 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IIIB. CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
MC-130E AIRPLANES
3B-1. GENERAL. 3B-2.2 Center Cargo Area Dome Lights (See
Figures 3B-1 and 3B-2). Six lights in the
The cargo compartment is provided with non-
center cargo area group are mounted on the
Night Vision Goggle (NVG) compatible dome
overhead trough in the center of the cargo
and floor lights for general operation and
compartment forward of the center wing sec-
ramp lights to provide for the ramp area.
tion. The center cargo area dome lights are
The lights in the forward and center cargo
controlled from the forward interphone panel,
compartment areas are controlled from the
located in the cargo compartment, outboard of
forward cargo compartment interphone panel.
the entrance from the cargo compartment to
The aft cargo and ramp area dome lights are
the flight station. The CARGO AREA DOME
controlled from the aft fuselage junction box
LTS CTR color control switch (CLEAR, OFF,
panel. An NVG compatible lighting subsys-
RED) turns the dome lights on white or red.
tem is also provided for the cargo
The CARGO AREA DOME LTS CTR dim-
compartment.
ming control switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls
3B-2. CARGO AREA DOME LIGHTS. the brightness of the lights when they are on
clear. Power is supplied by the 28 volt main
Overhead dome lights are mounted through-
DC bus through the CARGO AREA LIGHT-
out the length of the cargo compartment.
ING CTR DOME circuit breaker on the
These lights are divided according to the area
of the cargo compartment and loading area
they illuminate. Each light assembly consists 3B-2.3 Aft Cargo Area Dome Lights (See
of two lamps, a clear one and a red one. The Figures 3B-1 and 3B-2). There are eight
clear lamps provide general illumination of lights in the aft cargo area group, located aft
the cargo compartment and loading area. of the center wing section. Four of the lights
3B-2.1 Forward Cargo Area Dome Lights are divided between the left and right side of
(See Figures 3B-1 and 3B-2). The eight lights the cargo compartment. On each side, one
in the forward cargo area group are equally dome light is mounted on the side of the fuse-
divided between the left and right side of the lage about 10 feet from the cargo floor aft of
cargo compartment, forward of the center the wheel well. The other light is mounted
wing section. Three dome lights are mounted on the aft edge of the center wing section,
on each side of the fuselage about 10 feet about 3 feet from the center line of the air-
from the cargo floor and two lights are plane. Two of the lights in the aft cargo area
mounted on the forward edge of the center group are mounted on the overhead trough in
wing section, about 3.5 feet on each side of the center of the cargo compartment and two
the center line of the airplane. The forward are mounted on either side of the aft end of
cargo area dome lights are controlled from the trough. The aft cargo area dome lights
the cargo compartment interphone panel, are controlled from the aft fuselage junction
located in the cargo compartment, outboard of box. The AFT CARGO DOME LT control
the entrance from the cargo compartment to switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the bright-
the flight station. The CARGO AREA DOME ness of the lights when they are on white.
LTS FWD color control switch (CLEAR, OFF, The AFT CARGO DOME LT dimming control
RED) turns the dome lights on white or red. switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the bright-
The CARGO AREA DOME LTS FWD dimness of the lights when they are on clear.
ming control switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls Power is supplied by the 28 VDC aft fuselage
the brightness of the lights when they are on bus through the AFT CARGO DOME
clear. Power is supplied by the 28 volt main LIGHTS circuit breaker on the aft fuselage
DC bus through the CARGO AREA LIGHT- junction box.
ING FWD DOME circuit breaker on the
33-32-00
Change 7 3B-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3B-1. Cargo Compartment Lights and Controls Locations (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-32-00
3B-2 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-32-00
Change 7 3B-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-32-00
3B-4 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3B-2. Cargo Compartment Lights Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-32-00
Change 7 3B-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3B-2. Cargo Compartment Lights Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-32-00
3B-6 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
3B-2.4 Ramp Area Dome Lights (See compatibility with night vision goggles. The
Figures 3B-1 and 3B-2). There are eight cargo compartment panel lights and interior
lights in the ramp area group, all of which lighting is NVG compatible, except for floor,
are located aft of the center wing section. overhead dome, maintenance, emergency exit,
Four of the lights are divided between the left and basic crew entrance lights.
and right side of the cargo compartment. On
3B-4.1 Cargo Area Electroluminescent (EL)
Floodlights. (See Figures 3B-1 and FO-8).
Thirty electroluminescent (EL) floodlights are
the cargo floor, forward and aft of the para-
installed in the cargo compartment and ramp
troop door. Two lights are mounted on the
area. The EL floodlights are controlled by
overhead fuselage structure above the ramp
fully dimmable circuits operated by two EL
and about 3 feet to the left and right of the
floodlight control panels, located at FS 245 or
center line of the airplane. One of the lights
FS 740. 115V, 1φ, AC and 28 VDC is pro-
is located overhead about 8 feet aft of the aft
vided by four floodlight circuit breakers on
end of the ramp on the right side of the air-
the main ECM circuit breaker panel. When
plane and another is mounted 4 feet aft of the
placed to ON, the OVERHEAD EL LIGHT
end of the trough. The ramp area dome
MASTER CONTROL, on the aft loadmaster
lights are controlled from the aft fuselage
interphone panel, routes 115 VAC power to
junction box. The RAMP LIGHTS DOME
four EL overhead dimmer units. Only one EL
color control switch (WHITE, OFF, RED)
Floodlights control panel will have control of
turns the ramp area dome lights on white or
the EL floodlights depending on the position
red. The RAMP LIGHTS DOME dimming
of the CARGO PANEL LIGHTS-TAKE CON-
control switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the
TROL switch. With the switch in the
brightness of the lights when they are on
CARGO PANEL LIGHTS position, placing
white. Power is supplied by the 28 VDC aft
the EL floodlights control panel ON-OFF
fuselage bus through the RAMP DOME
switch to momentary ON applies 28 VDC to
LIGHTS circuit breaker on the aft fuselage
its own panel rheostats. The indicator light
junction box.
on the control panel illuminates to indicate
3B-3. CARGO AREA FLOOR LIGHTS (SEE the panel rheostats have control. The flood-
FIGURES 3B-1 AND 3B-2). light rheostats control the dimmer AC voltage
outputs to control the intensity of the EL
Thirteen red floor lights are mounted inside
lights. With the CARGO PANEL LIGHTS-
the aircraft, along the sides of the cargo com-
TAKE CONTROL switch in the TAKE CON-
partment to light the floor area. The lights
TROL position, the ON-OFF switch on the
are provided with a diffusion-type lens to pro-
other EL floodlights control panel may take
vide even-light distribution over the cargo
control of the EL floodlights.
floor. The cargo area floor lights are con-
trolled from the forward cargo compartment 3B-4.2 Cargo Area Panel Lights (See
interphone panel, located in the cargo com- Figures 3B-1 and FO-1.2). The NVG compati-
partment, outboard of the entrance from the ble cargo area panel lights include the for-
cargo compartment to the flight station. The ward and aft EL floodlights control panels,
FLOOR lights dimming control switch interphone control panels, and the oxygen
(BRIGHT, OFF, DIM) turns the floor lights regulator panels. The cargo area panel lights
on dim or bright. Power is supplied by the 28 are controlled by a fully dimmable circuit,
volt main DC bus through the CARGO AREA operated from the CARGO PANEL LIGHTS
LIGHTING FLOOR circuit breaker on the rheostat on the aft loadmaster intercom panel
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. (LH) at FS 245 or FS 740. 28 VDC is sup-
plied to a RH equipment rack dimmer
3B-4. CARGO AREA NVG COMPATIBLE
through the CARGO PNL LT circuit breaker
LIGHTING.
on the main ECM circuit breaker panel.
Cargo compartment interior lighting incorpo- When the CARGO PANEL LIGHTS-TAKE
rates NVIS low level, filtered illumination of CONTROL switch is placed to the CARGO
control panels and overhead lights to provide PANEL
33-32-00
Change 7 3B-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3B-3. Forward Underdeck Equipment Rack Maintenance Lights
33-32-00
3B-8 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3B-4. RH Forward Equipment Rack Maintenance Lights
33-32-00
Change 7 3B-9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3B-5. Horizontal Stabilizer Equipment Maintenance Lights
33-32-00
3B-10 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3B-6. Maintenance Lights Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-32-00
Change 7 3B-11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3B-6. Maintenance Lights Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-32-00
3B-12 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
LIGHTS position, power is applied to the 3B-5.4 Miscellaneous Maintenance Lighting.

CARGO PANEL LIGHTS rheostat. When (See Figures 3B-6 and 3B-7). A swivel flood-
placed to the TAKE CONTROL position, the light is added behind the Electronic Warfare
switch transfers control of the panel lights to Officer (EWO) console at approximately FS
the CARGO PANEL LIGHTS rheostat, on the 268 on the centerline of the airplane to illu-
other interphone panel. minate the main AC distribution panel and
the rear of the EWO console as an aid to
3B-5. MAINTENANCE LIGHTING.
maintenance personnel. Two more floodlights
Lights are added to the forward underdeck are added, at approximately FS 337, mounted
equipment racks, RH forward equipment on the RH overhead equipment rack to illumi-
rack, and the inside center of the horizontal nate the front of the EWO console and the
stabilizer as an aid to maintenance personnel. top and front of the RH forward equipment
Additional lights are added at various other rack. The ON/OFF control of these lights is
locations. at the forward overhead cargo compartment
light switch panel, mounted on the right side
3B-5.1 Forward Underdeck Equipment Rack
of the airplane at FS 377 below the DC PWR
Maintenance Lighting. (See Figures 3B-3 and
receptacle outlet. The FWD switch is for the
3B-6). Four additional lights are added to the
light at FS 268 and the AF switch is for the
forward underdeck equipment racks. The
lights at FS 337. In addition, two floodlights
existing dome light as the forward center
are added at approximately FS 677 on the
underdeck rack has an ON/OFF switch on the
centerline of the airplane to illuminate the
light that should be left in the ON position.
front of the RH aft cheek rack and the equip-
ON/OFF control for all underdeck lights is at
ment on the left side of the airplane, just for-
the UNDERDECK LIGHT switch on the crew
ward of the left paratroop door. ON/OFF con-
entrance door and warning light panel just
trol of these lights is at the aft overhead
inside the airplane on the left side of the crew
cargo compartment light switch panel,
entrance door. Power is provided by the main
mounted on the left side of the airplane at FS
DC bus through the MAINT LTS
680 on the left paratroop open door warning
UNDERDECK circuit breaker panel.
light panel. Power for all these lights is pro-
3B-5.2 RH Forward Equipment Rack Main- vided by the main DC bus through the
tenance Lighting. (See Figures 3B-4 and 3B- MAINT LTS CARGO COMP circuit breaker
6). Two lights are installed for maintenance on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
lighting at the RH forward equipment rack.
One forward of the rack at FS 274 and one
aft of the rack at FS 364. ON/OFF switches 3B-6. SKYANCHOR LIGHTING (SEE FIG-
for the lights are mounted on the lights URE 3B-1).
brackets. Power is provided by the main
A utility light is mounted over the skyanchor
ECM bus through the R/H EQPT RACK
control box located in the cargo compartment
LIGHTS DC circuit breaker on the EWO con-
forward of the left paratroop door. The light
sole MAIN ECM BUS circuit breaker panel.
provides either spotlight or floodlight and is
3B-5.3 Horizontal Stabilizer Equipment equipped with a rheostat to permit a variable
Maintenance Lighting. (See Figures 3B-5 and light intensity from the OFF position to full
3B-6). Lights are added inside the horizontal bright. The light may be removed from its
stabilizer to illuminate the AN/ALQ-172 LRU mounting base for use as a hand light and is
3, LRU 10, and two AN/ALR-69 preamplifiers. provided with a momentary contact switch
Control of each light is by an ON/OFF switch which permits the light to be turned on or off
near the light. Power is provided by the bat- at full bright. A red filter may be used by
tery bus (DC) on the pilot’s side circuit rotating the lens. Power to the skyanchor
breaker panel through the AN/ALQ-172 LRU utility light is provided by the aft fuselage
3/10 hoist system circuitry to the MAINT bus through the AFT CARGO DOME
LIGHTS circuit breaker on the AN/ALQ-172 LIGHTS circuit breaker on the aft fuselage
relay box at FS 1041.5. junction box.
33-32-00
Change 7 3B-13
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
3B-7. OXYGEN REGULATOR LIGHTING 3B-9. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE

(SEE FO-7). REQUIREMENTS.
There are four oxygen regulators in the cargo Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-33JG-00-1 for special
compartment. Two are located at the auxil- maintenance requirements.
iary equipment rack and one each are located
at the paratroop doors. Lighting to the oxy-
gen regulator lights is provided by the
3B-10. CONSUMABLE MATERIALS LIST.
CARGO PANEL LIGHTS rheostat on the aft
loadmaster intercom panel (LH). 28 VDC Refer to applicable Job Guide (JG) input con-
power to the oxygen regulator lights is pro- ditions for a list of consumable materials
vided by the main EWO console circuit required to perform a particular maintenance
breaker panel CARGO PANEL LIGHT DIM- function.
MER circuit breaker.
3B-8. MISCELLANEOUS LIGHTING.
3B-11. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST.
Forward electronic equipment cheek rack and
associated J-box utility lights are controlled Refer to applicable JG input conditions for a
by ON/OFF switches located on the rack and list of special tools and test equipment to per-
console respectively. A utility light in the form a particular maintenance function.
pressure box is also supplied power through a Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-00GE-00-1 and, or TO
J-box circuit breaker. The light is controlled 1C-130(M)H-2-00GE-00-1 for fabrication of
by a service light ON/OFF toggle switch any locally manufactured tools or test equip-
located inside the pressure box at FS 367. ment.
33-32-00
3B-14 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3B-7. Miscellaneous Maintenance Lights
33-32-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IIIC. CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

MC-130H AIRPLANES
3C-1. GENERAL. FWD color-control switch (NVIS, OFF,

WHITE) turns the dome lights on NVIS
The cargo compartment is provided with
(green) or white. The CARGO AREA DOME
dome and floor lights for general operation
LTS FWD dimming control switch (BRIGHT,
and ramp lights to provide additional lighting
DIM) controls the brightness of the lights
for the ramp area. The lights in the forward
when they are on NVIS (green). Power is
and center cargo compartment areas are con-
supplied by the 28 volt main DC bus through
trolled from the forward cargo compartment
the CARGO AREA LIGHTING FWD DOME
interphone panel. The aft cargo and ramp
area dome lights are controlled from the aft
breaker panel.
fuselage junction box panel.
3C-2.2 Center Cargo Area Dome Lights (See
3C-2. CARGO AREA DOME LIGHTS.
Figures 3C-1 and 3C-2). Six lights in the
Overhead dome lights are mounted through- center cargo area group are mounted on the
out the length of the cargo compartment. overhead trough in the center of the cargo
These lights are divided according to the area compartment forward of the center wing sec-
of the cargo compartment and loading area tion. The center cargo area dome lights are
they illuminate. Each light assembly consists controlled from the forward interphone panel,
of two lamps, a clear one and a red one (on located in the cargo compartment, outboard of
aircraft modified by TO 1C-130(M)H-575, red the entrance from the cargo compartment to
is replaced by NVG filtered green). The clear the flight station. The CARGO AREA DOME
lamps provide general illumination of the LTS CTR color control switch (CLEAR, OFF,
cargo compartment and loading area. The RED) turns the dome lights on white or red.
red (on aircraft modified by TO 1C-130(M)H- The CARGO AREA DOME LTS CTR dim-
575, NVG filtered green) lamps are used for ming control switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls
covert operations. the brightness of the lights when they are on
clear. On aircraft modified by TO 1C-
3C-2.1 Forward Cargo Area Dome Lights
130(M)H-575, the CARGO AREA DOME LTS
(See Figures 3C-1 and 3C-2). The eight lights
CTR color-control switch (NVIS, OFF,
in the forward cargo area group are equally
WHITE) turns the dome lights on NVIS
divided between the left and right side of the
(green) or white. The CARGO AREA DOME
cargo compartment, forward of the center
LTS CTR dimming control switch (BRIGHT,
wing section. Three dome lights are mounted
DIM) controls the brightness of the lights
on each side of the fuselage about 10 feet
when they are on NVIS (green). Power is
from the cargo floor and two lights are
supplied by the 28 volt main DC bus through
mounted on the forward edge of the center
the CARGO AREA LIGHTING CTR DOME
wing section, about 3.5 feet on each side of
the center line of the airplane. The forward
breaker panel.
cargo area dome lights are controlled from
the cargo compartment interphone panel, 3C-2.3 Aft Cargo Area Dome Lights (See
located in the cargo compartment, outboard of Figures 3C-1 and 3C-2). There are eight
the entrance from the cargo compartment to lights in the aft cargo area group, located aft
the flight station. The CARGO AREA DOME of the center wing section. Four of the lights
LTS FWD color control switch (CLEAR, OFF, are divided between the left and right side of
RED) turns the dome lights on white or red. the cargo compartment. On each side, one
The CARGO AREA DOME LTS FWD dim- dome light is mounted on the side of the fuse-
ming control switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls lage about 10 feet from the cargo floor aft of
the brightness of the lights when they are on the wheel well. The other light is mounted
clear. On aircraft modified by TO 1C- on the aft edge of the center wing section,
130(M)H-575, the CARGO AREA DOME LTS
33-33-00
Change 9 3C-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3C-1. Cargo Compartment Lights and Controls Locations (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-33-00
3C-2 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3C-1. Cargo Compartment Lights and Controls Locations (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-33-00
Change 9 3C-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3C-2. Cargo Compartment Lights Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-33-00
3C-4 Change 9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-33-00
Change 9 3C-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-33-00
3C-6 Change 9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
about 3 feet from the center line of the air- white. The RAMP LIGHTS DOME dimming
plane. Two of the lights in the aft cargo area control switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the
group are mounted on the overhead trough in brightness of the lights when they are on
the center of the cargo compartment and two NVIS (green). Power is supplied by the 28
are mounted on either side of the aft end of VDC aft fuselage bus through the RAMP
the trough. The aft cargo area dome lights DOME LIGHTS circuit breaker on the aft
are controlled from the aft fuselage junction fuselage junction box.
box. The AFT CARGO DOME LT control
3C-3. CARGO AREA FLOOR LIGHTS (SEE
switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the bright-
FIGURES 3C-1 AND 3C-2).
ness of the lights when they are on white.
The AFT CARGO DOME LT dimming control Thirteen red floor lights are mounted inside
switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the bright- the aircraft, along the sides of the cargo com-
ness of the lights when they are on clear. On partment to light the floor area. On aircraft
aircraft modified by TO 1C-130(M)H-575, the modified by TO 1C-130(M)H-575, thirteen red
AFT CARGO DOME LT color-control switch floor lights are replaced by NVIS filtered
(NVIS, OFF, WHITE) turns the dome lights green. The lights are provided with a diffu-
on NVIS (green) or white. The AFT CARGO sion-type lens to provide even light distribu-
DOME LT dimming control switch (BRIGHT, tion over the cargo floor. The cargo area floor
DIM) controls the brightness of the lights lights are controlled from the forward cargo
when they are on NVIS (green). Power is compartment interphone panel, located in the
supplied by the 28 VDC aft fuselage bus cargo compartment, outboard of the entrance
through the AFT CARGO DOME LIGHTS from the cargo compartment to the flight sta-
circuit breaker on the aft fuselage junction tion. The FLOOR lights dimming control
box. switch (BRIGHT, OFF, DIM) turns the floor
lights on dim or bright. Power is supplied by
3C-2.4 Ramp Area Dome Lights (See
the 28 volt main DC bus through the CARGO
Figures 3C-1 and 3C-2). There are eight
AREA LIGHTING FLOOR circuit breaker on
lights in the ramp area group, all of which
are located aft of the center wing section.
Four of the lights are divided between the left 3C-4. JUMP PLATFORM ILLUMINATION
and right side of the cargo compartment. On LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 3C-1 AND 3C-2).
A blue jump platform light is provided for-
ward of each paratroop door to illuminate the
the cargo floor, forward and aft of the para-
door opening during jump operations. The
troop door. Two lights are mounted on the
lights are controlled by the two-position (ON/
overhead fuselage structure above the ramp
OFF) Jump Platform Lights switch on the aft
and about 3 feet to the left and right of the
cargo compartment interphone and Public
center line of the airplane. One of the lights
Address (PA) control panel.
is located overhead about 8 feet aft of the aft
end of the ramp on the right side of the air- 3C-5. JUMP SIGNAL LIGHTS (SEE
plane and another is mounted 4 feet aft of the FIGURES 3C-1 AND 3C-2).
end of the trough. The ramp area dome
Jump signals consist of red and green lights.
lights are controlled from the aft fuselage
A jump signal is located on the forward and
junction box. The RAMP LIGHTS DOME
aft frame of each paratroop door, on each par-
color control switch (WHITE, OFF, RED)
atroop door, on each paratroop anchor line
turns the ramp area dome lights on white or
support arm, and on the forward cargo com-
red. The RAMP LIGHTS DOME dimming
partment interphone panel. The lights are
control switch (BRIGHT, DIM) controls the
controlled from the pilot’s and copilot’s para-
brightness of the lights when they are on
troop panel by 2 two-position (ON/OFF) toggle
white. On aircraft modified by TO 1C-
switches. When the CAUTION switch is
130(M)H-575, the RAMP LIGHTS DOME
placed in the ON position, the red light
color-control switch (NVIS, OFF, WHITE)
illuminates. When the JUMP switch is
turns the dome lights on NVIS (green) or
placed to the ON position, the green light
33-33-00
Change 9 3C-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3C-3. Cargo Compartment Jump Platform Lights and NVG Control Panel (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-33-00
3C-8 Change 9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 3C-3. Cargo Compartment Jump Platform Lights and NVG Control Panel (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-33-00
Change 9 3C-9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
illuminates. The jump lights can be turned relays. An NVG CARGO LTS switch ena-
to bright or dim by a two-position (BRIGHT/ bling switch is located on the miscellaneous
DIM) JUMP LIGHT toggle switch located on light control panel, located on the flight con-
the aft cargo compartment interphone and PA trol pedestal in the flight station (See Figure
control panel. The jump lights are powered 2C-3). This switch interrupts power to the
by 28 volts DC from the battery bus. lights at the switching panel. It must be in
the ENABLE position for the cargo NVG light
3C-6. ICS/OXYGEN REGULATOR LIGHTS controls to be operative. On airplanes modi-
(SEE FIGURES 3C-1 AND 3C-2). fied by TO 1C-130(M)H-596, existing resistors
are replaced and additional resistors are
Lighting for the two loadmaster Intercommu- installed in cargo compartment (loadmaster)
nication Control Panels and six cargo com- NVG light control units. These additional
partment oxygen regulators is controlled by a resistors decrease the voltage to the elec-
three-position (DIM/OFF/BRIGHT) ICS/OXY troluminescent lights to increase their opera-
REG LIGHTS toggle switch on the aft fuse- tional life.
lage junction box. The six oxygen regulators
contain Night Vision Goggle (NVG) bulbs/fil- 3C-7.2 NVG Compatible Jump Lights (See
ters. When the ICS/OXY REG LIGHTS Figure 3C-3). NVG compatible jump lights
switch is placed to BRIGHT the lights illumi- are installed adjacent to the normal
nate at full brilliance, when the switch is incandescent jump lights. They signal the
placed to DIM, dropping resistors are incorpo- jump or drop action pictorially. Each NVG
rated in the system and the lights illuminate jump light contains two EL light panels, light
dim, when the switch is placed to OFF, all plates, and brightness balancing potentiome-
power is removed from the lights. The lights ters. Transfer from normal to NVG jump
receive 28 volts DC power from the main DC lights accomplished by a relay in the NVG
bus. switching unit as controlled by turning the
loadmaster’s NVG LIGHTS switch to ON. A
fixed dim level is provided with a potentiome-
3C-7. CARGO COMPARTMENT NVG
ter located on the NVG switching unit. The
LIGHTING.
balancing potentiometers on the jump light
The cargo compartment is equipped with and the dim level potentiometer on the
NVG compatible lighting for covert opera- switching unit must be set under very dark
tions. NVG lighting can only be used with nighttime lighting conditions.
NVG goggles and with the normal interior
3C-7.3 NVG Compatible IR Floodlight (See
lighting system turned off. The main NVG
Figures 3C-1 through 3C-3). An NVG compat-
lighting is provided by a supplementary array
ible floodlight assembly is located above the
of Electroluminescent (EL) lamp fixtures.
gutter at FS617. An IR FLOODLIGHT
The EL floodlights are installed on each con-
switch/rheostat is located on the aft LM 2
sole to achieve uniform illumination with
light control panel. The IR floodlight is pow-
minimum glare to each crew position. In the
ered from the IR FLOODLIGHT circuit
cargo bay, these strip lamps are mounted in
breaker located in the AFT FUSELAGE
the overhead and around the paratroop doors.
JUNCTION BOX PANEL which controls the
3C-7.1 Cargo Compartment NVG Lighting 28 volts DC from the main DC bus.
Controls (Figure 3C-3). Two identical panels
3C-8. RAMP LOADING LIGHTS (SEE
provide control of the cargo area NVG light-
FIGURES 3C-1 AND 3C-2).
ing. One is located forward and the other aft
of the left paratroop door. Each control panel Two clear flood lights are located at the aft
controls all of the cargo area NVG lights, cargo ramp loading area to provide light for
although only one panel is in operation at a night loading operations. The two ramp load-
given time. Both panels contain transfer ing lights are mounted about 8 feet high on
switches to shift control to the desired loca- the side fuselage near the forward edge of the
tion. The NVG switching unit, located on the ramp on each side of the paratroop doors.
RH forward cheek rack, contains switching The ramp loading lights are mounted on a
33-33-00
3C-10 Change 12
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
swivel base to permit horizontal adjustment. 3C-10. CONSUMABLE MATERIALS LIST.

The ramp loading lights are turned ON/OFF
by the two-position (ON, OFF) RAMP
ditions for a list of consumable materials
LIGHTS LOADING switch, located on the aft
required to perform a particular maintenance
fuselage junction box. Power is supplied by
function.
the 28 VDC aft fuselage bus through the
RAMP LOADING LIGHTS circuit breaker on 3C-11. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST.
the aft fuselage junction box.
Refer to applicable JG input conditions for a
3C-9. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE list of special tools and test equipment to per-
REQUIREMENTS. form a particular maintenance function.
Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-00GE-00-1 and/or TO
Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-33JG-00-1-1 for spe-
cial maintenance requirements.
equipment.
33-33-00
Change 12 3C-11/(3C-12 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IV. EXTERIOR LIGHTING
4-1. GENERAL. 4-2. NAVIGATION LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES

4-1, 4-2, 4-3, AND FO-2).
The exterior lighting consists of navigation
lights, formation lights, landing lights, lead- The navigation lights include a red light on
ing edge lights, taxi lights, wheel well lights, the left wing tip, a green light on the right
and anti-collision/strobe lights. On AC-130H wing tip, two white lights on the tip of the
airplanes, a rotating combat beacon has been tail cone, and a clear light on the top and
added to provide visual aid to the fighters bottom of the fuselage in line with the PRO-
escorting the gunship. On HC-130(H)N, HC- PELLER DANGER decal. All these lights are
130N, HC-130P, and MC-130P airplanes, controlled with the two NAVIGATION/NAV
there is a floodlight mounted on each tip of switches on the exterior lights control panel.
the horizontal stabilizer to illuminate the The exterior lights control panel is located to
refueling pod and hose. On HC-130(H)N air- the left of the overhead electrical control
planes AF92-2104 and up, and C-130H air- panel. When the control switch (FLASH,
planes AF95-1001 and up, exterior infrared OFF, STEADY/STDY) is in the OFF position,
lights have been added as part of the Night all the navigation lights are off, when it is
Vision Imaging System (NVIS). Night vision placed to STEADY/STDY, all the navigation
scopes are used by crew members to make the lights come on. When the control switch is
infrared lights visible. On HC-130(H)N air- placed to FLASH, a light-flasher unit located
planes AF88-2101 and up, and C-130H air- on the right hand distribution panel is
planes AF95-1001 and up, exterior infrared switched into the tail and wing tip lights cir-
lights have been added as part of the Night cuits causing them to flash simultaneously at
Vision Imaging System (NVIS). a rate of 85 flashes per minute. The clear
fuselage lights do not flash. When the dim-
NOTE mer switch (DIM, BRIGHT/BRT) is placed to
On selected HC-130(H)N airplanes DIM, a dimming resistor is switched into the
modified by TO 1C-130-1467, the tail and wing tip lights circuits causing them
exterior NVIS lighting system is to dim. The clear fuselage lights each have a
limited in NVIS mode to NVG large bulb for bright operation and a small
compatible lights for formation bulb for dim operation. The dimmer switch
and refueling purposes. In NVIS switches the voltage from one bulb to the
mode, the exterior NVIS lighting other. Power is supplied by the 28-volt essen-
system is limited to NVG compati- tial DC bus and the controls have power to
ble lights for formation and refuel- them when the EXTERIOR LIGHTS - NAVI-
ing purposes. The wing tip forma- GATION & POSITION circuit breaker on the
tion lights are disabled during copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel is closed.
NVIS operation. Formation lights In addition, on HC-130(H)N airplanes AF88-
are operated through a MOMEN- 2101 and up and C-130H airplanes AF95-
TARY ON/OFF/ON switch located 1001 and up, infrared lights are located at
next to each paratroop door. NVG each navigation light location. The infrared
compatible, dual fixture, and pod lights are turned on and off by the same
illumination lights are located on switch that operates the lights during normal
the tips of the horizontal stabi- operation. Placing the NORM/COVT switch,
lizer and controlled by an OFF/ located on the exterior lights control panel, to
NVIS/ON toggle switch located on COVT redirects electrical power to the infra-
the auxiliary fuel control panel. red lights instead of the normal lights. Plac-
One light is nonfiltered white for ing the NORM/COVT switch to NORM
normal operation, the other is returns the lights to normal operation.
NVG compatible green for NVIS
operation.
33-40-00
Change 8 4-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-1. Navigation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (All Airplanes Except HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF88-2101 and Up and C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up)
4-3. FORMATION LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES overhead electrical control panel. Rotating
4-2, 4-3, 4-4, AND FO-3). the FORMATION/FORM knob out of the
OFF/DIM position turns the formation lights
The formation lights consist of nine blue
lights on the top of the airplane. Three lights
are mounted on top of each of the outer wing
brightness at the BRIGHT/BRT position. On
panels outboard of the outboard engine. Three
HC-130(H)N, HC-130N, HC-130P, and MC-
lights are mounted on the fuselage center line
130P airplanes prior to AF92-2104, there is
between the wing trailing edge and the verti-
an additional switch (COLORED WING-FUS,
cal stabilizer. These lights use clear lamps
BOTH) on the EXTERIOR LIGHTS control
with blue lenses. On HC-130(H)N, HC-130N,
panel that switches power to the blue lights,
HC-130P, and MC-130P airplanes prior to
the wing tip and fuselage lights, or to all the
AF92-2104, there are four additional forma-
formation lights. On HC-130(H)N airplanes
tion lights. These lights include a red light
AF92-2104 and up and C-130H airplanes
on the left wing tip, a green light on the right
AF95-1001 and up, infrared lights are located
wing tip, and a yellow light on either side of
at each formation light location. The infrared
the fuselage just aft of the paratroop doors.
lights are controlled by the same switch that
The formation lights are controlled by the
operates the lights during normal operation.
FORMATION/FORM knob on the exterior
Placing the NORM/COVT switch, located on
lights panel which is located to the left of the
the exterior lights control panel, to COVT
33-40-00
4-2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
redirects electrical power to the infrared and right of the fuselage station 737 are
lights instead of the normal lights. Placing filtered to NVIS green. The left and right
the NORM/COVT switch to NORM returns NVIS compatible lights are operated by a
the lights to normal operation. In addition, momentary ON-OFF-ON switch located next
two formation lights signal switches are to each paratroop door.
located in the aft cargo compartment. When
4-3A. COMBAT BEACON (AC-130H AIR-
either switch is actuated, all formation strip
PLANES) (SEE FIGURES 4-2, 4-3, AND 4-4).
lights go off and come back on when the
switch is released. The signal switches are A shielded, rotating combat beacon has been
used to signal other airplanes flying in forma- provided for additional visual aid to fighters
tion. Power is supplied by the 28-volt main escorting the gunship. The beacon is con-
DC bus and the controls have power to them trolled by the COMBAT BEACON switch on
when the EXTERIOR LIGHTS - FORMA- the exterior lights control panel. Power is
TION circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus by way
circuit breaker panel is closed. On MC-130P of the EXTERIOR LIGHTS - FORMATION
airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-1269, the circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit
formation lights on the top of the wings and breaker panel.
on the top of the fuselage are filtered to NVIS
green. The wing tip formation lights are dis-
abled during NVIS operation. The light left
33-40-00
Change 8 4-2.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-2. Location of Exterior Lights (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-40-00
4-2.2 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
Change 8 4-2.3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
4-2.4 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-2.1. NVIS Exterior Light Locations and Controls
33-40-00
(4-3 blank)/4-4 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-3. Location of Controls for Exterior Lights (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-40-00
Change 10 4-4.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
4-4.2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
Change 6 4-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-4. Formation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (All Airplanes Except HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF88-2101 and Up and C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up)
4-4. LANDING LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 4-2, the drive motor to stop. Placing the switch to
4-3, AND 4-5). RETRACT/RET powers the electric motor in
reverse and drives the landing light to the
A sealed-beam landing light is mounted in a
fully retracted position. When the landing
recessed compartment on the bottom of the
light reaches the fully retracted position, it
leading edge wing panel just inboard of the
activates a limit switch which interrupts
external wing tank on each wing. The exten-
power to the drive motor and stops it. In the
sion and retraction of the landing lights is
fully retracted position the landing light is
controlled with the left or right motor
flush with the wing skin. The light may be
switches located on the landing and taxi
stopped between the extended and retracted
lights control panel on the copilot’s main
position by placing the control switch to
instrument panel. Placing the switch to
HOLD/HLD when the light reaches the
EXTEND/EXT powers a reversible electric
desired intermediate position.
motor driving the light to the fully extended
position which opens a limit switch causing
33-40-00
4-6 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1

Figure 4-5. Landing Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
housing is energized and switches power

CAUTION directly from the 28-volt essential DC bus, by
way of the LDG LTS-LH or -RH/EXTERIOR
Landing lights and IR landing LIGHTS-LANDING LIGHTS-LH or -RH cir-
lights do not have a cooling sys- cuit breaker, to the respective landing light
tem. Do not operate landing lamp. Power for the electric motor operation
lights or IR landing lights for pro- and relay operation is provided by the 28-volt
longed periods of time while air- essential DC bus and the control switches
plane is on the ground. have voltage to them when the LDG LTS
MTR-LH and -RH/EXTERIOR LIGHTS-
When the left- or right-hand light switch on
LANDING LIGHTS MTR-LH or -RH circuit
the landing and taxi lights control panel is
breakers are closed.
placed to ON, a relay in the landing light
33-40-00
Change 6 4-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-5. Landing Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-40-00
4-8 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF88-2101 and up controlled in NVIS mode by the

and C-130H airplanes AF95-1001 and up, POD & HOSE ILLUM knob on
each landing light is a four-element system the Flight Engineer Overhead
with a clear lens covering two of the ele- Control Panel. Rotating the POD
ments, and an infrared lens covering the & HOSE ILLUM knob out of the
other two elements. The infrared lights are OFF position turns both lights on
controlled by the same switches that operate dim and continuing to rotate the
the lights during normal operation. Placing knob clockwise brightens the
the NORM/COVT switch, located on the exte- lights to maximum brightness at
rior lights control panel, to COVT redirects the BRIGHT position.
electrical power to the infrared lights instead
4-5. REFUELING POD AND HOSE LIGHTS
of the normal lights.
(SEE FIGURES 4-2, 4-3, 4-6 AND 4-7).
On HC-130(H)N, HC-130N, HC-130P, and
WARNING MC-130P airplanes, the refueling pod and
hose lights are mounted on the tip of each
Never intentionally stare into an horizontal stabilizer and illuminate the outer
infrared light source. Personnel wing areas where the refueling pods are
within 10 feet of an operating located. Both lights can be turned on and off
infrared light source should not with the POD & HOSE ILLUM/EXT switch
look into the lights without safety which is located near the center of the auxil-
glasses/goggles with clear plastic iary fuel control panel. Power is supplied by
lenses. Lenses should have an the 28-volt essential DC bus and the control
optical density of greater than 0.5. switch is powered when the POD & HOSE
This should be sufficient protec- ILLUMINATION/ILLUM circuit breaker on
tion from accidental exposure. the copilot’s side circuit breaker panel is
closed. On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF88-2101
Placing the NORM/COVT switch to NORM and up, infrared lights are mounted along
returns the lights to normal operation. On with the normal refueling pod and hose
MC-130P airplanes modified by TO 1C-130- lights. The infrared lights are controlled by
1269, NVIS compatible landing lights are the same switch that operates the lights dur-
installed near the normal mode landing lights ing normal mode. Placing the NORM/COVT
on each wing. The NVIS landing light con- switch, located on the exterior lights control
trols are on the AUX COVERT LIGHTING panel, to COVT redirects the electrical power
panel located on the flight engineer’s over- to the infrared lights. Placing the NORM/
head panel. COVT switch to NORM returns power to the
normal lights. On MC-130P airplanes modi-
NOTE
fied by TO 1C-130-1269, an NVIS compatible,
NVG compatible, dual fixture pod dual fixture, pod illumination light is
floodlights are mounted on the tip installed. One light is non-filtered white and
of each horizontal stabilizer and the other is IR filtered. The POD & HOSE
illuminate the outer wing areas ILLUM control switch on the auxiliary fuel
where the refueling pods are control panel is replaced with a OFF-NVIS-
located. One light is nonfiltered ON three-position switch.
white for normal operation, the
other is NVG compatible green for 4-6. LEADING EDGE LIGHTS (SEE
NVIS operation. Both lights can FIGURES 4-2, 4-3, 4-6, AND FO-4).
be turned to ON/NVIS/OFF with The leading edge lights are clear lights that
the POD & HOSE ILLUM switch are mounted inside the cargo compartment
which is located near the center of just forward of the leading edge on each side
the auxiliary fuel control panel. of the airplane. They shine through a clear
The NVG compatible lights are window in the fuselage to illuminate the wing
33-40-00
Change 8 4-9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-6. Refueling Pod and Hose and Leading Edge Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
(HC-130(H)N Airplanes Prior to AF88-2101)
33-40-00
4-10 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
leading edges during night flying. The lead-

ing edge lights are controlled by the LEAD-
ING EDGE/LE switch on the exterior lights
panel just to the left of the overhead electrical WARNING
control panel. When the LEADING EDGE/
LE switch is placed to ON, both lights come Never intentionally stare into an
on. On AC-130H airplanes, the LIGHTING - infrared light source. Personnel
LEADING EDGE rheostat, located on the within 10 feet of an operating
aerial refueling panel, can be used to regulate infrared light source should not
the intensity of the leading edge lights during look into the lights without safety
aerial refueling operations. However, the glasses/goggles with clear plastic
two-position ON/OFF switch on the exterior lenses. Lenses should have an
lights control panel must be in the OFF posi- optical density of greater than 0.5.
tion prior to operation of the rheostat control. This should be sufficient protec-
Rotating the LIGHTING - LEADING EDGE tion from accidental exposure.
rheostat toward BRIGHT turns the lights on
and increases the brilliance of illumination. Placing the NORM/COVT switch, located on
Power is supplied from the 28-volt main DC the exterior lights control panel, to COVT
bus by way of the EXTERIOR LIGHTS - redirects electrical power to the infrared
WING LEADING EDGE circuit breaker on lights instead of the normal lights. Placing
the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. On the NORM/COVT switch to NORM returns
HC-130(H)N airplanes AF88-2101 and up and the lights to normal operation. On MC-130P
C-130H airplanes AF95-1001 and up, during airplanes modified by TO 1C-130-1269, NVIS
covert operation, electrical power to the lead- compatible taxi lights are installed below the
ing edge lights is interrupted when the normal taxi lights on the inside of the main
NORM/COVT switch is placed in the COVT landing gear door. NVIS taxi light controls
position. Placing the NORM/COVT switch to are located on the AUX COVERT LIGHTING
NORM restores electrical power to the lead- panel located on the flight engineer’s over-
ing edge lights. head panel.
4-7. TAXI LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 4-2, 4-3, 4-7.1 Taxi Lights. The taxi lights are
4-8, AND FO-4). mounted on each main landing gear door near
the forward edge. On LC-130H airplanes the
All C-130 airplanes are equipped with taxi taxi lights are mounted just forward of the
lights to illuminate the area in front of the nose ski fairing. The taxi lights are clear,
airplane during taxi operations. Except on sealed-beam lights and are controlled from
AC-130H airplanes, the wing tip taxi lights the taxi and landing lights control panel
provide additional light to preclude wing located on the copilot’s main instrument
damage during taxi operations where little or panel. When the TAXI LIGHTS/TAXI LTS -
no ground lighting facilities exist. In addi- WW switch is placed to ON, both lights come
tion, on HC-130(H)N airplanes AF88-2101 on. On all airplanes except HC-130(H)N air-
and up, and C-130H airplanes AF95-1001 and planes AF92-2104 and up, and C-130H air-
up, infrared lights are located at each taxi planes AF95-1001 and up, power is supplied
light location. The infrared lights are con- from the 28-volt main DC bus by way of the
trolled by the same switches that operate the EXTERIOR LIGHTS - TAXI circuit breaker
lights during normal operation. on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF92-2104 and up,
and C-130H airplanes AF95-1001 and up,
power is supplied from the 28-volt main DC
bus by way of the EXTERIOR LIGHTS-LH
33-40-00
Change 8 4-10.1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-7. Refueling Pod and Hose Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (HC-130(H)N
Airplanes AF88-2101 and Up)
and RH WHEEL WELL TAXI circuit break- from the 28-volt main DC bus by way of the
ers on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker EXTERIOR LIGHTS - WING TIP TAXI
panel. LIGHT circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower
4-7.2 Wing Tip Taxi Lights (Except HC-
130N, HC-130P, MC-130P, and WC-130P Air- 4-8. ANTI-COLLISION AND STROBE
planes). Except on AC-130H airplanes, the LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 4-9, 4-10, 4-11, AND
wing tip taxi lights are clear sealed-beam 4-12).
lights located in the leading edge of each
All airplanes are equipped with red rotating
wing tip. The wing tip taxi lights are con-
anti-collision lights, red and white strobe
trolled from the taxi and landing lights con-
lights, or a combination of both. These lights
trol panel located on the copilot’s main instru-
help to make the airplane more visible, thus
ment panel. When the WING TIP TAXI
aiding in midair collision avoidance.
LIGHTS/TAXI LTS - WT switch is placed to
ON, both lights come on. Power is supplied
33-40-00
4-10.2 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-8. Taxi Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (All Airplanes Except HC-130(H)N Airplanes
AF92-2104 and Up, and C-130H Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up)
33-40-00
Change 7 4-11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
4-8.1 Anti-Collision Lights (Airplanes Prior anti-collision lamp and rotating reflector drive
to AF78-0806 Not Modified by TO 1C-130- motor. Power is supplied from the 28-volt
1167 and/or TO 1C-130-1653). Red rotating essential DC bus by way of the ANTI COLLI-
anti-collision lights are installed on the top of SION circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower
the vertical stabilizer and on the bottom of circuit breaker panel.
the fuselage at the airplane center line about
4-8.4 Anti-Collision Strobe Lights (Airplanes
four feet aft of the crew entrance door. The
AF79-0473 Through AF80-0326 Not Modified
lights are controlled from the exterior lights
by TO 1C-130-1167). These airplanes are
panel located just to the left of the overhead
equipped with two anti-collision strobe lights,
electrical control panel. When the ANTI-
one on the top of the fuselage forward of the
COLLISION switch on the exterior lights
center wing and one on the bottom of the
panel is placed to ON, 28-volts is applied to
fuselage just aft of the flight station bulk-
the anti-collision lamp and the rotating reflec-
head. The bottom light has a wire mesh
tor drive motor of both lights. Power is sup-
cover over it to protect the lens from foreign
plied from the 28-volt essential DC bus by
object damage. Each light assembly contains
way of the ANTI COLLISION circuit breaker
a high intensity, white, xenon arc-discharge
on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
strobe lamp and a high intensity red strobe
4-8.2 Anti-Collision Lights (Airplanes AF78- lamp. The white lamp operates on approxi-
0806 Through AF78-0813 and AF80-0332 mately 480 VDC and the red lamp operates
Through AF89-9106 Not Modified by TO 1C- on approximately 380 VDC. The power sup-
130-1167 Except HC-130(H)N). Red rotating ply for the top strobe light is mounted in the
anti-collision lights are installed on the top of cargo equipment rack just below the light.
the fuselage at the airplane centerline for- The power supply for the bottom light is
ward of the center wing section and on the located under the cargo floor immediately
bottom of the fuselage at the airplane center above the light.
line about four feet aft of the crew entrance
door. The lights are controlled from the
EXTERIOR LIGHTS panel located just to the WARNING
left of the overhead electrical control panel.
When the ANTI-COLLISION switch on the Do not look directly at strobe
EXTERIOR LIGHTS panel is placed to ON, lights while they are operating.
28 VDC is applied to the anti-collision lamp Do not operate strobe lights in a
and the rotating reflector drive motor of both congested area or if personnel are
lights. Power is supplied from the 28 VDC nearby. Direct viewing of the
essential DC bus by way of the ANTI COLLI- strobe lights while operating in
SION circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower white mode can cause eye injury
circuit breaker panel. at a distance of up to 500 feet. Do
4-8.3 Anti-Collision Lights (HC-130(H)N not operate strobe lights with the
Airplanes Prior to AF88-2101. Red rotating glass lens removed, the flashtubes
anti-collision lights are installed on the top of may shatter while the lights are
the vertical stabilizer and on the bottom of being operated.
the fuselage at the airplane center line aft of 4-8.4.1 Operation of Anti-Collision Strobe
the crew entrance door. The lights are con- Lights (Airplanes AF79-0473 Through AF80-
trolled from the EXTERIOR LIGHTS panel 0326 Not Modified by TO 1C-130-1167). The
located just to the left of the overhead electri- anti-collision strobe lights are controlled by
cal control panel. When the ANTI-COLLI- two switches located on the EXTERIOR
SION - UP switch on the EXTERIOR LIGHTS panel which is to the left of the over-
LIGHTS panel is placed to ON, 28 VDC is head electrical control panel. The STROBE
applied to the anti-collision lamp and rotating color control switch (WHT, RED, OFF) turns
reflector drive motor of the upper light. the lights on red or white. The red and white
When the ANTI-COLLISION - LWR switch is lights do not operate simultaneously. When
placed to ON, 28 VDC is applied to the lower
33-40-00
4-12 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-9. Anti-Collision Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
the airplane is on the ground, the touchdown also provides 28 VDC and the controls are
relay inhibits 28 VDC from the strobe light powered when the ANTI COLLISION circuit
power supplies, preventing the white strobe breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
lights from coming on. The STROBE select panel is closed.
switch (TOP, T&B, GRD TEST) is used to
4-8.5 Anti-Collision and Strobe Lights (Air-
select whether both lights are on or just the
planes AF90-1057 Through AF90-9108 Not
top light is on. Placing the select switch to
Modified by TO 1C-130-1167, Except HC-
GRD TEST will bypass the touchdown relay
130(H)N Airplane AF90-2103). These air-
and allow inflight operation of the strobe
planes are equipped with two anti-collision
lights. Power is supplied by the essential AC
strobe lights, one on the top of the vertical
bus by way of the STROBE LT - TOP and
stabilizer and one on the bottom of the fuse-
BOTTOM circuit breakers on the pilot’s side
lage just
circuit breaker panel. The essential DC bus
33-40-00
Change 8 4-13
4-14
33-40-00
Change 3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-10. Anti-Collision Strobe Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Airplanes AF79-0473 Through AF80-0326 Not Modified by
TO 1C-130-1167)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
aft of the flight station bulkhead. They are panel to TEST will bypass the touchdown
also equipped with a red rotating, anti- relay and allow in-flight operation of the bot-
collision light installed on the top of the fuse- tom strobe light. Power is supplied by the
lage forward of the center wing. Each strobe essential DC bus to the power supplies by
light assembly contains a high intensity, way of the STROBE LT - BOTTOM and TOP
white and red, xenon arc-discharge strobe circuit breakers on the copilot’s lower circuit
lamp. The power supply for the vertical sta- breaker panel.
bilizer strobe light is located on the right side
4-8.5.2 Operation of Anti-Collision Light
of the fuselage just forward of the horizontal
(Airplanes AF90-1057 Through AF90-9108
stabilizer at FS990. The power supply for the
Not Modified by TO 1C-130-1167, Except HC-
bottom strobe light is mounted in the electri-
130(H)N Airplane AF90-2103). The anti-
cal control supply rack.
collision light is controlled by a switch located
on the EXTERIOR LIGHTS panel which is to
the left of the overhead electrical control
WARNING
panel. When the ANTI-COLLISION switch is
placed to ON, 28 VDC is applied to the anti-
Do not look directly at strobe collision light and rotating reflector drive
lights while they are operating. motor. Power is supplied by the essential DC
Do not operate strobe lights in a bus by way of the ANTI COLLISION circuit
congested area or if personnel are breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker
nearby. Direct viewing of the panel.
strobe lights while operating in
white mode can cause eye injury NOTE
at a distance of up to 500 feet. Do On HC-130(H)N airplanes AF88-
not operate strobe lights with the 2101 through AF90-2103, the red
glass lens removed, the flashtubes TOP and BOT STROBE lights are
may shatter while the lights are NVG compatible yellow and the
being operated. white TOP and BOT STROBE
4-8.5.1 Operation of Strobe Lights (Air- lights are NVG compatible green.
planes AF90-1057 Through AF90-9108 Not 4-8.6 Strobe Lights (HC-130(H)N Airplanes
Modified by TO 1C-130-1167, Except HC- AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103, Airplanes
130(H)N Airplane AF90-2103). The anti- AF91-1231 and Up, and Airplanes Modified
collision strobe lights are controlled by two by TO 1C-130-1167 and/or TO 1C-130-1653).
switches located on the EXTERIOR LIGHTS These airplanes are equipped with two anti-
panel which is to the left of the overhead elec- collision strobe lights, one on the top of the
trical control panel. The TOP STROBE and fuselage aft of the center wing and one on the
BOT STROBE switches control the strobe bottom of the fuselage just aft of the flight
lights individually, turning the lights on red station bulkhead. Each strobe light assembly
or white. The red and white lights will not contains a high intensity, white and red,
operate at the same time. Power to the xenon arc-discharge strobe lamp. The power
switches is supplied from the power supply supply for the top strobe light is mounted in
for the light it controls and the switched 28 the cargo equipment rack just below the light.
VDC returns to the same power supply. The power supply for the bottom strobe light
When the airplane is on the ground, the is mounted in the electrical control supply
touchdown relay inhibits 28 VDC from the rack about one foot to the left of the center
bottom strobe light power supply to the BOT line and approximately one foot above the
STROBE switch, which prevents the bottom cargo floor.
strobe light from coming on. Placing the BOT
STROBE switch on the navigator’s control
33-40-00
Change 10 4-15
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
130-1653). The strobe lights are controlled by

two toggle switches and a rotary switch
WARNING
located on the exterior lights panel that is
located to the left of the overhead electrical
Do not look directly at strobe control panel. The TOP STROBE/TOP STRB
lights while they are operating. and BOT STROBE/BOT STRB switches con-
Do not operate strobe lights in a trol the strobe lights individually, turning the
congested area or if personnel are lights on red or white. The lights will not
nearby. Direct viewing of the operate in red and white at the same time.
strobe lights while operating in The STROBE INHIBIT/STRB INHB rotary
white mode can cause eye injury switch is used to control the brightness of the
at a distance of up to 500 feet. Do top red strobe lamp by bypassing the TOP
not operate strobe lights with the STROBE/TOP STRB switch and sending sig-
glass lens removed, the flashtubes nals to the dimmer module which then con-
may shatter while the lights are trols the brightness of the light. When the
being operated. STROBE INHIBIT/STRB INHB switch is
4-8.6.1 Operation of Strobe Lights (Air- placed to LO-COV, the top strobe light
planes AF91-1231 and Up and Airplanes changes to a dim red, regardless of TOP
Modified by TO 1C-130-1167 and/or TO 1C- STROBE/TOP STRB switch position.
33-40-00
4-16 Change 10
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-11. Anti-Collision and Strobe Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Airplanes AF90-1057
Through AF90-9108 Not Modified by TO 1C-130-1167, Except HC-130(H)N Airplane AF90-2103)
33-40-00
Change 8 4-16.1/(4-16.2 blank)
Change 10
Figure 4-12. Strobe Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Airplanes AF90-2103, AF91-1231 and Up and Airplanes Modified
by TO 1C-130-1167 and/or TO 1C-130-1653)
4-17
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Placing the STROBE INHIBIT/STRB INHB anti-collision lights are in a single installa-
switch to HI-COV increases the brightness of tion. NVIS anti-collision lights are controlled
the red lamp and placing it to ANTI-COLL by the AUX COVERT LIGHTING panel
increases the brightness even more. With the located on the flight engineer’s overhead
STROBE INHIBIT/STRB INHB switch in any panel.
position except OFF, voltage to the BOT
4-8.8 Tail IR Signal Light (MC-130P Air-
STROBE/BOT STRB switch is interrupted
planes Modified By TO 1C-130-1269). An IR
and the bottom strobe light cannot be turned
signal light is installed in the center of the
on. When the airplane is on the ground, the
two navigation lights on the beaver tail. The
touchdown relay inhibits 28 VDC to the BOT
control is beside the AUX COVERT LIGHT-
STROBE/BOT STRB switch, which prevents
ING panel located on the flight engineer’s
the bottom strobe light from coming on. Plac-
overhead panel.
ing the BOT STROBE switch on the naviga-
tor’s control panel (airplanes prior to AF93-
1036) or BOT STRB switch on the exterior
lights control panel (airplanes AF93-1036 and
4-9. LANDING GEAR WHEEL WELL LIGHTS
up) to TEST will bypass the touchdown relay
(SEE FIGURES 4-13 AND 4-14).
and allow operation of the bottom strobe light
while the airplane is on the ground. On AC- A light is provided in the nose landing gear
130H airplanes, placing the BOTTOM wheel well to light the area for maintenance
STROBE switch, located on the FCO’s over- and to allow observation of the landing gear
head console, to TEST bypasses the landing during flight through the observation window.
gear squat switch. This allows the lower On airplanes AF83-0486 and up, the main
light to be tested on the ground, as long as landing gear wheel wells have lights for the
the STROBE INHIBIT switch is OFF and same purpose. On HC-130(H)N airplanes
either RED or WHITE is selected on the BOT AF92-2104 and up, and C-130H airplanes
STROBE switch. Power is supplied by the AF95-1001 and up, infrared lights have been
essential DC bus to the power supplies by added at each wheel well light station. Elec-
way of the STROBE LT - BOTTOM/BOT and trical power is supplied through the same
TOP circuit breakers on the copilot’s lower switches used during normal operation. Plac-
circuit breaker panel. On AC-130H airplanes, ing the NORM/COVT switch, located on the
power is supplied by way of the 28-volt essen- exterior lights control panel, to COVT redi-
tial DC bus STROBE TOP and STROBE BOT rects electrical power to the infrared lights.
circuit breakers, located on the miscellaneous Placing the NORM/COVT switch to NORM
power distribution panel. returns the lights to normal operation.
4-8.7 Anti-Collision Lights (MC-130P Air- 4-9.1 Nose Wheel Well Light. The nose
planes Modified By TO 1C-130-1269). The wheel well light is mounted on the nose
anti-collision light on the vertical stabilizer is wheel well aft bulkhead and is operated from
replaced with a dual mode light. NVIS com- within the wheel well by a switch mounted on
patible red Infrared (IR) and conventional the forward edge of the battery box on the
33-40-00
4-18 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-13. Location of Landing Gear Wheel Well Lights and Controls
left side of the wheel well. It can also be identical for both main wheel wells. Each
turned on with a switch mounted above the main wheel well light is mounted on the
nose gear observation window under the wheel well bulkhead above the aft wheel and
flight deck. Since the switches are wired in is operated from within the wheel well by a
parallel, the light can only be turned off with WHEEL WELL LIGHT switch mounted below
the same switch that was used to turn it on. the light. It can also be controlled with a
Power for the nose wheel well light is sup- WHEEL WELL LIGHT switch mounted in
plied by the 28-volt main DC bus and the the cargo compartment, aft of the wheel well.
switches are powered when the EXTERIOR The switches are wired such that the light
LIGHTS - NOSE WHEEL WELL LIGHT/ can be turned on and off from either switch
NOSE WHEEL WELL LIGHT circuit breaker regardless of whether the light is on or off.
on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel is Power is supplied by the 28-volt main DC bus
closed. and the switches have power to them when
the EXTERIOR LIGHTS - MAIN WHEEL
4-9.2 Main Wheel Well Light. On airplanes
WELL LIGHT circuit breaker on the copilot’s
AF83-0486 and up, the main landing gear
lower circuit breaker panel is closed.
wheel wells are provided with lights that are
33-40-00
Change 6 4-18.1/(4-18.2 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1

Figure 4-14. Landing Gear Wheel Well Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-40-00
Change 8 4-19
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4-14. Landing Gear Wheel Well Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-40-00
4-20 Change 8
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IVA. UNIVERSAL AERIAL REFUELING RECEPTACLE SLIPWAY INSTALLA-

TION (UARRSI) LIGHTING (AC-130H AIRPLANES)
4A-1. GENERAL. lamps each, on each side wall of the slipway.

The light system is controlled by the LIGHT-
On AC-130H airplanes, the fuel system has
ING - SLIPWAY LIGHTS rheostat on the
been modified by the addition of the UARRSI.
aerial refuel panel. When the rheostat is
rotated out of the OFF position, power from
the airplane, which increases the range and
the essential DC bus is routed through the
dimming controller to the slipway lights. As
aerial refueling area lights, slipway lights,
the LIGHTING - SLIPWAY LIGHTS rheostat
and aerial refueling fuselage lights are pro-
is rotated towards the BRIGHT position,
vided for illumination of the refueling area.
power to the light increases, thus increasing
These lights are controlled from the aerial
the intensity of the lights. Power is supplied
refueling panel, located on the aft end of the
by the 28-volt essential DC bus by way of the
overhead control panel at the flight engineer’s
REFUEL SLIPWAY LIGHTS circuit breaker
station.
on the copilot’s side circuit breaker panel.
4A-2. AERIAL REFUELING AREA LIGHTS
(SEE FIGURES 4A-1, 4A-2, AND 4A-3). 4A-4. AERIAL REFUELING FUSELAGE
LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 4A-1, 4A-2, AND
Four aerial refueling area lights have been 4A-3).
installed to illuminate the UARRSI area, two
lights are located forward of the UARRSI, Two aerial refueling fuselage lights have been
and one light is located at each side of the installed on the upper fuselage and oriented
UARRSI. The lights are controlled by the to illuminate the leading edge of the wing.
LIGHTING - AREA rheostat on the aerial These lights are controlled by the LIGHTING
refueling control panel. When the rheostat is - FUSELAGE rheostat on the aerial refueling
rotated out of the OFF position, power from control panel. When the rheostat is rotated
the main DC bus is routed through the dim- clockwise out of the OFF position, power from
ming controller to the refueling area lights. the main DC bus is routed through the dim-
As the LIGHTING - AREA rheostat is rotated ming controller to the refueling fuselage
towards the BRIGHT position, power to the lights. As the LIGHTING - FUSELAGE rhe-
lights increases, thus increasing the intensity ostat is rotated towards the BRIGHT position,
of the lights. Power is supplied by the 28-volt power to the light increases, thus increasing
main DC bus by way of the REFUEL the intensity of the lights. Power is supplied
LIGHTS - AREA circuit breaker on the by the 28-volt main DC bus by way of the
copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. REFUEL LIGHTS - FUS circuit breaker on
4A-3. AERIAL REFUELING SLIPWAY
LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 4A-1, 4A-2, AND 4A-5. LEADING EDGE LIGHTS (SEE
4A-3). FIGURES 4A-1 AND 4A-2).
Aerial refueling slipway lights are integral See Section IV, Paragraph 4-6 LEADING
components of the UARRSI unit and include EDGE LIGHTS for description and operation
six clear lights, in two assemblies of three of the leading edge lights.
33-41-00
Change 6 4A-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4A-1. Location of UARRSI Lights (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-41-00
4A-2 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4A-2. Location of UARRSI Lighting Controls (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-41-00
Change 6 4A-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4A-3. UARRSI Lighting Electrical Schematic Diagram (AC-130H Airplanes)
33-41-00
4A-4 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IVB. EXTERIOR LIGHTING
4B-1. GENERAL. BRIGHT, the large fuselage lights are illumi-

nated and bus voltage is applied to the wing
Exterior lighting provides light for landing,
tip and tail navigation lights. Power is sup-
takeoff, formation flying, and recognition pur-
plied by the 28 volt essential DC bus through
poses. The navigation, formation, leading
the EXTERIOR LIGHTS NAVIGATION &
edge, and anti-collision lights, landing lights,
POSITION circuit breaker on the copilot’s
and taxi lights are controlled from control
panels located on the overhead panel. An
auxiliary exterior lighting system has been 4B-3. FORMATION LIGHTS.
installed that consists of two retractable land-
4B-3.1 Formation Lights (MC-130E) (See
ing lights, two taxi lights, and an anti-colli-
Figures 4B-1, 4B-3, and FO-9). The formation
sion light on top of the vertical stabilizer.
lights consist of thirteen lights: nine lunar
These lights are controlled from different
white lights (three mounted on each of the
overhead control panels.
wings, and three on top of the fuselage), a red
light on the left wing tip, a green light on the
4B-2. NAVIGATION LIGHTS. right wing tip, and a yellow light on each side
of the fuselage just aft of each paratroop door.
4B-2.1 Navigation Lights (See Figures 4B-1
The nine lunar white and wing tip formation
thru 4B-5). The navigation lights include a
lights are controlled by a formation light rhe-
red light on the left wing tip, a green light on
ostat and a two-position (COLORED WING-
the right wing tip, two white lights on the tip
FUS, BOTH) toggle switch located on the
of the tail cone, and a clear light on both the
exterior panel. When the toggle switch is set
top and bottom of the fuselage, in line with
to the COLORED WING-FUS position, the
the PROPELLER DANGER decal. On MC-
nine lunar lights are illuminated and extin-
130H airplanes, the clear light on both the
guished, and the intensity varied from dim to
top and bottom of the fuselage contain two
bright by the rheostat. With the rheostat
lamps: a large lamp for bright operation and
turned to other than OFF, and the toggle
a small lamp for dim operation. All of these
switch set to BOTH, the nine lunar white and
lights are controlled with the two NAVIGA-
wing tip formation lights are illuminated.
TION toggle switches on the exterior lights
The aft door formation lights are controlled
panel, located on the overhead panel. When
from a three-position (MOMENTARY ON,
the control switch (FLASH, OFF, STEADY) is
OFF, ON) AFT DOOR FORMATION LIGHT
in the OFF position, all navigation lights are
toggle switch located aft of each paratroop
off. When the switch is placed to STEADY,
door. When either switch is moved to
all of the navigation lights come on. When
MOMENTARY ON, the corresponding light
the switch is placed to FLASH, a light-flasher
will illuminate. When the switch is released,
unit, located on the right hand distribution
the switch is spring loaded to the OFF posi-
panel causes the tail and wing tip lights to
tion and the light extinguishes. When either
flash simultaneously at a rate of 85 flashes
switch is moved to ON, the corresponding
per minute. The clear fuselage lights do not
light will illuminate; when moved to OFF, the
flash. The navigation lights dimming switch
light will extinguish. Power for all of the for-
is a two-position (DIM, BRIGHT) toggle
mation lights is supplied from the main DC
switch, that controls the intensity of the navi-
bus through the FORMATION lights circuit
gation lights. On MC-130H airplanes, when
the DIM/BRIGHT switch is in DIM, the small
panel.
fuselage lights are illuminated and a dim-
ming resistor is connected in series with the 4B-3.2 Formation Lights (MC-130H) (See
input to the wing tip and tail navigation Figures 4B-2, 4B-4, and 4B-5). The formation
lights. If the DIM/BRIGHT switch is in lights consist of nine lunar white lights
33-42-00
Change 7 4B-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-1. Exterior Lights Locations (MC-130E Airplanes) (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-42-00
4B-2 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-1. Exterior Lights Locations (MC-130E Airplanes) (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-42-00
Change 7 4B-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-2. Exterior Lights Locations (MC-130H Airplanes) (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-42-00
4B-4 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-2. Exterior Lights Locations (MC-130H Airplanes) (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-42-00
Change 7 4B-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-3. Exterior Lights Controls Locations (MC-130E Airplanes) (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-42-00
4B-6 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-3. Exterior Lights Controls Locations (MC-130E Airplanes) (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-42-00
Change 7 4B-7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-4. Exterior Lights Controls Locations (MC-130H Airplanes)
33-42-00
4B-8 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-5. Exterior Lights Schematic Diagrams (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-42-00
Change 7 4B-9
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-42-00
4B-10 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-42-00
Change 7 4B-11
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
on the top of the airplane. Three lights are or RH circuit breaker, to the respective land-
mounted on top of each of the outer wing ing light lamp. Power for the electric motor
panels, outboard of the outboard engine. And operation and relay operation is provided by
three lights are mounted on the fuselage the 28 volt essential DC bus through the
center line, between the wing trailing edge LDG LTS MTR-LH or -RH circuit breakers on
and the vertical stabilizer. The formation the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
lights are controlled by the FORMATION rhe-
ostat control on the exterior lights panel, 4B-5. LEADING EDGE LIGHTS (SEE
located on the overhead panel. Rotating the FIGURES 4B-1 THRU 4B-5).
FORMATION rheostat control clockwise out A light is installed on each side of the fuse-
of the OFF position turns the formation lights lage, in a position which will illuminate the
on dim. Continuing to rotate the control engine nacelles and the immediate leading
clockwise brightens the lights to maximum edge area of each wing. The leading edge
brightness at the BRIGHT position. Power is lights are controlled by two different
supplied by the 28 volt main DC bus through switches. The two-position (ON, OFF) LEAD-
the EXTERIOR LIGHTS FORMATION circuit ING EDGE toggle switch on the exterior
breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker lights panel, located on the overhead panel,
panel. turns the lights on or off. (See Figure 4B-1).
With the toggle switch in the OFF position,
4B-4. LANDING LIGHTS (SEE FIGURES 4B- the lights are controlled by the LIGHTING
1 THRU 4B-5). LEADING EDGE rotary switch on the aerial
refueling panel, located on the overhead
On each wing, a sealed-beam landing light is panel. Rotating the LIGHTING LEADING
mounted in a recessed compartment on the EDGE rotary switch out of the OFF position
bottom of the leading edge wing panel, just turns the leading edge lights on dim. Contin-
inboard of the external wing tank. The uing to rotate the rotary switch clockwise
extension and retraction of the landing lights brightens the lights to maximum brightness
is controlled with the three-position at the BRIGHT position. Power is supplied
(EXTEND, HOLD, RETRACT) LANDING by the 28 volt main DC bus through the
LIGHTS -LEFT MOTOR or -RIGHT MOTOR EXTERIOR LIGHTS WING LEADING EDGE
switches on the landing lights control panel, circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit
located on the overhead panel. Placing the breaker panel.
motor switch to EXTEND powers a reversible
electric motor, driving the light to the fully 4B-6. TAXI LIGHTS.
extended position, which opens a limit switch,
A clear taxi light is mounted on each main
causing the drive motor to stop. Placing the
landing gear door to illuminate the area in
motor switch to RETRACT powers the electric
front of the airplane during taxi operations.
motor in reverse and drives the landing light
On MC-130H airplanes, a wing tip taxi light
to the fully retracted position. When the
is mounted on each wing tip, providing addi-
landing light reaches the fully retracted posi-
tional light when little or no ground lighting
tion, it activates a limit switch, which inter-
facilities exist, to prevent wing damage dur-
rupts power to the drive motor and stops it.
ing taxi operations.
In the fully retracted position, the landing
light is flush with the wing skin. The light 4B-6.1 Taxi Lights (See Figures 4B-1 thru
may be stopped between the extended and 4B-5). There is one taxi light mounted near
retracted position by placing the control the forward edge of each main landing gear
switch to HOLD when the light reaches the door, to illuminate the area in front of the
desired intermediate position. When the left- airplane during taxi operations. They are
or right-hand light switch on the landing controlled from the landing lights control
lights panel is placed to ON, a relay in the panel, located on the center pedestal. When
landing light housing is energized and the TAXI LIGHTS switch is placed to ON,
switches power directly from the 28 volt both taxi lights come on. Power is supplied
essential DC bus, through the LDG LTS LH by the 28 volt main DC bus through the
33-42-00
4B-12 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
EXTERIOR LIGHTS TAXI circuit breaker on 4B-7.3 Ground Test of Bottom Strobe Light
the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. (MC-130E). Ground test of the bottom strobe
light is accomplished by placing the BOT
4B-6.2 Wing Tip Taxi Lights (MC-130H)
STROBE light switch to RED and/or WHT
(See Figures 4B-2, 4B-4, and 4B-5). The wing
and placing the BOT STROBE ground test
tip taxi lights are clear sealed-beam lights
switch on the NAV station to TEST.
mounted in each wing tip. The lights are
controlled from the landing lights control 4B-7.4 Anti-Collision Lights (MC-130H) (See
panel, located on the center pedestal. When Figures 4B-2, 4B-4, and 4B-5). Two red,
the WING TIP TAXI LIGHTS switch is rotating anti-collision light assemblies are
placed to ON, both lights come on. Power is mounted on the fuselage. One is on the
supplied by the 28 volt main DC bus through upper surface of the fuselage at FS 462, the
the WING TIP TAXI LIGHT circuit breaker other is on the underside of the fuselage at
on the copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel. FS 257. Each light assembly consists of a
sealed-beam lamp, a rotating reflector, a
4B-7. ANTI-COLLISION LIGHTS.
motor, and a noise filter. They are controlled
4B-7.1 Anti-Collision Strobe Lights (MC- by a three position (OFF, ON, LOWER)
130E) (See Figures 4B-1, 4B-3, and FO-8). switch on the exterior lights control panel,
Anti-collision strobe lights are located on top located on the overhead control panel.
of the center fuselage at FS 715 and on the
4B-7.5 Operation of Anti-Collision Lights
bottom of the fuselage at FS 251. Each light
(MC-130H). When the ANTI-COLLISION
contains high intensity white and red xenon
switch is placed in the ON position, power is
arc-discharge lights. The strobe lights are
connected to both lights and motors. When
controlled by two STROBES toggle switches
the switch is placed in the LOWER position,
and a STROBE INHIBIT switch on the exte-
power is connected to the light mounted on
rior lights control panel, and a BOT STROBE
the underside of the fuselage only. When the
light ground switch on the dual navigator sta-
switch is placed in the OFF position, all
tion. The top strobe 28 VDC power supply
power is disconnected from the lights.
and dimmer module is located at FS 715
overhead, and the bottom strobe 28 VDC
4B-8. LANDING GEAR WHEELWELL
power supply is located at FS 290 RH. Air-
LIGHTS.
plane power is supplied to the power supplies
from the essential DC bus through the A light is provided in the nose landing gear
STROBE -TOP and -BOT circuit breakers on wheelwell to illuminate the area for mainte-
the copilot’s side circuit breaker panel. nance and to allow observation of the landing
gear through the observation window.
4B-7.2 Operation of Anti-Collision Lights
(MC-130E). The top strobe light is controlled 4B-8.1 Nose Wheelwell Light (See Figure
by the TOP STROBE switch (OFF, RED, 4B-6). The nose wheelwell light is mounted
WHT). During aerial refueling, the TOP on the nose wheelwell aft bulkhead and is
STROBE switch is placed to OFF, so that operated from within the wheelwell by a
only the bottom strobe light operates. Power switch mounted on the forward edge of the
is applied to the bottom strobe light when battery box on the left side of the wheelwell.
either: the airplane is airborne; the TOUCH- It can also be turned on with a switch
DOWN RELAY circuit breaker is open; or the mounted above the nose gear observation
BOT STROBE ground test switch is held in window under the flight deck. Since the
the TEST position. The bottom strobe light switches are wired in parallel, the light can
will be off whenever the STROBE INHIBIT only turned off with the same switch that was
switch is in any position other than OFF. used to turn it on. Power for the nose wheel-
Operation of the bottom strobe light on the well light is supplied by the 28 volt main DC
ground is prevented by a bottom strobe light bus through the EXTERIOR LIGHTS NOSE
touchdown relay, which is controlled by the WHEEL WELL LIGHT circuit breaker on the
slave touchdown relay No. 1. copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
33-42-00
Change 7 4B-13
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
4B-9. AUXILIARY EXTERIOR LIGHTS. EXTERIOR LIGHTS TAXI circuit breaker on

the pilot’s lower circuit breaker panel and
Auxiliary exterior lighting consists of addi-
through the K231CM relay mounted in the
tional standard landing, taxi, and anti-colli-
trough at FS 248. The relay is actuated by
sion lights. The auxiliary exterior lights are
the RH landing gear up limit switch,
controlled from the overhead panel. Auxiliary
S249AM, to prevent illumination of the lights
exterior lights operate in the same manner as
when the landing gear is not down.
the normal exterior lights.
4B-9.3 Auxiliary Taxi Lights (MC-130H)
4B-9.1 Auxiliary Landing Lights (See
(See Figures 4B-2, 4B-4, and 4B-8). An auxil-
Figures 4B-1 thru 4B-4, and 4B-7). An infra-
iary taxi light has been installed above the
red auxiliary (auxiliary on MC-130H) landing
existing taxi light on each main landing gear
light is installed on each wing at Outer Wing
door. The auxiliary taxi lights are turned
Station (OWS) 94.5. The operation of the
ON/OFF by the AUX TAXI LIGHTS switch
infrared auxiliary/auxiliary landing lights is
on the auxiliary lights control panel, located
identical to the normal landing lights. A
on the overhead control panel. Power is sup-
three-position (EXTEND, HOLD, RETRACT)
plied by the 28 volt essential DC bus through
AUX LANDING LIGHTS - LEFT MOTOR or
the ESSENTIAL DC BUS AUX EXTERIOR
-RIGHT MOTOR switch controls the exten-
LIGHTS TAXI circuit breaker on the pilot’s
sion and retraction of the left and right infra-
red auxiliary/auxiliary landing lights. The
lights must first be extended before they can 4B-9.4 Auxiliary Anti-Collision Lights (See
be turned on. Each light also has a two posi- Figures 4B-1 thru 4B-4, and 4B-9). An infra-
tion (ON, OFF) AUX LANDING LIGHTS - red auxiliary (auxiliary on MC-130H) anti-col-
LEFT LIGHT or - RIGHT LIGHT power lision light is located on top of the vertical
switch. Power for the infrared auxiliary/aux- stabilizer. The infrared auxiliary/auxiliary
iliary landing lights motors is supplied by the anti-collision light is turned ON/OFF by the
28 volt essential DC bus through the ESSEN- AUX ANTI COLLISION light switch on the
TIAL DC BUS AUX EXTERIOR LIGHTS overhead panel. Power is supplied by the 28
LANDING LIGHTS MTR LH or RH circuit volt essential DC bus through the ESSEN-
breakers on the pilot’s lower circuit breaker TIAL DC BUS AUX EXTERIOR LIGHTS
panel. Power for the auxiliary landing lights ANTI COLLISION circuit breaker on the
is supplied by the 28 volt essential DC bus pilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
through the ESSENTIAL DC BUS AUX
EXTERIOR LIGHTS LANDING LIGHTS LH 4B-10. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
or RH circuit breakers on the pilot’s lower cir- REQUIREMENTS.
cuit breaker panel. Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-33JG-00-1 for special
4B-9.2 SSNIR Taxi Lights (MC-130E) (See maintenance requirements.
Figures 4B-1, 4B-3, and 4B-8). A Solid State 4B-11. CONSUMABLE MATERIALS LIST.
Near Infrared (SSNIR) taxi light has been
installed above the existing taxi light on each Refer to applicable Job Guide (JG) input con-
main landing gear door. SSNIR lights conditions for a list of consumable materials
tain an array of high-power light-emitting required to perform a particular maintenance
diodes that radiate a focused optical beam. function.
The light beam emitted from the SSNIR
4B-12. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST.
lights cannot be seen with the naked eye, and
illuminate only when the main landing gear Refer to applicable JG input conditions for a
is in the down position. The SSNIR taxi list of special tools and test equipment to per-
lights are turned ON/OFF by the AUX TAXI form a particular maintenance function.
LIGHTS switch on the auxiliary lights control Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-00GE-00-1 and, or TO
panel, located on the overhead control panel. 1C-130(M)H-2-00GE-00-1 for fabrication of
Power is supplied by the 28 volt essential DC any locally manufactured tools or test equip-
bus through the ESSENTIAL DC BUS AUX ment.
33-42-00
4B-14 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-6. Nose Wheelwell Light, Control, and Schematic Diagram
33-42-00
Change 7 4B-15
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-7. Auxiliary Landing Light Schematic Diagram
33-42-00
4B-16 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4B-8. Auxiliary Taxi Light Schematic Diagram
33-42-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section IVC. UNIVERSAL AERIAL REFUELING RECEPTACLE
SLIPWAY INSTALLATION AND AUXILIARY REFUEL CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHTING
4C-1. GENERAL. DC bus is routed through the dimming con-

troller to the slipway lights. As the control is
The fuel system has been modified by the
rotated towards BRIGHT, power to the lights
addition of the Universal Aerial Refueling
increases, thus increasing the intensity of the
Receptacle Slipway Installation (UARRSI).
lights. Power is supplied by the 28 volt
essential DC bus through the REFUEL
the airplane, which increases the range and
SLIPWAY LIGHTS circuit breaker on the
copilot’s side circuit breaker panel.
aerial refueling area, slipway, and fuselage
lights provide illumination of the refueling 4C-4. AERIAL REFUELING FUSELAGE
area. MC-130E airplanes also have a pod LIGHTS.
and hose refueling system. These lights are
4C-4.1 Aerial Refueling Fuselage Lights
controlled from the aerial refuel panel,
(See Figures 4C-1 through 4C-3). Two aerial
located on the overhead panel.
refueling fuselage lights have been installed
on the upper fuselage and oriented to illumi-
4C-2. AERIAL REFUELING AREA LIGHTS.
nate the leading edge of the wing. These
4C-2.1 Aerial Refueling Area Lights (See lights are controlled by the LIGHTS FUSE-
Figures 4C-1 through 4C-3). Four aerial LAGE control on the aerial refuel panel.
refueling area lights have been installed to When the control is rotated clockwise out of
illuminate the UARRSI area, two lights are the OFF position, power from the main DC
located forward of the UARRSI, and one light bus is routed through the dimming controller
is located at each side of the UARRSI. The to the aerial refueling fuselage lights. As the
lights are controlled by the LIGHTING AREA control is rotated towards BRIGHT, power to
control on the aerial refuel panel. When the the lights increases, thus increasing the
control is rotated out of the OFF position, intensity of the lights. Power is supplied by
power from the main DC bus is routed the 28 volt main DC bus through the
through the dimming controller to the aerial REFUEL LIGHTS FUS circuit breaker on the
refueling area lights. As the control is copilot’s lower circuit breaker panel.
rotated towards BRIGHT, power to the lights
4C-5. LEADING EDGE LIGHTS.
increases, thus increasing the intensity of the
lights. Power is supplied by the 28 volt main See Section IVB-1, Paragraph 4B-5 LEADING
DC bus through the REFUEL LIGHTS AREA EDGE LIGHTS for description and operation
circuit breaker on the copilot’s lower circuit of the leading edge lights.
breaker panel.
4C-6. AUXILIARY REFUEL CONTROL
PANEL LIGHTS (MC-130E).
4C-3. AERIAL REFUELING SLIPWAY
LIGHTS. The auxiliary fuel control panel lights are
controlled by an IFR panel lights OFF-to-
4C-3.1 Aerial Refueling Slipway Lights (See
BRIGHT rheostat located on the flight engi-
Figures 4C-1 through 4C-3). Slipway lights
neer’s overhead panel. Panel lights power is
are integral components of the UARRSI unit
supplied from the main DC bus through the
and include six clear lights, in two assemblies
OVERHEAD PRIMARY circuit breaker on the
of three lamps each, on each side wall of the
slipway. The light system is controlled by the
LIGHTS SLIPWAY control on the aerial 4C-6.1 Pod and Hose Illumination Lights
refuel panel. When the control is rotated out (See Figures 4C-1, 4C-2 and 4C-4). A white
of the OFF position, power from the essential pod and hose illumination light is located in
33-43-00
Change 7 4C-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4C-1. Location of UARRSI and Pod and Hose Illumination Lights
33-43-00
4C-2 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4C-2. Location of UARRSI and Auxiliary Refuel Control System Controls
33-43-00
Change 7 4C-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4C-3. UARRSI Lights Schematic Diagram
33-43-00
4C-4 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 4C-4. Pod and Hose Illumination Lights Schematic Diagram (MC-130E Airplanes)
33-43-00
Change 7 4C-5
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
the forward edge of each horizontal stabilizer parallel with a similar light on each refueling
tip. These lights are positioned to illuminate pod. The FUEL FLOWING lights illuminate
the inflight refueling pods. A three-position when fuel is flowing to a receiver. Power to
(ON/NVIS/OFF) pod and hose illumination the light is supplied from the essential DC
switch, located on the auxiliary fuel control bus through the inflight refueling FUEL
panel controls the operation of the lights. In FLOW circuit breaker on the pilot’s upper
ON position, two white lights mounted in the circuit breaker panel.
light assemblies on the leading edge tips of
4C-6.4 Stowed and Locked Lights (See Fig-
the horizontal stabilizer illuminate the pods.
ure 4C-2). Two yellow press-to-test STOWED
In NVIS position, two infrared lights con-
AND LOCKED lights are located on the aux-
tained within the light assemblies illuminate
iliary fuel control panel. The light illumi-
the pods. A POD & HOSE ILLUM rheostat
nates when the drogue is stowed and locked
located directly above the auxiliary fuel con-
in the pod. Power to the light is supplied
trol panel controls the intensity of the NVIS
from the essential DC bus through the REEL
infrared lights. Power for the pod and hose
CONT circuit breakers on the pilot’s upper
illumination lights is supplied from the essen-
tial DC bus, through the POD & HOSE
ILLUM circuit breaker located on the pilot’s 4C-6.5 Hydraulic Pressure Off Lights (See
upper circuit breaker panel. Figure 4C-2). Two red press-to-test HYD
PRESS OFF lights on the auxiliary fuel con-
4C-6.2 Tanker Ready Lights (See Figure 4C-
trol panel operate in parallel with a similar
2). Two yellow press-to-test TANKER READY
light on each refueling pod. The HYD PRESS
lights on the auxiliary fuel control panel oper-
OFF lights are energized whenever the
ate in parallel with similar lights on each
hydraulic pressure switch detects a pressure
refueling pod. When the hoses are trailed,
of 1,700 psi or less. Power to the light is
the tanker ready lights illuminate approxi-
supplied from the essential DC bus through
mately 5 seconds after the hoses reach preset
the REEL CONT circuit breakers on the
trail stop (approximately 81 feet from pod
pilot’s upper circuit breaker panel.
fairing to coupling), provided the reel fuel
valves are closed. The lights extinguish when 4C-7. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
the receiver engages and pushes the hose in REQUIREMENTS.
approximately 5 feet to the fueling range. If
Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-33JG-00-1 for special
a receiver should push the hose forward until
maintenance requirements.
approximately 56 feet trailed is reached, the
lights illuminate. The lights extinguish for 4C-8. CONSUMABLE MATERIALS LIST.
approximately 5 seconds when the reel
response switches are placed to RESET and
released. The lights will not illuminate when
required to perform a particular maintenance
reel hydraulic pressure is below 1,700 psi.
function.
Power is supplied from the essential DC bus,
through the REEL CONTROL circuit breaker 4C-9. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST.
on the pilot’s upper circuit breaker panel
Refer to applicable JG input conditions for a
when the reel fuel valve switch is in the
list of special tools and test equipment to per-
AUTO position. When the reel fuel valve
form a particular maintenance function.
switch is in the CLOSED position, power is
Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-00GE-00-1 and, or TO
supplied from the essential DC bus through
the EMER TRAIL circuit breaker on the
pilot’s upper circuit breaker panel.
equipment.
4C-6.3 Fuel Flowing Lights (See Figure 4C-
2). Two press-to-test FUEL FLOWING lights
on the auxiliary fuel control panel operate in
33-43-00
4C-6 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section V. EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS
5-1. GENERAL. and if the switch is set to ON, the light can-
not be turned off with the control circuit.
Portable, battery operated emergency exit
When power is lost from the essential DC
lights are provided at each emergency and
bus, one of the relays in the emergency exit
normal exit. On AC-130H airplanes, modified
light assembly is deenergized and closes a cir-
by TO 1C-130(A)H-552, the emergency exit
cuit from the internal battery to the lamp by
lights have been replaced with six NVG-com-
way of the emergency exit lights relay.
patible emergency exit lights.
Pressing the EMER EXIT LIGHT EXTIN-
5-2. EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS (SEE GUISH/EMER EXIT LT OFF switch, on the
FIGURES 5-1, 5-2, AND 5-3). exterior lights control panel located to the left
of the overhead electrical panel, opens the
Emergency exit lights are located near the
emergency exit lights relay and interrupts
crew entrance door, just forward of the two
voltage to the lamp. The light remains off
paratroop doors, beside each of the three
until power is restored to the essential DC
overhead emergency exits and above the left-
bus at which time normal operation of the
and right-side emergency exits. On airplanes
emergency exit lights is resumed. When a
prior to AF83-0486 and on HC-130(H)N air-
light is removed from its mount, the light dis-
planes, there is only one side emergency exit
connect switch closes to complete the light
light located just forward of the wheel well on
circuit to the internal batteries to illuminate
the right side of the airplane. On AC-130H
the lamp. If the airplane experiences deceler-
airplanes, one emergency exit light is located
ation in excess of 2.5 g’s along its longitudinal
over the FCO station, one by the forward
axis, the inertia switch in the emergency exit
scanner, one in the Booth, one by the RH side
light assembly closes. The other relay in the
access door, and one beside each of the two
emergency exit light assembly is then ener-
overhead emergency exits. Each light assem-
gized and electrically latched, routing power
bly contains four batteries, two bulbs (one
to the lamp. The light can be turned off and
spare), an inertia switch, two relays, and a
the control circuit reset by opening and clos-
control circuit with external connections.
ing the EMER EXIT LIGHT CONTROL cir-
When the light is removed from its mount it
cuit breaker. 28 VDC power for the control
can be used as a portable light and is turned
circuit is provided by the essential DC bus
on and off with the switch on the face of the
and is available to the emergency exit lights
light (airplanes prior to AF95-1001) or with
when the EMER EXIT LIGHT CONTROL cir-
the control handle (airplanes AF95-1001 and
up). On AC-130H airplanes, the emergency
breaker panel is closed. 28 VDC power for
exit lights are converted to covert lighting by
the EMER EXIT LIGHT EXTINGUISH/
adding NVG compatible filters. The filter is
EMER EXIT LT OFF switch is provided by
attached to the lamp with a short wire to pre-
the battery bus (DC) by way of the EMER
vent loss. For NVG use, the filter is held on
EXIT LIGHT EXTINGUISH/EMER EXIT
the lens with a bayonet coupling. For normal
LIGHT EXTINGUISHER circuit breaker on
use, the filter is removed from the lens and
the pilot’s side circuit breaker panel on air-
stored on a mount on the side of the lamp.
planes prior to AF93-1036, except AF92-1094,
5-2.1 Operation of Emergency Exit Lights AF92-1095, and AF92-2104. On airplanes
(Airplanes prior to AF95-1001). The normal AF92-1094, AF92-1095, AF92-2104, and
position for the emergency exit light control AF93-1036 and up, power is provided from
switch during operational conditions is ARM. the battery bus (DC) through the EMER
If the control switch is set to OFF, the light EXIT LT EXT circuit breaker on the pilot’s
cannot be turned on with the control circuit lower circuit breaker panel.
33-50-00
Change 6 5-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 5-1. Location of Emergency Exit Lights
33-50-00
5-2 Change 6
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 5-2. Location of Controls for Emergency Exit Lights
5-2.2 Operation of Emergency Exit Lights will cause one or both inertia switches to
(Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up). The normal open, turning on all the emergency exit
position for the emergency exit light control lights. On the emergency exit light at FS
handle during normal operation is in. If the 241, there is a test switch that when in the
control handle is pulled out, the light comes test position turns on all the emergency exit
on and the control circuit is bypassed. Loss lights. When the test switch is placed in the
of power from the essential DC bus closes a off position, all the emergency exit lights go
circuit from the internal battery to the lamp off. Power for the emergency exit lights arm-
and the lights come on. Pressing the EMER ing and charging circuits is provided by the
EXIT LT OFF switch, on the overhead electri- 28-volt essential DC bus through EMER
cal panel, causes the lights to go off. The EXIT LIGHT CONTROL circuit breaker on
lights remain off until power is restored to the copilot lower circuit breaker panel. Power
the essential DC bus at which time normal for the EMER EXIT LT OFF switch is sup-
operation of the emergency exit lights is plied by the battery DC bus through the
restored. There are two inertia switches in EMER EXIT LT EXT circuit breaker on the
the arming circuit to the emergency exit pilot lower circuit breaker panel.
lights. A sudden deceleration of the airplane
33-50-00
Change 6 5-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Airplanes Prior to AF95-1001
Figure 5-3. Emergency Exit Light Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-50-00
5-4 Change 8
Change 4
5-5/(5-6
Airplanes AF95-1001 and Up
Figure 5-3. Emergency Exit Light Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-50-00
blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Section VA. EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS
5A-1. GENERAL. exit light control switches remain in the

ARMED position; all other light control
Seven (eight on MC-130H) emergency exit
switches are placed in the OFF position. As
lights are installed on stationary terminal
soon as the covert operation is completed, all
blocks located near each normal or emergency
emergency exit light control switches are
exit. On MC-130E airplanes, one light is
returned to the ARMED position. Power from
located near the crew entrance door, one by
the EMER EXIT LIGHT CONTROL circuit
the right side emergency exit, one beside each
breaker, on the essential DC bus, actuates a
paratroop door, and one beside each of the
relay in the emergency exit light which holds
three overhead emergency exits. On MC-
open a circuit between the internal batteries
130H airplanes, the emergency exit lights are
and the light. If the power on the essential
located near the crew entrance door, one by
bus fails, the relay is de-energized and the
each of the two front emergency exit, one
emergency exit lights come on. The inertia
beside each paratroop door, and one beside
switch in the emergency exit light is actuated
each of the three overhead emergency exits.
by a decelerating force exceeding 2-1/2 Grav-
On MC-130H airplanes, the emergency exit
ity (G) along the longitudinal axis of the air-
lights are converted to covert lighting by
plane (arrow on emergency exit light points
adding Night Vision Goggle (NVG) compatible
forward). Another relay in the emergency
filters. The filter is attached to the lamp
exit light is then energized and battery power
with a short wire rope to prevent loss. For
is applied to the light through the closed con-
NVG use, the filter is held on the lens with a
tacts of the relay. Placing the emergency exit
bayonet coupling. For normal use, the filter
light control switch in the OFF or reset posi-
is removed from the lens and stored on a
tion will turn off the light; the switch may
mount on the side of the lamp.
then be returned to the ARMED position.
5A-2. EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTS. Placing the emergency exit light control
switch in the ON position causes the light to
5A-2.1 Emergency Exit Lights (See Figure
go on. The EMER EXIT LIGHT EXTIN-
5A-1 through 5A-3). Each emergency exit
GUISH switch on the overhead panel is used
light contains four batteries, two bulbs (one
for resetting all of the lights after a normal
spare), and an inertia switch. Each emer-
landing or engine run. Momentarily pressing
gency exit light can be removed for emer-
the EMER EXIT LIGHT EXTINGUISH
gency, portable use by pulling the release
switch connects DC power from the EMER
handle on the light assembly. The airplane
EXIT LIGHT EXTINGUISH circuit breaker
control system consists of two circuit break-
on the battery bus to actuate the No. 1 and
ers, on the copilot’s lower and the pilot’s side
No. 2 emergency exit light relays. Contacts
circuit breaker panels, an EMER EXIT
in the relays are shifted so that the emer-
LIGHT EXTINGUISH switch on the exterior
gency exit light circuits are opened externally
lights control panel, and two relays.
and all the lights are extinguished. When an
5A-3. OPERATION OF EMERGENCY EXIT emergency exit light is removed in an emer-
LIGHTS. gency and disconnected from the external cir-
cuit, an internal switch automatically closes
5A-3.1 Operation of Emergency Exit Lights
to provide continuity for the light circuit.
(See Figure 5A-1 through Figure 5A-3). Each
Power for the control circuit is provided by
emergency exit light is controlled by a control
the 28 volts DC essential DC bus and is
switch (OFF (reset), ON, and ARMED) on the
available to the emergency exit lights when
light assembly. The position for the emer-
the EMER EXIT LIGHT CONTROL circuit
gency exit light control switch during normal
operation conditions is ARMED. During cov-
panel is closed. Power for the EMER EXIT
ert operation, only the flight deck emergency
33-51-00
Change 7 5A-1
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 5A-1. Location of Emergency Exit Lights
33-51-00
5A-2 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 5A-2. Emergency Exit Lights Controls
33-51-00
Change 7 5A-3
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
Figure 5A-3. Emergency Exit Lights Schematic Diagram
33-51-00
5A-4 Change 7
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
LIGHT EXTINGUISH switch is provided by required to perform a particular maintenance

the 28 volts DC battery bus (DC) through the function.
EMER EXIT LIGHT EXTINGUISHER circuit
5A-6. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST.
breaker on the pilot’s side circuit breaker
panel. Refer to applicable JG input conditions for a
list of special tools and test equipment to per-
5A-4. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
form a particular maintenance function.
REQUIREMENTS.
Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-00GE-00-1 and, or TO
Refer to TO 1C-130H-2-33JG-00-1 for special 1C-130(M)H-2-00GE-00-1 for fabrication of
maintenance requirements. any locally manufactured tools or test
equipment.
5A-5. CONSUMABLE MATERIALS LIST.
33-51-00
Change 7 5A-5/(5A-6 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-1. Flight Station Dome, and Thunderstorm, Bunk, and Crew Entrance Lights Electrical Schematic
Diagram (HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF88-2101 Through AF90-2103)
33-15-00
Change 8 FP-1/(FP-2 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
HC-130(H)N Airplanes AF92-2104 and Up and

FO-1.1. Aft Cargo and Ramp Area Dome Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-30-00
Change 8 FP-2.1/(FP-2.2 blank)
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-1.2. Cargo Area NVIS Floodlights Electrical Schematic Diagram
33-17-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-2. Navigation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-2. Navigation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1

FO-3. Formation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1

FO-3. Formation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-4. Leading Edge and Taxi Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-4. Leading Edge and Taxi Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-5. Dual Navigator Console Lighting Electrical Schematic Diagram (MC-130E) (Sheet 1 of 3)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-6. EWO Console Lighting Electrical Schematic Diagram (MC-130E) (Sheet 1 of 5)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-7. Cargo Panel Lights/Take Control Electrical Schematic Diagram (MC-130E)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-8. Cargo Area Electroluminescent Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (MC-130E) (Sheet 1 of 2)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-8. Cargo Area Electroluminescent Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (MC-130E) (Sheet 2 of 2)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-9. Formation Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (MC-130E Airplanes)
33-40-00
TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1
FO-10. Vertical Stabilizer Auxiliary Anti-Collision Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram

(MC-130E Airplanes)
33-40-00

TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1: Lighting System

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1: Lighting System

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1: Lighting System

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the document?

What is the purpose of the document?

What types of lights are covered in the document?

What types of lights are covered in the document?

TO 1C-130H-2-33GS-00-1

This change supports systems/equipment modified by TO 1C-130(M)H-596.

Published under authority of the Secretary of the Air Force

Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 434, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:

Page *Change Page *Change Page *Change

Title...................................12 2-20.2 Blank Added ........ 10 2A-25 - 2A-26 .................... 8

*Zero in this column indicates an original page

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (CONT)

Page *Change Page *Change Page *Change

2B-27.................................. 4 2C-16 - 2C-18 Added ........ 7 4-4.1 ................................. 10

*Zero in this column indicates an original page

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (CONT)

Page *Change Page *Change Page *Change

FP-12 Blank ...................... 4

*Zero in this column indicates an original page

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

2-8 Scroll Checklist Lights.............................................................................. 2-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

2B-11 Letdown Chartholders Lights ................................................................2B-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

3A-4 Booth Panel Lights....................................................................................3A-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

4A-4 Aerial Refueling Fuselage Lights ............................................................4A-1

Figure Title Page

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued

Figure Title Page

2A-2 Flight Station Dome, Thunderstorm, Bunk, Crew Entrance, and LH

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued

Figure Title Page

2A-14.3 Radio Operator’s Instrument and Control Panel Lights Electrical

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued

Figure Title Page

2B-3 FS Dome, Thunderstorm, and Crew Entrance Lights Electrical

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued

Figure Title Page

2B-28 Pilot’s and Copilot’s Letdown Chartholder Lights Electrical Sche-

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued

Figure Title Page

3-14 Cargo Compartment NVIS Light Control Locations .......................................... 3-18

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued

Figure Title Page

4-12 Strobe Lights Electrical Schematic Diagram (Airplanes AF91-1231

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued

Figure Title Page

FO-10 Vertical Stabilizer Auxiliary Anti-Collision Lights Electrical Sche-

Change 12 xii.1/(xii.2 blank)

RECORD OF APPLICABLE TIME COMPLI- a. The equipment configuration to which

TCTO No. Title TCTO Date

Section I. LIGHTING SYSTEM

1-1. GENERAL. the Pilot, Copilot, Navigator, and Fire Control

Section IA. LIGHTING SYSTEMS MC-130E AND MC-130H AIRPLANES

Section II. FLIGHT STATION LIGHTING

2-1. GENERAL. provided at the Pilot, Copilot, Navigator, and

Page Change Page Change Page *Change

Page Change Page Change Page *Change

Page Change Page Change Page *Change